Home

ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION

Contents

1. 281 Payable ROWOrwWa O E 281 Payable Detak 2 3 4 He 282 6 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Contents Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Report sssssssssssss ee 283 lenis m 283 ALIA Cin MR eia aaee eai ceed ines deat a ei Uteties 285 TS Database AMAlyZ CP cR 285 FORECA SERATE m a aa a a i cdl 285 FORECAST TRUE UP assesusieian wmeiseta debasing astssronieilbadasidspdbnea uude be nde PR rus 288 FEDERAL ESTIMATED PAYMENTS x caitsdocmerdeniviorecesdassencinnverceanasiunisteventstibbivseladvelees 288 Intense e A EA EAA A aeaasaes D sae ante eL or USE 289 n CR 289 A HIIS EN ia PsN E etinm O EEE M E tS 290 AMT ESTIMATOR xaxoscannesasbeissaceodanenaeerionsndsbeanvnnnxiinroearosntellvhonsvdsaeniesneiean sadimmctonsiobsniea 291 Local Currency Appraiser cennara arn EEE sen tide EE E D TN 292 Reporting Currency Approach sssssssssssssss eene 292 CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY 293 USER STATUS UM T 294 go oc M m 295 imeg neribc c 296 Automatic Payable Postirig ete eres est e be er RT IRR EISE eR UE 297 Payable Reclasses essssssssssssssseseeeee eese eene enne ne er hene nennen rn nne rn ens 298 JOURNAL ENTRIES sasise ian atiina eanas eiia aa eit ten ulate aa Aaa AEAN ASAE a AEA 303 Simple Journal Ent JE REISOFI S cocci puts a
2. T1000 00 T2000 Total Temporary Difference Federal Taxable Income Pre 2048 00 00 NOL 5 000 000 00 1 024 000 00 Federal Taxable 348 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 3 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 0 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 50 000 the NOL Reclass is the sum of the Base NOL Allowance 50 000 NOL Deferred Only 0 and NOL Balance Sheet Only 0 50 000 lt Base NOL Allowance gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 50 000 lt NOL Reclass gt If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 1 998 000 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 50 000 NOL Reclass gt 1 998 00 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 5 000 000 lt BBal gt 50 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 4 950 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book 2000 00000 Income 1 l 5 000 00 P1000 10 0000 P2000 Total Permanent 1500000 Difference 3100000 T1000 D 81 000 00 200 09 T2000 0 47 652 00 Total Temporary _ 33000 00 _ Differance F
3. 2011 Thomson Reuters 149 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY After parameters and rates are set units that are created are populated with the existing Mass Update Rate Override Rate functionality is available in Read Write mode No Override Rate boxes are selected Note Rates used in this example are 10 for Countries and 21 for FX Drag a column header here to aroup by that column Code VY Name Y Beginning Deferred Rate Y Ending Deferred Rate Y Current Tax Rate Y F FOREIGN 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 D DOMESTIC 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 U UNDETERMINED 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 AFGHANISTAN AX LAND ISLANDS 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 AL ALBANIA 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Drag a column header here to group by that colurnn Symbol Y Name Y Beginning FX Rate Y Ending FX Rate v Weighted FX Rate Y p UND UNDETERMINED 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 AED United Arab Emirates Dirhams 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 AFN Afghanistan Afghanis 21 000000 21 000000 21 000000 ALL Albania Leke 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 AMD Armenia Drams 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 ANG Netherlands Antilles Guilders also called Florins 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 ADA Angola Kwanza 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 Drag a column header here to group by that column Code Y Name Y Unit Type VY County Nam W Currency Sym Y p CSCI_Domestic Domestic Domestic US UNITED USD United St CSC1_Foreign Foreigh Foreign F FOREIGN FJD Fiji Dollar
4. Choose which units to post Return to Provision Adjustments Provision S Dataset at Recalc Payable Reclasses Patase Lp cron G Administration Subconsolidation P Dataset Parameters 2 Manage Deferred Rollforwards Manage NOL Rollforwards Tax Basis Mapping A Currency Rates Unit Eoo P Deferred Analysis A Post Ret to Prov gj Active Workpapers H Federal Add anew Jurisdiction Tax Adjustment Payable Mappings The mapping screen for the Tax Adjustment Payable Mappings allows you to designate how the adjustments with the NC_ Non Cash Tax Adjustments are posted into the Payable The functionality allows you to determine how adjustments such as NC_RTP NC_ATR NC_OTHER NC_FIN48 and other items will be posted wm TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYABLE MAPPING DATA REVIEW 2010 RETURN Adpatmert ypa vV Code Descnpton y Tedy V Faucet Yes V Tan Type v tw Bucket oPaebelTag Y T NC m Reverse Feat EJ POI at Quarter Ponson PROV Pronded Amare impot eo Foard NC ATR ATR Posting Test NC ATR 2005 Aat Adi 2005 NC ATR 2007 Aust Adi NC FINA8 Ta Fleterves NC OTHER NC OTHER Posting Test NC RTP ATP Postng Test NC RTP 2006 PERM ATP NC RTP 2008 PERM 2008 Pee Sapetmg J 32 39 C Pest NC o papae wath manus macong 1E I Pest NC to payable vah iyoten mapping An administrator has the ability to choose one or both of the following options to setup dataset pa
5. Beginning Balance Beginning Deferred Rate Beginning FX Rate Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL 680 000 CTA on Actvity Current Adivity Current Tax Rate Ending Spot FX Rate Current Activity Current Tax Rate Weighted Average FX Rate NOL Reclass 0 Total CTA Beginning Balance Change in FX Rate CTA on Activity Ending Balance Ending Balance Ending Deferred Rate Weighted Average FX Rate Federal Taxable Income Post NOL 680 000 Unt Tax Rate 30 00 Federal Tax Current After Tax Temp Differences ing Cash Tax Adjustments Balance Beginning Beginning 10000 30 DeferredRate 3 000 00 10000 30 Deferred Rate 3000 00 j fj Return Basis Provision 2 rang spot FX Non Cash Tax Adjustments Total Current Federal Provision Cutrent Activity Current Tax 20000 30 Rate Begin Deferred Tax Per B S 3 000 Bal Sheet Only Adjustment 0 Ending Deferred Tax Per B S 450 O 1 1 1 j_n 1 L REMEDN ey CUTE Deferred Provision Only 0 Ending Balance Deferred Tax Provision t 30000 30 peterred Rate 9000 00 Aai Average FX Equity Adjustment Aee Total Federal Tax Provision Total State Tax Provision 0 Total Tax Provision 200 000 Effective Tax Rate 30 00 Expanded B S Note You can set corresponding relationships between tag letters and report columns by selecting the Administration area and clicking Administration
6. Column Name Source s Manually Entered Activity M Manual 2 Imported Activity Import 3 Bridged Activity B Bridge 4 Return to Provision True Up R RTP 5 Valuation Allowance V Valuation Allowance 6 Purchase Accounting P Purchase Accounting 7 Corporate Adjustments 8 Other Adjustment Post Ret To Prov The Post Ret to Prov option is now under Dataset in the Navigator in the Data Entry area The RTP posting can be performed on a dataset sub consolidation or unit basis The RTP posting activates the units states which are not active in the related provision dataset RTP Provision If a posting is generated for any non activated units states rates will be copied from the related return dataset The State RTP correctly allocates the amount for the return basis provision between the RTP PERM and RTP TEMP components When using the automatic RTP posting functionality if one of the datasets Provision or Return has a state with an apportionment percentage that does not equal 100 the NC postings for perms and temps are broken down correctly between NC PERM and NC TEMP To post the return to provision select Post Ret to Prov and choose Dataset all units Sub consolidation or Unit Click Run The data will be posted to the units 154 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ERE 2009 Provision POST RETURN TO PROVISION 2009 PROVISION Unit f D1000 ABC CORP h
7. Dataset unt _ Sub consolation Source Data All Data Entry Screens 2011 Thomson Reuters 269 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING PETE Mean eo Unit Breakout The Legacy Tax Provision State report in the Provision dataset displays state tax provision calculations for the state selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Current State Tax Expense Deferred State Tax Expense State Equity Offset to Current Expense Total State Tax Provision Report Views e Defaults to a detail view e Selecting Unit breakout generates an Excel spreadsheet that details unit by unit underlying calculations for the state s provision expenses Line by Line Federal Taxable Income Federal Taxable Income Post NOL line from the Federal Tax Provision report In the consolidated and sub consolidated views each unit must have the state record activated in order to include the unit s Federal Taxable Income in the state level report If the record has not been activated there is a difference in the two reports The state does not have to have a tax rate or apportionment Backout Permanent Differences not includable for State Data Entry gt Unit gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry where includable status is No Backout Temporary Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Unit gt Temporary Differences Tax
8. Display dataset Typed in Dropdown 1 10 2011 Thomson Reuters 113 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Dern P ehec Functionality 3 Data Entry m Global Access amp Admin General Switch Perms Temps Payable Tax Adis TBS Display Dataset Types in Dropdown Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 1 ew l Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 2 03 forecast m Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 3 ymo Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 4 epov o l Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 5 reporting sw Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 6 dt atu Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 7 Oifoecat Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 8 o2 actual x Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 9 O2 forecast E Display Dataset Types in Dropdown 10 Q3 actual v Add In the Switch tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Switch ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS G Repoting EN Functionality 29 Data Entry Global Access f Admin General ADS Col Type b Perms Temps Payable Tax Adis TBS Switch LS Saal 114 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESO
9. To create a child add a Code Name Unit Type Country Name and Currency Symbol In the following example D1000 D2000 F1000 and F2000 can only belong to one child sub consolidation either CSC1 Domestic or CSC1 Foreign CSC1 X Worldwide CSC1 Domestic CSC1 Foreign xX D1000 x D2000 x x F1000 x X F2000 X X D1000 D2000 F1000 and F2000 can only belong to one child sub consolidation either CSC1 Domestic or CSC1 Foreign To import complete the appropriate fields on the CSC Sub Consolidations sheet in the Import Categories template You can create a sheet named CSC2 which allows the creation and population of multiple sub consolidations for a Unit Column A should have the Unit Code and 2011 Thomson Reuters 361 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Columns B through IV should have the CSCs in which the unit should be included Existing unit designations in a CSC are replaced not appended when the CSC2 is imported This sheet does not export when categories are exported and is not in the standard template for import categories Viewing CSC Reports e After activating parameters the Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout report is available To display a report be sure to select the parent sub consolidation e g CSC1 X Regions and CSC2 X Management in the Control Center The report displays a Total column and a column for each CSC Headers and Footers To activate the Header and
10. To create a document with this information select Print Screen and paste the image The support group and your client manager may ask you for the version to best assist you when you need support In Addition support may ask you for the About screen Go to the menu bar in the upper left hand corner and select About About ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION The following displays ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION H my Ti la ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION v7 0 Client build Xx DB build c 2010 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE All Rights Reserved Patent 87 527 504 e THOMSON REUTERS This information displays for a few seconds To create a document with this information select Print Screen and then paste 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 35 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Customer Service Address 121 River Street PH Hoboken NJ 07030 USA Phone 877 829 5969 x2 201 356 6521 x2 Fax 201 356 6379 Web http onesource thomsonreuters com Email Functionality provisionsupport thomsonreuters com Technical provisiontechsupport thomsonreuters com SOFTWARE UPGRADES Email the current software version to provisiontechsupport thomsonreuters com SUPPORT SITE For current updates http www taxstream net onesource 36 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP This chapter discusses how to establish system setup informati
11. Unit The Federal Estimated Payments report displays the quarterly estimated payments calculation for Compliance datasets used for Estimated Payments A Provision dataset can be copied to create the Compliance dataset with the final Provision data The Unit s to be included in the calculation must be designated as Included for Estimated Payments Calc The information in the Tax Provision Estimated Payments report the configuration from jurisdiction management and the dataset s Data Range generate report data Parameters can change the view of this report Provision Items Projected Liability Total Payment Due Report Views Default is the only available view Line by Line Cash Provision Tax Provision Estimated Payments report Cash Provision line Other Income Tax Data Entry Federal Unit Details Estimated Payments Adjusted Income Tax Sum of Cash Provision and Other Income Tax Percentage Cushion Data Entry Dataset Administration Dataset Parameters cushion parameter can be set by an Administrator e Cushioned Income Tax Adjusted Income Tax times Percentage Cushion Minimum Annual Tax Data Entry gt Dataset gt Jurisdiction Mgmt Projected Liability Greater of Cushioned or Minimum Higher of Cushioned Income Tax and Minimum Annual Tax lines Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Requirement and Extension Payment Data Entry Dataset Jurisdiction Mgmt rates applied to Projected Liability line Total Required Liabi
12. Unit Details Temporary Differences After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Differences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Available Views Custom Rollups Summary Hybrid Detail Unit Pre Tax Fed State FBOS Fed State FBOS state fed FBOS All current non current Contracted expanded balance sheet cir expanded balance sheet expanded income statement The Deferred Balances report for Provision and Interim datasets displays beginning and ending cumulative temporary difference balances When it is expanded it shows the amounts that made up the change The default view is pre tax Balances can also display at various tax effected levels by selecting options in the upper right corner Provision Items e Translation Adjustment CTA Deferred Tax Expense Deferred Tax Asset Liability Currency Report Views e Defaults to the pre tax and contracted views e Rollups are user defined groupings that allow detail level component data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area For example a Rollup may assist in generating the footnote while another may explain results for management reporting e The Summary Hybrid Detail and Unit options display either rate effected or pre tax balances with various levels of detail To view the Summary first select a rollup code
13. Units Unit Sub Consolidations Permanent Differences Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Adjustments e InterCompany Transactions Units A unit can be added in the units screen in the administration area An existing unit code name country code and currency code can be modified Only a unit that has no record in any dataset can be deleted To import a new unit complete the appropriate fields on the 4CU Units sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the importing templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The unit code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The unit code and name can be edited after they are created e The unit code and name display in the control center and the header Unit Type e Each unit must be designated as either foreign or domestic Once selected this designation cannot be changed e The unit s type determines how the data is reported in the foreign domestic report Country and Currency e Each unit must be assigned a country and currency The software is populated with ISO Country Codes and ISO Currency Codes These codes can be modified or added to The default country code is U for Undetermined and the default currency code is UND for Undefined e The currency designation of a unit allows the unit to
14. e Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining tag letters the System folder in Manage Tags CowolCene v ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TAGS N Navigator X Drag a column header here to group by that H E Manage Datasets Description Y Tag Y H Manage Units p Offset Equity E E Manage Trial Balances t Offset Goodwill G E Manage Tax Basis Return Import H 0 Manage States E Manual M Manage Bridge Purchase Accounting P E Manage Payable RIP R System e Historical Adjustments Z Administer Permissions Administer Users Login History Manage Countries 1 Manage Currencies i Manage Deferred Rollforwards Manage NOL Rollforwards Manage IFRS Rollforwards _ Manage Licenses Lf amp Manage Configurations fg Manage Restricted Features Manage Rollups Manage Tags Manage Attachments Data can be supported by attaching documentation files and or Active Workpaper files to entries such as book tax differences payable and intercompany transactions e After data has been entered and saved the manage attachments buttons Gia display Use to attach documentation files li Use to attach active workpaper files e The attachments and comments screen is used to enter a description and attach one or more files Note The description field must be completed If it is not you will not be able to click add to complete the process of adding attachme
15. Import Numbers Badly formatted data Not enough information for that unit perm diff temp diff etc Means the same thing as Incomplete record Found in 4UTA Unit Tax Adjustments UTBBS Unit Trail BalSheet import state tax adjustments D1000 NY STA1000 badly formatted data Verify that you have entered information into all the mandatory fields Incomplete record Not enough information for that unit perm diff temp diff etc Means the same thing as Badly formatted data import tem porary differences D1000 T1000 incomplete record Verify that you have entered information into all the mandatory fields Key references non existing categories When you have referenced a unit temp diff or perm diff that has not yet been created in import categories D1000 NOL1000 D key references non existing categories gt Go back to import categories and create that unit temp diff or perm diff in the appropriate page e g CU Units to create a unit Then go to import numbers and input the information for that unit temp diff or perm diff in the appropriate page e g ZU Unitfor a unit ZUPD Z Unit Perm Diffs for a permanent difference etc gt If you ve already created the unit temp perm diff etc and the error message is still coming up make sure that you have not entered a space before any of the codes For example D1000 should be D1000 No parent record When you have reference
16. ONE SOURCE TAX PROVISION v 8 0 User Guide Updated June 20 2011 Tax amp Accounting de 3 THOMSON REUTERS 2011 Thomson Reuters All rights reserved 02ers Ww Eus 2011 Thomson Reuters All rights reserved Republication or redistribution of Thomson Reuters content including by framing or similar means is prohibited w ithout the prior written consent of Thomson Reuters Thomson Reuters and the Thomson Reuters logo are registered trademarks and trademarks of Thomson Reuters and its affiliated companies For more information send us a sales enquiry at reuters com salesenquiry Read more about our products at reuters com productinfo Find out how to contact your local office reuters com contacts ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW OVERVIEW OF PROVISION CALCULATIONS USER INTERFACE Contents 10 18 18 CONTENTS NAMIG ALOP e ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CONCEPTS System Codes ier cm Filing ge ger os Tag IEetters ois coe se ete eis s exec teh EYE sru Manage Attachments s Rec rds Boy ADU Rm Melu deor CALC ER P P TEMPE Current Non Current ssesssssssss Global Access ssssssee Parameters Audit Dez T Mm ERE Reporting Levels esesssssss ai Deferred Rollforwards sssssusse Rollup Codes ssssssss ComponeNtS ineei iinis So
17. Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry Interim Provision PTBI Forecast Rate Data Entry gt Forecast Rate Report PTBI at Forecast Rate Pre Tax Book Income times Forecast Rate Deductible State Tax Cash Discretes provision after applying each unit state s Current Federal Deductibility rates Permanent Differences Data Entry Interim Provision Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Interim Provision gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activty Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Interim Provision gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Discretes pre Rate Sum of Deductible State Tax Permanent Difference Temporary Differences and NOL Reclass lines Unit Tax Rate Data Entry Interim Provision Unit Details Only displays at the Unit reporting level Discretes at Actual Rate Discretes pre Rate times the current unit tax rate s After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry Interim Provision After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry Interim Provisio
18. Provision Items e Projected Liability Total Payment Due Report Views Default is the only available view Line by Line e Cash Provision Tax Provision Estimated Payments report Cash Provision line Other Income Tax Data Entry gt Unit gt Unit Details gt Estimated Payments Adjusted Income Tax Sum of Cash Provision and Other Income Tax Percentage Cushion Data Entry Dataset Administration Dataset Parameters cushion parameter can be set by an Administrator e Cushioned Income Tax Adjusted Income Tax times Percentage Cushion Minimum Annual Tax Data Entry gt Dataset gt Jurisdiction Mgmt Projected Liability Greater of Cushioned or Minimum Higher of Cushioned Income Tax and Minimum Annual Tax lines e Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Requirement and Extension Payment Data Entry gt Dataset t Jurisdiction Mgmt rates applied to Projected Liability line 278 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Total Required Liability YTD Sum of Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Requirement and Extension Payment lines PY Overpayment Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Payment Total Payments YTD Sum of PY Overpayment Q1 Q2 Q3 and Q4 Payment lines e Rounded Payment Due Total Required Liability based on the dataset Date Range minus Total Payments YTD times rounding set by an Administrator in Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration Dataset Parameters rounding parameter Override Calculated Income Payment Data
19. Tax Basis Federal Taxable Income Post NOL Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Deductible State Tax Permanent Differences Temporary Differences and NOL Reclass lines e Unit Tax Rate Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Interim Unit Details Only displays at the Unit reporting level e Federal Tax Current Federal Taxable Income Post NOL times the current unit tax rate s e After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis e Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC_ e Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ e Federal Current Provision Sum of Federal Tax Current After Tax Temporary Differences Cash Tax Adjustments and Non Cash Tax Adjustments e Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines e Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Unit gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences e Total Federal Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines e Federal Forecasted Rate Total Federal Provision divided by Pre Tax
20. e After the pre load log and the preview of data have been confirmed as correct select Update to update the provision data with the bridged data e Review the areas of bridged data PTBI local PTBI Reporting Tax Accounts Loaded raw balances Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and Tax Basis Temporary Differences BSO Not Mapped and Permanent Differences Amortized This data can be reviewed later in the Bridge Archives Note PTBI Permanent Differences Temporary Differences and Trial Balances will only populate Data Entry screens and reports via Bridge Import if they are mapped correctly in the Administration area For more information refer to the Unit Mapping section Bridge Extract File The file extracted from the General Ledger system can either have 4 columns of data or 6 columns of data The format of the file can be either tab delimited or comma separated Keep in mind the following about the file Tab delimited file format is preferred to comma separated file format because a comma thousands separator could be misinterpreted as a field delimiter Files saved from Excel try to get around this problem by putting numbers in quotes assuming that any commas in the quotes are not treated as field delimiters SqlLdr honors the Excel convention but BCP does not The system does not accept parentheses as notation for negative values Ensure that the extract contains minus signs at the beginnin
21. e All information is in the same dataset Cons e Adjustments to temporary differences display in the effective tax rate report twice netting to zero The true up to the current tax expense requires that the tax adjustment be manually calculated to ensure that the correct current tax rate is used The state deferred expense is trued up but state tax adjustments are not If there is a change in the deferred rates for prior years the true up includes the impact of the true up and the change in rate Note Each true up item needs to be entered in a dataset Permanent Differences and Tax Adjustments The true up for these items should impact the current tax expense and the taxes payable This can be achieved by entering the true up as a tax adjustment code starting with NC so that results are represented after the cash provision total Temporary and After Tax Temporary Differences e The true up for these items should impact the deferred and current tax expense the deferred tax asset liability and the taxes payable The current tax expense and taxes payable true up can be achieved by entering the true up as 332 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY a tax adjustment code starting with NC so that the results are represented after the cash provision total The deferred tax expense and deferred tax asset liability true up can be achieved by entering the true up as a deferred only temporar
22. e Dataset Name 2007 Provision Type PROV e Fiscal Year 2007 e Fiscal Period FY e Group Tax Rate 30 00 Case Number 0021 Previous Year Return 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New 2 Enter the following Dataset Name 2007 Return Type PROV Fiscal Year 2007 Fiscal Period FY Group Tax Rate 30 0096 Case Number 0022 Dataset Relations To select the Return Provision and Target datasets akOND o Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets Select the 2008 Return dataset Select the Dataset Relations tab Select 2008 Final Provision from the Related Dataset drop down list Select RTP Provision from the Relationship drop down list The Provision dataset must be from the current or a prior period Click Add Select 2009 Current Provision from the Related Dataset drop down list Select RTP Target from the Relationship drop down list The Target dataset must be from the current period or a future period Click Add 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 343 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY ONESOURCE Importing To import numbers there are two steps Step 1 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Provision from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Transfer gt Spreadsheet Import 4 Import the following file 2008 Prov
23. is 2011 Thomson Reuters 85 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The following is a reference chart for Reporting tab Reporting Parameters Section Enhanced View Add GAAP STAT Report Additional GAAP STAT Tag TD for 410 x Column TD for Debits Credits Column Export to Returns Export to CorpTax Export to Vertex ue EMI Deferred Balances Subtotal Column Placement Ending Def Balance Post Tag and Event Type Add Deferred Workpaper Report State Level Enhanced View Add State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Report Limit Units on State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Hide state report details when no states 86 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Formatting Add Report Footer Client Name in Reports Treat Codes as Text in Excel Number of Decimal Places for Rates APIC Pool Data Entry Report Allow Multiple Local Currencies on Reports Add Year to Date YTD Reports UK Proof and P L Reports In the Tax Provision tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Enhanced View Select Yes to displ
24. o Available at the Unit SubConsolidated Consolidated and Filing Group levels o Allows Roll up of detail o Allows Breakout view of each column by unit o Has an expanded view and contracted view EFFECTIVE TAX RATE Configure the ETR percentage decimal places from 1 4 decimals via a parameter The previous default was 2 PAYABLE ROLLFORWARD New view is now available to show Year Bucket Breakout with Rollups The report allows users to see each Payable Txn type sorted by bucket for each year covered by Payable entries DEFERRED BALANCES Modifications have been made to increase performance and report will now load much faster NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS LIABILITIES e Modifications have been made to optimize performance of these reports and these will now load significantly faster e Option added to show the VA_ amounts as contra or not In Manage Configurations choose the Reporting tab then Other and select Yes for Enable VA Contra Accounts for the Net Deferred Report STATE PROVISION SUMMARY REPORT You can improve the display of many reports including the nterim State Provision Summary Report It is recommended that in Manage Configurations choose the Reporting tab then State Level and select Yes for Enable View ACTIVE WORKPAPERS e The ability to pull GET Payable Beginning and Ending Balances by Transaction Bucket amp 16 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES Fiscal Year
25. v ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION UNIT DATA ENTRY 2010 PROVISION ELIMINATION UNIT UNDETERMINED UND UNDETERMINED CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY re Automation Taxes Per Book Misc 000 Elimination Uni Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Pre Tax Book Income Local Pre Tax Book Income USD Wohtd Avg FX Rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate 4 Beginning Deferred Rete Ending Deterred Rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning s Ending Deferred Provision Only Adi Deferred Provision Only Ad 4 Enter Local FX Calc USD em wu 1 000000 35 0000 35 000096 35 00009 1 000000 1 000000 o UNIT PAYABLE DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Drag column header here to group that Attmnts V Da v Fiscal Year VW Juisdiction Y Txn Type V Txn Bucket Amount 2011 Thomson Reuters 2010 Federal Fe CPROY LIAB Net B Pauahla Pactina You can select that item to see how the item was built into the application VW Date 16 508 187 04 30 2011 vw FXRate VW Description Y Tag Y Event Type Nr 1 000000 Calculated P A 171 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION File View About PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP Control Center UNITED STATES USD
26. BC British Columbia ST4 Canada 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 fes Blended State ST3 US Separate 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 je California ST1 US Unitary 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 co Colorado ST2 US Combined 0 0000 0 0000 0 00003 mi Connecticut ST2 US Combined 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 oc District of Columbia ST3 US Separate gt 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 L DE Delaware ST3 US Separate 0 00003 0 0000 0 00005 Select the Icon LP to access the screen settings then select Set Beginning Deferred Rate 2011 Thomson Reuters 61 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE STATES Drag a column header here to group by that column V Beginning DeferedRa j p AB Alberta ST4 Canada 0 0000 bal AK Alaska ST3 US Separate 0 0000 d AL Alabama ST3 US Separate 0 0000 AD All Other ST3 US Separate 0 0000 bal AR Arkansas ST3 US Separate 0 0000 AZ Arona ST3 US Separate f Mma eer we 0 00005 BC British Columbia ST4 Canada Ending Deferred Rate 0 0000 BS Blended State ST3 US Separate State Rate 0 00005 ICA California ST1 US Unitary EID 0 0000 CO Colorado ST2 US Combined L 0 0000 Select Set Rate to Set Rate for All States Select State Type and enter the Rate Select Set Rate Set Beginning Deferred Rate Set rate for the specified State Type r Set Rate Set Rate for All States State T ype iim i
27. CATEGORIES SET UP e When the data entry process is complete the data can be secured by marking the datasets as Read Only The data and reports in Read Only datasets can be reviewed but the entry screens have the warning No Edit Allowed and a gray font Fiscal Year A Fiscal Year must be assigned to an interim dataset when it is created Group Tax Rate The rate entered is used in the effective tax rate report as the statutory rate to which the provision reconciles ID A system generated ID is assigned to the dataset This field is not used in the creation of an interim dataset and is not editable ADMINISTRATION MANAGE INTERIM DATASETS lI Name Fiscal Year Interim Approach Grp Tax Rate D RIO YTD Overall 40 2011 4Q YTD Basis 35 0000 3931 N Isolated Overall 12Mos 2011 12M Isolated Basis 35 000096 3948 N View Reporting Dataset Log For Sequential datasets the ending balances and rates in the first chronological dataset must agree with the opening balance and rates in the next chronological dataset If there are differences in the test of information in the two datasets they are listed in this log The sequential dataset test can be overridden with a system parameter Contact your client manager or support for more information 50 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP MANAGE UNITS The following screens are located in the manage units folder of the administration area
28. Configurable Journal Entry Report O Yes No Enhanced View O Yes S No Display Zero Book Cales on JE Output Reports OYes ONo Display Zero Tax Cales on JE Output Reports OYes ONo Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 1 ERN Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 6 up Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 2 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 7 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 3 i Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name t8 ERES Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 4 OE Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 9 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 5 Rounding of Journal Entry Values has Show Delete all Journal Entries Menu Option OYes ONo bea Nalatan AN sts nn Imena Enin Carnan rA nn ON Kn ld Ber The SHOW JE and SHOW_OUTPUTJE system parameters with a paramvalue of 1 activate the configurable journal entry JE The simple journal entry is available by default A The configurable journal entry provides User Configurable screens to map calculations and other items in the system with general ledger accounts A This parameter generates the Output JE Base report found under Output Journal Entries in the reports list Journal Entries Data Entry To access the Journal Entry date entry screen go to the Provision dataset and click Data Entry gt Federal Administration Journal Entries e and JE Type Jurisdiction or locality reference for the journal line Options include Federal
29. Deferred Tax Asset Liability Line by Line Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State Temporary Differences Tax Basis ina Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset NOL Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset State After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Data Entry gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State
30. Euro Falkland Islands Malvinas Pounds Fiji Dollars Gambia Dalasi Georgia Lari Ghana Cedis Gibraltar Pounds Gold Ounces Guatemala Quetzales Guernsey Pounds Guinea Francs Guyana Dollars Haiti Gourdes Honduras Lempiras Hong Kong Dollars Hungary Forint Iceland Kronur ndia Rupees Indonesia Rupiahs nternational Monetary Fund IMF Spec Drwig Rghts Iran Rials raq Dinars Isle of Man Pounds srael New Shekels Jamaica Dollars Japan Yen Jersey Pounds Jordan Dinars Kazakhstan Tenge Kenya Shillings Korea North Won Korea South Won Kuwait Dinars Kyrgyzstan Soms Laos Kips Latvia Lati 2011 Thomson Reuters DKK DJF DOP XCD EGP SVC ERN EEK ETB EUR FKP FJD GMD GEL GHS GIP XAU GTQ GGP GNF GYD HTG HNL HKD HUF ISK INR IDR XDR IRR IQD IMP ILS JMD JPY VER JOD KZT KES KPW KRW KWD KGS LAK LVL ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Saint Helena Pounds Samoa Tala S o Tome and Principe Dobras Saudi Arabia Riyals Seborga Luigini Serbia Dinars Seychelles Rupees Sierra Leone Leones Silver Ounces Singapore Dollars Slovakia Koruny Solomon Islands Dollars Somalia Shillings South Africa Rand Sri Lanka Rupees Sudan Pounds Suriname Dollars Swaziland Emalangeni Sweden Kronor Switzerland Francs Syria Pounds Taiwan New Dollars Tajikistan Somoni Tanzania Shillings Thailand Baht Tonga Pa anga Trinidad an
31. Federal State Detail and Total views Rollups are user defined groupings that allow detail level component data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area For example one Rollup may assist in generating the footnote while another may explain the results for management reporting The Federal State FBOS Fed State FBOS and State Fed FBOS options determine the rates that should be applied to temporary differences Either the default unit rates or the rates that were entered to override the unit rate for a specific line item are applied The State FBOS or the Fed FBOS option displays depending on the Federal Benefit of State dataset parameter that is selected The Summary Hybrid and Detail options display either rate effected or pre tax balances with various levels of detail For the Summary view select a rollup code then click Summary The Hybrid view displays rollup sub totals and the underlying detail for each rollup code The Detail view shows the report at a detailed level The Unit view group balances into a single line for each unit in the sub consolidation or consolidation The Total By Country and By Unit options determine the level of unit detail that displays Total 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 245 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION displays four columns By Country displays balances sub totalled by the country used for jurisdiction nettin
32. Import 193 Payable functionality 293 Payable module 301 Payable Reclass 298 299 301 303 Payable Reclass Paramter PAYRECUNIT 299 Payable Reclasses 132 Payable Rollups Add 71 ADJ Adjustment 71 BBAL Beginning Balance 71 Delete 71 EST Cash 71 Import 71 PRV Provision 71 RCL Inter Year Reclass 71 Payable Transaction Types Add 70 BBAL Beginning Balance 70 Delete 70 Import 70 PRV Provision 70 Paying unit 298 Payments 295 PBT Policies 229 Permanent Differences 31 66 161 333 339 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Permanent Differences Add 53 Amortized 180 Delete 53 Equity Adjustments Import 53 179 P amp L Adjustments 179 180 Permission Component Types 380 Plug in Parameters SHOW PLUGINDEV 123 Plugin Reports 123 Pre Populated Codes 372 Jurisdictions 372 States 372 Pre Tax Book 339 Pre Tax Book Income 173 308 326 Pre Tax Book Income Policies Enter Local FX and Calc USD 310 Enter Local USD and Calc FX 310 Enter Local USD and FX 310 Enter Local USD FX and Calc Rounding 310 Enter USD FX and Calc Local 310 334 343 334 343 21 298 299 331 339 344 Provision calculation 18 Provision Calculations 227 229 231 233 235 236 Current 328 Current Provision 18 Deferred 328 Deferred Provision 18 Equity 328 Total Provision 18 31 66 161 333 339 179 180 Previous Year Provision Previous Year Return Provision Provision Dataset 363
33. JE FILTER NAMEZ 307 JE STATE GROUP 96 STATE 307 JE STATE GROUP NAME 4 307 JE TAG GROUP 4 NAME 307 JE TAG GROUP TAGS 307 SHOW JE 305 SHOW OUTPUTJE 305 Journal Entry Summary Code 129 Journal Entry Summary Name 129 Jurisdiction Management 132 Import 161 Jurisdiction Netting 245 Jurisdictions 22 60 161 196 Jursisdiction Management 278 289 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Levels Child 299 Parent 299 Liability 161 Liability account 315 Liability Balances 176 License 20 21 158 162 197 License Code 81 138 304 363 License Key 81 138 304 363 Local Currency 34 65 221 225 291 292 296 308 309 310 315 358 359 Login History 77 Macro 40 Macros Rolling Pin 209 Scrunch Macro 212 Manage Bridge 65 66 67 68 69 Manage Datasets 28 37 Manage Payable 70 Export Payable Categories 72 Manage Restricted Features Parameter List 82 Report Settings 82 Manage States 60 Manage Tax Basis Return 59 Manage Trial Balance 58 Manage Units 51 Manual Adjustments 366 Manual Adjustments Tag 364 Mass Update Rates 138 139 140 141 142 Mass Update Rates Parameters CountryRates 143 CurrencyRates 143 StateRates 143 Menu Bar 19 20 Methodology 28 Minimum Tax 161 Misc 176 Multi Dataset 333 Multiple RTP adjustments 343 2011 Thomson Reuters 399 ONESOURCE N Navigator 19 24 Net Operating Loss 332 Net Operating Losses 359 NOL 333 Base NOL Allowance 346 347 348 349
34. Provision to true up the Deferred Provision The impact to the Deferred Provision displays in Temporary Differences as Deferred Only adjustments The system calculates the Temporary Difference Activity True ups and Deferred Only True ups separately On the 2009 Current Provision the true ups are tagged with the dataset parameters RTPTAG Tag X and DORTPTAG Tag Z from the 2007 Return Handling Errors l The tax adjustments NC RTP 2008 PERM and NC RTP 2008 TEMP must be created for the RTP posting to work If they are not created the RTP posting will fail You will receive an error message stating that the tax adjustment does not exist Il If the Post Ret to Prov option is selected and Dataset Relations have not been set up the RTP posting will fail You will receive the following error messages Missing dataset relation RTP Provision and Missing dataset relation RTP Target Ill Ifthe RTP Target Dataset s units are not activated the RTP calculation will fail You will receive the following error messages No data exists for this Unit in the Provision Dataset and No data exists for this Unit in the Target Dataset Additional Information e The Amortized Permanent Differences Book Tax Difference is used for the calculation of NC_YYYY_PERM Non Cash Adjustment The Book Tax Difference for Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis as well as the Book Tax Difference true ups for After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis
35. Reclass Transaction Types ATR REC 299 301 CPROV REC 299 301 OTHER REC 299 301 RTP REC 299 301 Records State 31 Unit 31 Refunds 295 Report Levels State 268 Report Parameters CLIENTDISPLAYNAME 362 REPORT_FOOTER 362 REPORT HEADER 362 Report views 32 Reporting Currency 34 65 221 225 291 292 296 308 309 310 358 359 Reporting Dataset 333 Reporting Dataset Log 45 50 130 Reporting Datasets Additive 46 Sequential 50 Reporting Datsets Additive 45 130 Import 130 Sequential 45 130 Reporting Levels 221 222 Consolidated 33 34 Filing Group 33 Sub Consolidated Unit 33 34 Reports 21 28 33 221 310 389 AMT Estimator 222 291 292 APIC Pool 178 331 APIC PoolSummary 258 Attachments Review 30 222 260 Consolidated 308 315 Consolidated level 24 Current Provision Tax Provision Current Non Current View 32 Customized JE 303 Deferred Workpaper Deferred Balanced 310 Deferred Balances 32 34 78 82 133 197 222 226 238 251 263 315 318 320 326 328 Deferred Workpaper 222 Effective Tax Rate 34 82 197 222 225 233 236 361 33 34 339 251 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE Reports 21 28 33 221 310 389 Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout 222 Effective Tax Rate CSC 361 Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout 235 Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation 328 Expected Deferred Rate 265 Exporting to Excel 20 Federal Est Pymt 222 Federal Estimated Payments 161 288 289 Federal Estimated Pay
36. Tax Basis e NOL Reclass Data Entry gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis e After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Column by Column Beginning Balance Beginning balances are typically populated by rolling over balances from prior periods Amounts populate in the Beginning Balance field in Data Entry gt Unit gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Rate Change When balances are rate effected the system automatically adjusts beginning balances to accommodate for any change in the deferred rate and any change to the foreign exchange rate The difference needed to adjust the beginning balance that was rated using the beginning deferred rate and the ending deferred rate impacts the deferred tax expense The currency translation adjustment needed to adjust the beginning balances for a change in the foreign exchange rate does not impact the deferred tax expense It is treated as an equity item View the report in Expanded incom
37. Tax Provision Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC Return Basis Provision Sum of Federal Tax Current After Tax Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry Tax Provision Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC e Total Current Federal Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Begin Deferred Tax Per B S Deferred Balances report Total Beginning Balance column with the Fed view option Bal Sheet Only Adjustment Data Entry Tax Provision Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates plus Data Entry Tax Provision After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Ending Deferred Tax Per B S Deferred Balances report Total Ending Balance column with the Fed view option CTA Deferred Balances report Total CTA column with Fed or Fed FBOS and Expanded income statement view options Deferred Provision Only Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Unit Details gt PTBI Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Tax
38. The currency translation adjustment needed to adjust beginning balances for a change in the foreign exchange rate does not impact deferred tax expense It is treated as an equity item View the report in Expanded income statement to display the components of the CTA calculation Note This column cannot be moved or removed It is system generated Change Columns The columns that explain the change in deferred balances are user defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforward section Each tag and item can be defined to up to 26 2011 Thomson Reuters 239 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING 240 columns e Adjusted Beginning Balance A sub total column can be inserted in the report to define adjusted beginning balances There are several options depending on the version and parameter settings e Ending Balance Total of beginning balances and all items that occurred during the period FOREIGN DOMESTIC SUMMARY Reporting Levels Filing Group Sub consoldation Control Center Configurable Options Sub consolidation Source Data All Data Entry Screens Available Views Summary Prior Year Breakout The Foreign Domestic Summary report for Provision and Interim datasets displays an overview of the different elements of the tax provision broken out for foreign and domestic entities for the dataset unit or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed
39. Totals Displays total APIC balances e Posting to DTA Displays the posting to the associated Deferred Tax Assets e Impact on APIC Displays the impact to the APIC Pool 2011 Thomson Reuters 259 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Attachments Review Reporting Levels pnt P Subconsol aion Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt __ Sub consolation The Attachments Review report for Provision and Interim datasets displays a list of documents that were attached to various components Report Views Defaults to a listing view of the report Line by Line Each attachment is listed separately Column by Column e Date Added Displays the date the attachment was added in Year Month Day format User Identifies the user who attached the document Dataset Identifies the dataset Unit Identifies the unit Jurisdiction Identifies the jurisdiction state Component Type Identifies the component type e g PD Permanent Differences Component Identifies the component code Tag Identifies the tag ID for the component code Filename Displays the filename for the attachment Description Displays the user defined description for the attached file 260 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING STATE SUPPORT The State Summary area of reports shows state information for all states with records for the Unit Sub Consolidation a
40. Unit Changed Value State User Component Code Tag Code and Date Although it is not advised the audit trail can be truncated to clear historical data Screen Entry Fields View By 2011 Thomson Reuters 127 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Username Defaults to all users but any user can be selected from the drop down list Component Defaults to all components but any component type can be selected from the drop down list Dataset Defaults to all datasets but any dataset can be selected from the drop down list Unit Defaults to all units but any unit can be selected from the drop down list State Defaults to all states but any state can be selected from the drop down list From Defaults to the current date but can be changed to any date by either entering a date or selecting one from the Calendar drop down menu To Defaults to the current date but can be changed to any date by either entering a date or selecting one from the Calendar drop down menu Audit Trail Light View Audit Trail Captures event data excluding the Original Value amp Changed Value rows ADMINISTRATION VIEW AUDIT TRAIL View By Detes MOYYYY User Name Component Dataset Unt State from to ae a HE Hi Hexe m mm Component Rs View Categories Audit Trail The Categories Audit Trail captures and displays all the system configurations entered adjusted or deleted in t
41. United States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Dataset 2010 Provision El Drog a column header here to group by thatcokamr Unit DIO ABC Corp Amnis Y DataSource W Code Desciipli Y Teg Tag xisstme ww Amount Y Event Type v SubEvent Type M H 300 Disallowe B Bridge Adustment 1 284 752 Navigator 7 i 1 POS00 Other Per W Woldw P PiLAdusme 60000 B 3 eals an 1 Import P P L Adustment 464 503 one Entry lii ee an 8 B dge P PiL Adustmert 10 587 B Provision 5 C Dataset amp Federal j Administration gj Active Workpspers E Unit Details li F Flow Through Factors li ie APIC Pool Amounts i Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis LA Temp Diffs Tax Basis The Data Source History displays the Data Source Change Type User Date Tag Adj Type Expense Amount Event Type Sub Type Event and Notes For certain types of notes in the Data Dimension it will populate the Note for you You can add data to the note and or change the note The note will pre populate with the data source name that has a secondary source Notes Vv clive Woi paper Sample 4 i In the following example the Data Source is an Active Workpaper the Change Type is Add and the User is admin ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION 23 THOMSON REUTERS File View About Cortiol Center 5 5 v3 PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP z Control Center UNITED STATE
42. Use these features to increase or decrease the workarea view Menu Bar The menu bar has options for printing exiting the system and maintaining passwords as well as information about the software version To print a single report e Click File then Print Print Landscape The report that currently displays in the workarea is sent to the default printer for the user s machine To change the printer or to configure the report Click Page Setup e Citrix Users An error displays if the default printer is not accessible due to security restrictions To print save multiple reports Click File then Batch Print e The Batch Print dialog box displays Select options to configure how the reports are generated in the batch print file Hold the Ctrl key while making selections to select more than one option Select the sub consolidation and or units the dataset that the reports should be based on the currency of the reports and the reports in the appropriate view Click Print to send the reports to the default printer for your machine To change the printer or to configure the report Click Page Setup e Click Save as Excel to browse to where you want to save the reports as Excel files To export the report currently displayed in the workarea to an Excel worksheet Click File then Export to Excel Enter the target location for the file to be saved Click Save A message pops up Please be patient This may take some time Clic
43. and AMT Preferences Items AMT NOL max 90 of AMTI Unit Details AMT Automation AMT NOL C O Balance Alternative Minimum Taxable Income AMTI Sum of AMTI pre NOL and AMT NOL max 90 AMTI AMT Rate Unit Details AMT Automation AMT Rate AMT Tax Pre Credits AMTI times AMT Rate AMT FTC Unit Details AMT Automation AMT After Tax Adjustments Tentative Minimum Tax Sum of AMT Pre Credits and AMT FTC AMT Liability Recapture e f the Tentative Minimum Tax line is greater than the Adjusted Cash Provision line the difference is posted to an After Tax Temporary Difference with the code AMT SYS This increases the current tax expense and decreases the deferred tax expense If the Tentative Minimum Tax line is less than the Adjusted Cash Provision line and there is a beginning balance for the After Tax Temporary Difference with the code AMT SYS for the parent unit the difference is posted to an After Tax Temporary Difference with the code AMT SYS This decreases the current tax expense and increases the deferred tax expense When the units in the filing group have different local currencies the postings are converted to the parent s local currency The result displays on the report 292 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Column by Column A single column displays the calculation for the filing group CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY This chapter familiarizes you with several top
44. change how data is treated or represented within a state within a unit in a dataset Pre established unit dataset parameters can be added modified or deleted When adding or modifying parameters use care as they can potentially change calculations across all the units in a dataset Parameters are pre defined and are case sensitive The Key Type and Value have specific designations for each parameter Deleting parameters is not recommended because they 196 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY may be required for the system to function properly It is recommended that you de activate a parameter rather than deleting it To import a new unit state dataset parameter complete the appropriate fields on the USDSP USDS Params sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Active Workpapers Active Workpapers is located under Data Entry State for example California in the Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets Active Workpapers enables Excel based workpapers to be embedded within a dataset Cells can directly relate to data fields in the system For more information refer to the active workpapers section in dataset administration State Details The State Details screen contains the following sections e Rates Apportionments in the Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets e Automation in
45. e The ability to pull GET AMT Automation fields available under Unit Details Automation e Different colors now display for GET SET and SYN Actions o GET Light Blue o SET Orange o SYN Light Green RETURN AND PROVISION INTEGRATION Local Reporting Currency Designation Ability to designate C or NC when transferring Temporary Differences and P L or Equity when transferring Permanent Differences amp Tax Adjustments 2011 Thomson Reuters 17 ONESOURCE CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW This chapter familiarizes you with the basic terminology and functionality in the system The provision calculation the user interface and concepts are described This chapter provides the building blocks for the rest of the user manual OVERVIEW OF PROVISION CALCULATIONS Current Provision Calculation Pre Tax Book Income Deductible State Tax Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Net Operating Loss Reclass eH He WX I Taxable Income Tax Rate Tax Amount After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Adjustments Current Tax Provision Deferred Provision Calculation ll HO Hos H Beginning Deferred Tax Asset Liability Balance Sheet Only Adjustment Ending Deferred Tax Asset Liability Currency Translation Adjustment Offset Deferred Provision Only Adjustment Deferred Tax Provision Total Provision Calculation H Current Tax Provision Deferred Tax Provision Eq
46. e You are required to select Year Period and Type e Items that are not required can entered and or will be pre populated if attached at the component level such as Description and File Name n Documents Drawer OTP Docs Saved Searches DOCUMENTS CRITERIA A c Dataset Cd pat ore 3 ID ad Year Period Tax Type wene dP component dD e Ad Sub Type att vw state at v Source ALL Description o File Name Save Delete Search Clear Note You can also access ONESOURCE FileRoom from the platform so you don t have to open the ONESOURCE Provision software if looking for an attached file To attach a document click on the Actions icon D to open the following Attachment dialog box then s elect Add Document You will be able to view any documents currently associated with the item and may 370 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION ONESOURCE Integration add documents Attachments Dialog Box Drawer OTP Docs mu z Documents I Type DataSet DataSet OTP ID Year Period Tax Type r If you continue to attach documents at the lowest level component level then your Index Values will be pre populated The index values will be completed based on the level you are attaching a document Example The index values below are filled in for the Dataset Unit Code Unit Name ect because the document is being attached at
47. 0 00 ADJ4 IO1036 PET 0 0 00 ADJ4 TR1040 0 00 ADJ4 EF1041 SU e1BUS 70 0 00 EXPORT Data entered for a dataset can be exported to an Excel file Data is exported to a file that can be imported back into the originating dataset or a different dataset An export of the dataset can be stored as a backup of the data as a security measure To ensure that the file can be restored be sure to export the categories as well Export Selected Datasets e Dataset information can be exported to an Import Numbers template e This functionality generates a file with multiple sheets U Unit UQ Unit Questions UPD Unit Perm Diffs UNOLTD Unit NOL TDs Tax Basis UTD Unit Temp Diffs Tax Basis UATTD U AfterTx TDs Tax Basis UTA Unit Tax Adjs UTBBS Unit Tax Basis BalSheet ULB Unit Liability Begin Bals ULC Unit Liability Changes UTDAM U Temp Diff Bk Tx Basis ZUPDAM amp Z Unit Perm Diff Amor H UATTDAM U AfterTxTD Bk Tx Bas FL Fed Liability Txns ICOTXNS Inter Co Txns DSFX FX Rates S States SPM State Perm Mods STD St TD Tax Basis SAATD St AfterApp TD Tax Bas SATTD St AfterTax TD Tax Bas STA State Tax Adis J Jurisdictions USDSP USDS Params UDSP UDS Params DP Dataset Params JES Journal Entries JETAX JE Tax Calcs JEGL JE GL Calcs SL State Liability Txns UQUEST Questionnaires HUQSTNS Questions ZUQRESP4 Responses COU_RATES Country Rates Hidden CUR_RATES Currency
48. 0 55 USD tax effected 77 778 80 000 Beginning DTA L Ending DTA L 2 222 e Deferred Expense in USD is translated from the Local Currency Activity using Weighted FX Rates e USD Deferred Expense Begin Activity Ending Local Currency Balance 100 000 10 000 110 000 Tax Rates Begin and End 35 40 Local currency tax effected 35 000 44 000 Weighted Avg FX USD tax effected 70 000 88 000 Deferred Provision Expense 18 000 e Currency Translation Adjustment Computation e Adjusts the Weighted Average FX Impact and the Ending Spot FX Rate 2011 Thomson Reuters 313 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Beginning and Ending FX rate is consistent with Deferred Balances Report Beginning DTA L Ending DTA L 2 222 Change in DTA L balance 2 222 CTA to Adjust Spot FX to Plus CTA 1 5 778 Weighted Average EX Total Deferred Prov Expense 18 000 Currency translation at Weighted Avg FX rate Detail of CTA Calculation Components EL NN NN RR RR Calculation Beginning Temporary Difference Balance o Temporary Difference Activity 10 00 0 Beginning FX Spot Rate 0 4 Current Tax Rate 3796 5 Ending FX Spot Rate 0 5 Beginning 3596 5 Deferred Tax Rate Weighted Average FX Rate 0 5 Ending Deferred 40 0 Tax Rate Deferred Provision Currency Translation Adustment Current Provision Rate Impacting tems b Effect Dfrd c Effect Rate Diffs d Dird TotalRete Total Deferre
49. 1 OVERVIEW For more information on reporting datasets refer to the Multi Datasets View area under functionality Control Center Dataset Report Level wf Domestic Name Y Year Y Period VW Type Y Currency 2008 Current Provision C 2009 FY Prov 2009 Provision 2009 FY Prov 2009 Return 2009 FY Prov 2009 True up 2008 FY Prov 2010 Current Year Provisi 2010 FY Prov 2010 Provision 2010 FY Domestic F stimates nna Units Units allow data to be entered and organized e A unit can be a legal entity a cost center a department division etc and should be the lowest level of detail available to achieve all reporting requirements e Units can be combined with other units to create multiple sub consolidations to achieve various representations of data e The attributes of units can be grouped with other units using filing groups e Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining Units Sub Consolidations Sub consolidations allow units to be combined to achieve additional views of data e Units can be in multiple sub consolidations without impacting the integrity of the consolidated view Some uses of sub consolidations are management reporting US Domestic Tax Return Filing view State groupings Regional reporting EMEA APAC etc e Sub consolidations can also be consolidated in reports in the CSC report views This functionality is activated by a system parameter found in Manage Configurat
50. 200900000 Income 600000 P1000 10 000 00 P2000 Total Permanent 35 000 00 _ D ference _ 3100000 T1000 0 0 81 000 00 200000 T2000 0 47 55200 Total Temporary 33 000 00 Difference Federal Taxable Income Pre 204800000 NOL 204800000 NOL Reclass 0 295200000 2011 Thomson Reuters 347 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 2 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 5096 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 0 the NOL Reclass is the sum of 50 of the Federal Taxable Income NOL Deferred Only 0 and NOL Balance Sheet Only 0 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 5096 NOL Allowance Rate 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 1 024 000 lt NOL Reclass gt If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 1 024 000 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 1 024 000 NOL Reclass gt 1 024 000 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 5 000 000 lt BBal gt 1 024 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 3 976 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book Income P1000 Total Permanent Difference
51. 204 P amp L Adjustment 191 205 407 ONESOURCE U Uncertain Tax Positions 368 Uncertain Tax Postions 368 Unit 29 161 315 330 368 Unit Dataset Extensions UserNum9 176 Unit Dataset Parameter PAYRECUNIT 299 Unit Dataset Parameters 161 Add 161 Delete 161 Import 161 JE CALCULATE ENTRIES 388 PAYABLE CPROV BUCKET 388 PAYABLE RTP BUCKET 388 PAYRECUNIT 388 UnitDetails 161 Automation 170 Misc 170 PTBI 170 Taxes Per Book 170 Unit Record 161 Unit records 31 Unit State Dataset Parameter PAYRECUNIT 299 Unit State Dataset Parameters 196 Add 196 Delete 196 Import 196 PAYABLE CPROV BUCKET 388 PAYABLE RTP BUCKET 388 Unit Tax Rates 317 319 322 Units 22 24 29 278 289 364 Add 51 Delete 51 Import 51 UserID 75 User Interface 18 19 User rights 37 User Status Active 75 Inactive 75 User Type Administrator 75 Read Only 75 Read Write 75 Username 75 408 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Users 294 Administrative 208 212 215 Read Write 137 208 212 215 UTP Application 368 BM Valuation Allowance automation Valuation Allowance Parameters VA_CALCTYPE 357 Valuation Allowances Aggregated Attribute Basis Automation 357 358 Separate Attribute Basis 357 182 200 Valuation Alowances Version 20 35 Visual Basic Power Pack 363 W Web based 32 368 Windfall 331 Withholding Tax Treatment 194 Work Area 19 XSL Style sheets 123 Year Expired 42 Year Generated 42 Index 28 293 35
52. 2750 Deferred Provision Only 0 Deferred Tax Provision Equity Adjustment Total Federal Tax Provision Total State Tax Provision Total Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Expanded B S 666 667 0 13 333 680 000 0 680 000 25 00 0 165 000 0 165 000 24 75 xiew summary CTA Calculation a Beginning Balance Change in FX Rate Beginning Balance Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Spot FX Rate Beginning Balance Beginning Deferred Rate Beginning FX Rate CTA on Activity Current Activity Current Tax Rate Ending Spot FX Rate Current Activity Current Tax Rate Weighted Average FX Rate CTA on Deferred Rate Changes Beginning Balance Ending Deferred Rate Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Spot FX Rate Beginning Balance Ending Deferred Rate Beginning Deferred Rate Beginning FX Rate CTA on Effective Rate Differences between Current and Deferred Current Activity Ending Deferred Rate Current Tax Rate Ending Spot FX Rate Current Activity Ending Deferred Rate Current Tax Rate Weighted Average FX Rate Total CTA Beginning Balance Change in FX Rate CTA on Activity CTA on Deferred Rate Changes CTA on Effective Rate Differences between Current and Deferred Ending Balance Ending Balance Ending Deferred Rate Weighted Average FX Rate Beginning Beginni 10 000 30 Deferred 3000 00 10 000 30 Defered 3 000 00
53. 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 Federal NOL Automation 346 Federal NOL Automationn 346 Federal Taxable Income Post NOL 346 NOL Allowance Rate 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 NOL automation 346 356 NOL Balance Sheet 356 NOL Balance Sheet Only 347 348 349 350 NOL Beginning Balance 352 353 354 NOL Deferred Only 347 348 349 350 NOL Deferred Tax Asset 346 352 353 354 NOL Ending Balance 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 NOL Limitation 346 NOL Reclass 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 NOL Temp Differences 356 NOL Temporary Difference 355 NOL Rollforwards 78 134 NOL Rollforwards Columns 78 NOL Temporary Difference 28 198 NOL Temporary Differences 32 161 Add 55 Delete 55 Import 55 NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Import 191 Non Cash Tax Adjustments 28 Non Current 32 42 44 67 68 69 QO OTPFormat 208 Override 366 Override Rate 152 Override Rates 145 148 149 150 182 185 191 200 202 Override Rates Option 138 139 140 400 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index P P amp L 66 68 331 Parameters 37 221 227 231 236 265 278 289 298 303 334 365 Dataset 32 Reports 224 System 32 Unit Dataset 32 Unit State Dataset 32 Parent 29 Parent Unit 298 299 303 357 Password 20 81 Passwords 75 Payable 39 295 388 Payable Bucket 297 Payable Buckets Add 71 Delete 71 Import 71 Payable Enty 132 161 298
54. 367 Beginning Tax 310 Beginning Deductible 197 Beginning Deferred 141 Beginning Deferred Tax Beginning FX 141 Beginning Spot 141 173 176 310 Countries 150 152 Current Deductible 197 326 328 173 176 197 367 401 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Rates Rates Apportionments Current Tax 141 173 197 Deferred 310 Deferred FX Deferred Tax 197 Effective Tax 179 199 310 Ending 42 44 367 Ending Deductible 197 Ending Deferred 141 Ending Deferred Tax Ending Deferred Tax Rates Ending Federal 42 Ending FX 141 Ending Spot 141 173 176 296 310 Ending Tax 310 Exchange 308 Federal Beginning Federal Current 39 Federal Deductibility 225 Forecast 328 Forecast State 330 Foreign Currency 141 Foreign Exchange 173 309 FX 141 142 143 148 149 150 152 310 Import 197 Interim State Forecasted Tax NOL Allowance 198 Spot 308 309 310 State Apportionment 39 State Beginning 178 State Current 39 State Tax 141 197 Tax 141 142 143 148 149 Unit 328 Unit Tax 173 Weighted Average 308 309 310 Weighted Average Foreign Exchange 173 176 Weighted Average FX 39 153 1 9 191 194 199 205 206 296 310 Weighted FX 141 Wghtd Avg FX 173 173 176 197 367 173 178 330 227 RCL Inter Year Reclass 71 Read Write Read only Recalc Payable Reclasses Recalc Payable Reclasses menu option Reclass 402 145 150 152 145 149 153 298 132 132 198 298 299 346
55. 68 69 70 71 77 82 122 130 132 161 162 175 178 179 180 182 185 188 189 191 193 194 195 196 197 199 200 202 204 205 206 339 344 Bridge Data 212 215 Import Bridge Map Template 70 Import Bridge Template BUM Bridge Unit Map 65 HMAPD Amortized Perm Diffs 68 70 MATD Gross Temporary Difference 69 MATD Temp Diffs Bk Tx Basis 70 MPD Perm Diffs 66 70 MPTBI Pre Tax Book Income 65 70 MTA Tax Accounts 66 70 MTBBB Trial Balance 69 70 MTD Temp Diffs Tax Basis 67 70 MTDBOS Temp Diff BSO 70 MTDBOS TemTemp Diff BSO 68 Bridge Mappings 69 Import Categories 43 129 130 339 Categories 339 Import Categories Template 129 CATTD AfterTax TempDiffs 55 CATTD AfterTax TempDiffs 129 CD Dataset 129 CD Datasets 37 CDR Reporting Dataset 129 CDR Reporting Datasets 45 130 CDRF Deferred Rollforwards 78 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index CDRF Deferred Rollforwards 129 CNOLTD NOL TempDiffs 55 CNOLTD NOL TempDiffs 129 CNRF NOL RollForwards 78 129 COU Countries 77 CP Parameters 82 129 CPD Permanent Differences 53 129 CPRU ParamsReportsUser 82 CPYBK Payable Buckets 71 72 CPYBK Payable Buckets 129 CPYRL Payable Rollups 71 72 CPYRL Payable Rollups 129 CPYTP Payable Types 70 72 CPYTP Payable Types 129 CRU Component Rollups 122 129 CS States 60 129 CSAATD State After App Temp Diff 63 129 CSATTD
56. Approach Taxable Income Before NOL Reclass Tax Provision Report Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL line AMT Pre Tax Adjustments Unit Details AMT Automation AMT Adjustments Alternative Minimum Taxable Income AMTI Sum of Taxable Income Before NOL Reclass and AMT Pre Tax Adjustments AMT Tax Rate or max Unit Details AMT Automation AMT Tax Rate AMT Tax Pre Credits AMTI times AMT Tax Rate AMT Credits Unit Details AMT Automation AMT After Tax Adjustments AMT Tax Sum of AMT Tax Pre Credits and AMT Credits Cash Provision Before NOL AMT Reclass Tax Provision Report Cash Provision line minus the NOL Reclass and any AMT reclass in the After Tax Temporary Difference line e AMT Reclass If the AMT Tax line is greater than the Cash Provision Before NOL AMT Reclass line the difference is recorded It is posted to the tax provision as a tax adjustment increasing the provision and as a reclass to an After Tax Temporary Difference Column by Column A single column displays the calculation for the unit of the filing group 2011 Thomson Reuters 291 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Local Currency Approach Line by Line Taxable Income Before NOL Reclass Tax Provision Report Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL line AMT Pre Tax Adjustments Unit Details AMT Automation AMT Adjustments Alternative Minimum Taxable Income AMTI Sum of Taxable Income Before NOL Reclass a
57. BUCKET 384 PAYABLE RTP DOM STATE BUCKET 384 PAYABLE RTP FOR BUCKET 384 PAYABLE RTP FOR STATE BUCKET 384 Prior Year Tag 384 PULL PAY FROM DATASET 384 RESTRICT TD TABS 182 185 188 189 191 200 202 204 384 RestrictTA 137 138 384 RestrictTag X 137 384 RTPTAG 337 341 344 345 384 SCRUNCH TAG 384 StateRates 140 143 USE_OLD_AMTESTIMATOR 384 USETBPTBI 384 VA CALCTYPE 357 384 Dataset Relations 334 339 345 RTP Target 40 Tax Return 40 Datasets 21 24 30 33 37 132 141 219 Blank 28 Combine 37 39 Combined 28 Compliance 22 278 289 Current Provision 334 2011 Thomson Reuters Deletion 37 Import 37 Interim 22 37 326 328 329 Multiple 28 Provision 22 278 289 329 334 336 363 Reporting 28 37 45 130 333 Reporting Additive 28 45 130 Reporting Sequential 28 45 50 130 Return 334 336 338 344 RTP Provision 334 RTP Target 334 345 Target 334 336 Tax Return 334 True up 333 Datsets Interim 46 288 Deactivate aunit 31 Deferred Balances Report 44 Deferred Only 133 134 346 Deferred Provision 341 345 Deferred Rollforwards 78 133 Deferred Rollforwards Columns 78 Deferred Tax Asset 178 331 Deferred Tax Assets 357 Deferred Tax Provision 318 320 Delete After Tax Temporary Difference 55 Bridge Mappings 65 66 67 68 69 Dataset 37 Dataset Parameters 132 Intercompany Transaction 56 NOL Temporary Difference 55 Payable Buckets 71 Payable Rollups 71 Payable Transaction Types 70 Permanen
58. Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis where includable status is No Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Add back Deductible State Tax Deductible State Tax line from the Federal Tax Provision report Adjusted Federal Taxable Income Sum of Federal Taxable Income Backout Permanent Differences not includable for State Backout Temporary Differences includable for State and Add back Deductible State Tax Modifications Data Entry gt State gt State Permanent Differences Temporary Difference Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Allocable Income Sum of Adjusted Federal Taxable Income Modifications and Temporary Difference Adjustments lines State Apportionment Percentage Data Entry gt State gt State Details Only displayed at the Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit breakout Apportioned Income Pre NOL Allocable Income line times State Apportionment Percentage line NOLs Data Entry gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis Apportioned Income Sum of Apportioned Income Pre NOL and NOLs lines State Tax Rate Data Entry gt State gt State Details Only displays at the
59. Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Enter Activity Enter Ending Select the Enter Activity or the Enter Ending balance radio button Enter Activity The system automatically calculates the Ending balance which is Read Only Enter Ending The system automatically calculates the Activity which is Read Only Activity The activity is the appropriate amount of the beginning balance based on the months entered In a dataset that was not rolled over you must populate this field Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated using the unit s weighted average FX rate to the reporting currency Deferred Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as the deferred balances Balance Sheet Only Balance only impacts deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income items Note You will need this parameter to view the Audit Trail created when working with the Enhanced Integration transfer For more information on Enhanced Integration see the Enhanced Integration 190 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY User Manual The Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision report remove
60. Code and Name e The Permanent Difference code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created The Permanent Difference code and name display in reports Included for State Determine whether or not this permanent difference federal values should be included for state calculations or not Once data is entered for this code this designation cannot be modified ADMINISTRATION MANAGE PERMANENT DIFFERENCES Drag a column header here to group by that column Code Y Name Y Included for State Y P100 Perm Toggle rye L Toggle Invalid Name Please make sure a proper value is entered for Name Press ESCAPE to cancel row 2011 Thomson Reuters 53 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Temporary Differences You can add Temporary Differences in the Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen in the Manage Units folder of the Administration area An existing Temporary Difference description can be modified Only a Temporary Difference that has no data entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new Temporary Difference complete the appropriate fields on the CTD Temporary Differences sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Important e For v 8 0 there is a new column named Default Type e The Default
61. D1000 ABCCORP change Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Calc USD Pre Tax Book Income Local Pre Tax Book Income USD Wightd Avg FX Rate 1 000000 Override rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate 0 000095 Override rate Beginning Deferred Rate 0 0000 Override rate Ending Deferred Rate 0 0000 Override rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning x 1 000000 Override rate Ending 1 000000 Override rate Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj 0 148 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Units created after parameters are set but before any rates are set are populated with the Default rates of 0 for Tax and 1 for FX Override Rate functionality is available in Read only mode because the rates have not yet been populated D1000 ABC CORP w Apply Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Calc USD Pre Tax Book Income Local Pre Tax Book Income USD Wightd Avg FX Rate 1 000000 Override rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate 0 0000 Override rate Beginning Deferred Rate 0 0000 Override rate Ending Deferred Rate 0 0000 Override rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning 1 000000 Override rate Ending 1 000000 Override rate Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj mm
62. Deferred Rate 35 000096 Override rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning 1 000000 Override rate Ending 1 000000 Override rate Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj en 144 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY There are two ways to initially populate State Country and Currency with Mass Update Rates The rates can be pulled from the Administration area to populate the lists 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 Click Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Currency Rates Country Rates or State Rates 3 Click Populate All to pull all rates ll The alternative method is to set individual rates at the Dataset level 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 Click Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Currency Rates Country Rates or State Rates 3 Click Create New and select a code from the Symbol Code drop down list 4 Click Save New The system automatically populates the rates for this Symbol Code with the existing Mass Update Rate Notes e Rates can be kept or changed at the Dataset level e To refresh Dataset level rates with rates maintained in the Administration area click the Copy From Admin button Override Option When you create a new unit it uses the rates set at the dataset level as the default Override Rate options in the Unit and State Details screens are now Read Write The default fo
63. Entry gt Unit gt Unit Details gt Estimated Payments Income Payment Override Data Entry gt Unit gt Unit Details gt Estimated Payments Income Payment Due Either Rounded Payment Due or Income Payment Override Franchise Payments Data Entry gt Unit gt Unit Details gt Estimated Payments Total Payment Due Sum of Income Payment Due and Franchise Payments Interim Provision Reporting Levels Punt __ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Daaset Unt __ Sub consolidation The Interim Provision State report in the Interim dataset displays state tax provision calculations for the state selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Current State Tax Expense Deferred State Tax Expense e State Equity Offset to Current Expense Total State Tax Provision Report Views e Defaults to a detail view e Selecting Unit breakout generates an Excel spreadsheet that details the unit by unit underlying calculations for the state s provision expenses e The Unit breakout comparison view option allows you to create a side by side comparison of two datasets The result is a total and unit by unit variance report It displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Unit Details
64. Estimator 222 Attachments Review 222 Deferred Balances 222 Deferred Workpaper 222 Effective Tax Rate 222 Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout 222 Expected Deferred Rate 222 Federal Est Pymt 222 Forecast TrueUp 222 Forecasted Rate Report 222 Foreign Domestic Summary 222 Journal Entry Reports 222 Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities 222 NOL Balances 222 NOLs Expiration 222 Payable Detail 222 Payable Rollforward 222 Tax Basis Balance Sheet 222 Tax Provision 222 Tax Provision Interim 222 Temporary Difference Summary 222 Temporary Difference Summary Fed Filing Group 222 Trial Balance Reports 222 Unit Summary 222 User Status 222 File Formats Bridge 213 217 Files 30 Filing Group 29 241 242 357 359 Filing Groups 29 Filing unit 1 4 Flow Through 138 363 License Code 363 License Key 363 Flow Through Parameters FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS_AUTOCALC 363 FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS MANUALCALC 138 363 FLOWTHROUCHFACTORS USE FX 367 Forecast 326 Forecast Dataset 207 Forecast reporting 293 Forecast State Apportionment 330 Forecasted data 207 Foreign Currency issues 293 Foreign Exchange Rates 34 Functionality 18 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE G Gaap to STAT Parameters GAAPTOSTAT 229 gstags 229 SHOW GAAPTOSTAT 229 General Ledger 195 212 215 362 General Ledger Extract 212 213 215 217 Global Access 32 368 Hybrid 34 IFRS 315 Import 37 45 51 52 53 54 55 56 58 60 63 64 65 66 67
65. Event Types may be selected for an adjustment to increase the usability of tracking the event 2011 Thomson Reuters 163 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY 164 PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis mn header here to group by that columr Altronts v Data Sour W Code Descripti 7 Tag vi Adj Type v Amount Y EvenType v SubEventType Y E E A P1300 Disallowe B Bridge P P L Adjustment 1 284 752 v g Es ai a POSOD Other Per W Worldw P P amp L Adjustment 60 000 Capital Capital gv l E dh P1000 Meals an Import P P amp L Adjustment 464 503 Discrete Discrete g E E P1000 Mess n B Bridge P P amp L Adjustment 10 587 NOL NOL Overseas Branch Overseas Branch Payable Payable Portfolio Portfolio ZI SUB EVENT TYPE Sub Event Types are User defined fields The following is a list an example of Sub Event Types which can be created and modified in Administration Manage Sub Event Types ADMINISTRATION MANAGE SUB EVENT TYPES Drag lumn header here to Group by that i imr Code V Name Y Event Type Y p TB1 SAP TBF Feed From Trial Balance T82 Oracle TBF Feed From Trial Balance 1783 JD Edwards TBF Feed From Trial Balance Sub Event Types may be selected for an adjustment for additional usability when tracking an e
66. G2 Estimate 035 COMP 2165 E Manage Trial Balances 2008 Q3 Estimates N 2008 Q3 Q3 Estimate 0 35 COMP 2167 2008 Q4 Estimates N 2008 Q4 Q4 Estimate 0 35 COMP 2169 N Manage Tax Basis Return _ Manage States 2008 Return FY full year j 2008 True up N 2008 FY full year 0 35 PROV 2155 8 4 Manage Bridge Test Est Payment N 2008 Q4 Q4 Estimate 035 COMP 79004 9 1 Manage Payable Test Ext N 2008 FY Extension 035 COMP 79006 S System 2007 Current Provision Calc N 2007 FY full year 0 35 PROY 2159 gt Import Categories 2007 True up N 2007 FY full year 035 PROV 2161 gt Import Reporting Datasets I View Last Import Log Export Categories Data Entry Dataset Relations Current Dataset 2008 Return Related Dataset Relationship 2008 Provision RTP Provision 2009 Current Provision Calc RTP Target Related Dataset Relationship 2008 Provision RTP Provision A Add 336 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Creating Tax Adjustments Non cash tax adjustments need to be added manually before generating the posting To create tax adjustments 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Units gt Tax Adjustments 2 Create a Non Cash Tax Adjustment for Permanent Differences and one for Temporary Differences using the following format with the appropriate year NO RTP YYYY PERM and NC RTP YYYY TEMP In this exam
67. Gi terco T Fie paie pe s L Trial Ba My Network Save as type Excel Document 4s dex 2 Comes Adda i 5 Blended Stat header here to group by that column The data will be saved in the same format as the filter Upon opening the Excel file you will see the data in a format similar to the ONESOURCE Tax Provision Tax application screen In the following example the data has been displayed by Date and Change Type with column headers If you do not filter you may end up with a long list that you may want to sort within Excel JABCD E F j G K n i J K Dataset 2010 Retum 1 tem Reset all saved settings You have the ability to reset the Data Source History by clicking your right mouse button and selecting the options on the dialog box 2011 Thomson Reuters 169 Evert Type 1 tem Sub Type Event 11 tems Une Data Souce OwegeTioe User Date Code Top LAA Type 000 Bmwaton Unt Bn ge impot Add admn 3 31 2011 1016 AM P20000 Pol 000 Emnaton Una Manual Enty Dalet amr 3 31 2011 10 16 AM P1000 e 000 Eimnation Unt Manual Entry Update admin 3 20 2011 10 00 PM 12000 wW Pet 000 Eimmnation Unt Active Workpapers Add aime 3 30 2011 5 58 PM P1400 i Pol 000 Bimration Unt Manual Entry Add aw 3 30 2011 2 34 PM 12000 wW P L 000 Emination Unt impot Add admn 3 30 2011 2 33 PM P16000 i E 000 Bimination Unt impot aed
68. Interim dataset configuration can be exported or imported in one step in the Administration area under Manage Datasets This functionality generates seven Excel files when exported All seven are required when importing A single quarter of forecast or actual data can be imported or exported in the Interim section Export quarterly data by selecting the forecasted or actual data from the Data Export drop down list Import quarterly data by selecting the forecasted or actual data from the Data Import drop down list The data in the Excel file is for the quarter selected in the Control Center 2011 Thomson Reuters 327 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Forecast Calculating the Annualized Forecast Effective Tax Rate Interim Unit Details e The Forecast Pre Tax Book Income expected for the year Amounts can be tracked by quarter or on annual basis Statutory Tax Rates expected to be enacted by the end of the year should be populated for each unit For state be sure to include the expected apportionment factors for states jurisdictions Units can be designated to be excluded from the forecasted rate calculation On a unit by unit basis you can either decide to exclude units when the unit has a loss or when the unit has either income or a loss Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Tax Adjustments NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis InterCompany Tra
69. Jurisdiction and Year Payable and State Payable entry options allow you to pull certain balances by Bucket by Year for beginning and ending balances When you select the State drop down the state options become available Active Workpapers Dataset 2010 Provision Fle Edk View Insert Fam PC active ca GET gt rinse Finse gt Z BBAL Beginn zaxa emp TTD State After Tax Temp Diffs Tax SPD State Perm Diffs STO State Temp Diffs Tax You have the ability to GET and SET the items that are within the Alternative Minimum Tax area on the Unit details AMT Items e AMT Adjustments Items e AMT Rate e AMT After Tax Adjustment e AMT NOL C O Balance 160 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Active Workpapers Dataset 2010 Provision Fie Edk Vew Insert EP OM active cal GET Z 2010 Provision z Unit alise z amr AMT At gel idjustment e Tee LOCAL Local x Field AMTA AMT Adiuetments AMTR AMT xe AMTAT AMT After Tax Adjustment AMTNOL AMT NOL C O Balance Jurisdiction Management Jurisdiction Management is only available in an Estimated Payments dataset in Data Entry gt Dataset An Administrator can configure the percentage of estimated liability in the quarters the extension payment and the minimum taxes that may be required Each jurisdiction in
70. Manage Configurations gt Reporting Note Differing rounding policies can cause amounts on this report as well as the Tax Provision and Foreign Domestic reports to be out of sync by a minimal amount Provision Items 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 233 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING e Total Tax Provision e Effective Tax Rate Report Views Defaults to summary and contracted views Rollups are user defined groupings that allow detail level component data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area For example a Rollup may assist in generating the footnote while another may explain the results for management reporting Detail Displays underlying detail by the selected rollup code or the default rollup by component type Expanded Displays additional columns for the pre tax amount the effect of rates different from statutory rate changes from period to period and any deferred only adjustments that may impact the overall taxable rate for each item Breakout all On Sub Consolidated and Consolidated reports displays underlying unit data that made up the total result A single column can be expanded by selecting Brkout To collapse data select Non breakout Expanded results display on the screen or export to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Use Unit Tax Rate On Unit and Filing Group level repo
71. Mass Update Rates feature with which you can apply Tax and Currency Rates on a universal basis to datasets e For information on overriding rates see the Override Option page 140 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ADMINISTRATION MANAGE STATE RATES 2009 PROVISION Copy From Admin Populate All Drag a colurnn header here to group by that column State Y BegDeferedRate Y EndDeferedRate W State Tax Rate Y he M 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 AK Alaska AL Alabama AUD All Other AR Arkansas AZ Arizona BS Blended State CA California CO Colorado Mass Update Rates The Mass Update Rates feature of the system was created to provide the ability to apply Tax and Foreign Currency Rates on a universal basis to datasets Mass Update Rates is maintained in the Administration area There are separate rates for each Country and State as well as the FX rate for Currency New columns were added to track rates Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Deferred Rate Current Tax Rate Beginning FX Spot Rate Weighted FX Rate Ending FX Spot and State Tax Rate There are also options to override rates Mass Update Rates is uploaded to a dataset from the Manage States and the Manage Countries and Currencies screens in the Administration area once the proper parameters have been added Mass Update Rates only automatically populates a dataset once After this initial population all rate
72. O Deactiates the PTE ge posting IUSETBPTBI Alphanumeric Activates the PTBI bridge posting for all income statement accounts IVA CALCTYPE Alphanumeric 0 2 or4 2 activates the aggregated Unrecognized Balance automation e 4 activates the aggregated post tax Unrecognized Balance automation O activates the separate Unrecognized Balance 2011 Thomson Reuters 387 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Unit Dataset Parameters Here are Unit Dataset Parameters that relate to JE and Payable functionality Note Refer to the Parameters User Guide for more information on how parameters modify an instance of ONESOURCE Tax Provision Always use care when working with parameters Parameter Name Parameter Parameter Parameter Function Value PAYABLE_CPROV_BUCKET iac d Payable Bucket Define which payable bucket the Current Cash Provision posts to PAYABLE RTP BUCKET Alphanumeri Payable Bucket Define which payable bucket the Tax Adj with C Code codes NC RTP or NC ATR posts to Unit State Dataset Parameters Here are Unit State Dataset Parameters that relate to Payable functionality Note Refer to the Parameters User Guide for more information on how parameters modify an instance of ONESOURCE Tax Provision Always use care when working with parameters Key Key Type Key Value Parameter Function PAYABLE CPROV BUCKET Alphanumeric Payable Bucket Define which payable bucket the Current Cash
73. ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Dataset Relations Previously you needed to manually adjust your Tax Provision for Return to Provision RTP true ups Now the Dataset Relations area of the Datasets screen allows you to automatically update the Tax Provision through the calculation and posting of RTP true ups For RTP adjustments to be posted Tax Return datasets must be related to the same or previous period RTP Provision dataset as well as the same or future period RTP Target dataset Scrunch Functionality To aggregate similarly coded and similarly designated Current Non Current temporary differences with different tag letters you can click the Scrunch check box when rolling over a dataset The scrunch functionality is applied to all temporary differences Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Process This area discusses the steps you need to take before activating the Scrunch feature You will need to 1 Add the SCRUNCH TAG dataset parameter 2 Use rollover datasets 3 Adhere to temporary difference requirements Before rolling over a dataset make sure that the original dataset includes
74. Post NOL Tax Provision Report Federal Taxable Income Post NOL line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Pre Tax Book Income plus Discretes pre Rate lines in an Interim dataset e Total Tax Provision Tax Provision Report Total Tax Provision line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Total Tax Provision line in an Interim dataset e Effective Tax Rate Tax Provision Report Effective Tax Rate line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Effective Tax Rate line in an Interim dataset 290 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING AMT ESTIMATOR Reporting Levels Control Center Configurable Options O oas Oo o o w OOOO NEN EN Source Data All Data Review Screens Available Views The AMT Estimator report for Provision and Compliance used for Estimated Payments datasets displays the Alternative Minimum Tax AMT calculation The report only displays when the AMT Automation is selected in the Unit Details screen There are two approaches to computing the AMT Reporting Currency or Local Currency Be sure to review the calculation to ensure that the proper result is computed Provision Items e Current Federal Tax Expense e Deferred Federal Tax Expense Total Tax Provision Deferred Tax Asset Liability e Effective Tax Rate Report Views Defaults to the filing group level calculation of the report details Line by Line Local Currency
75. Provision gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact 228 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total Federal Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines Total State Provision Total State Tax Provision from State Summary Provision Summary e Total Tax Provision Sum of the Total Federal Provision and Total State Provision e Effective Tax Rate Total Tax Provision divided by Pre Tax Book Income Tax Provision GAAP STAT The Tax Provision GAAP STAT report for the Provision and Interim datasets displays an overview of the provision calculations and the separation of the components between GAAP to STAT and STAT to TAX Supporting detail for some calculations can be viewed in this report while underlying support for other items is detailed on separate reports e The Tax Provision GAAP STAT report is available only when the following system parameters are activated SHOW GAAPTOSTAT with a paramvalue of 1 gt gstags with a paramvalue of the designated tag letter gt GAAPTOSTAT with a paramvalue of the designated tag letter To add these parameters go to the Administration area System Manage Configurations Reporting gt Tax Provision e PTBI policies Enter Local USD and FX and Enter Local USD FX and Calc Rounding can cause amoun
76. Provision Items Changein Rate 238 248 263 272 Currency Translation Adjustment CTA 263 272 Current Federal Tax Expense 227 229 231 291 Current State Tax Expense 268 269 276 277 279 Deferred Federal Tax Expense 227 229 231 291 Deferred State Tax Expense 268 269 277 279 Deferred Tax Asset Liability 238 241 242 245 248 250 251 263 291 Deferred Tax Expense 238 248 263 Effective Tax Rate 227 229 231 233 235 236 240 290 291 Equity Offset to Current Expense Forecast Effective Tax Rate 266 238 248 227 229 231 2011 Thomson Reuters Payment Amount 266 289 Pre Tax Balances 250 Projected Liability 278 289 State Deferred Tax Asset Liability 272 State Deferred Tax Expense 272 State Effective Tax Rate 261 State Ending Deferred Rate 265 State Equity Offset to Current Expense 277 279 State Tax Expense 268 269 227 229 231 Total Current Tax Provision 274 275 281 282 Total Payment Due 278 289 Total State Tax Provision 261 268 269 277 279 Total Tax Provision 227 229 231 233 235 236 240 266 290 291 Provision Transaction Types ATR 299 CPROV 299 OTHER 299 RTP 299 PRV Provision 70 71 PTBI 173 308 330 PTBI Data Entry Policy 153 PTBI method 173 Q Quarters 22 Queries 123 Query Filters 285 382 Querying the database 37 R Rates Actual 328 Actual Ending 207 Annualized Forecasted Effective Tax Base NOL Allowance 198 Beginning 207
77. Provision Report Equity Adjustment line or State Summary Provision Summary State Equity Adjustment line in an Interim dataset e PTBI Tax Provision Report Pre Tax Book Income line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Report Pre Tax Book Income line in an Interim dataset Column by Column e Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI in an Interim dataset e Total Tax Provision Tax Provision Report Total Tax Provision line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Total Tax Provision line in an Interim dataset e Effective Tax Rate Tax Provision Report Effective Tax Rate line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Effective Tax Rate line in an Interim dataset DEFERRED SUPPORT Temporary Diffs Summary Reporting Levels punt e Subconsoli aion i Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset Unt __ Suo consoiidation Source Data Unit Details Temporary Differences After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Differences PEN Ele Maa hon By Unit Federal Only Federal State State Only By Deferred Federal Only Federal State State Only Sub Totals No Sub Totals
78. RTP Perm NC RTP 2009 Temp RTP Temp NC State State Non Cash Adj The Payable Tag determines how the adjustment will be tagged within the Payable You can configure the settings on a NC basis if you want to set up a parameter 2011 Thomson Reuters 157 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYABLE MAPPING DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here to group by that columr Adusmen T v Code De Y TaxAdiTag F FiscalYeaw v TxnType Y TxnBucket v PaysbleTag Y k State NC RTP 20 1 Import 2008 X a Federal A Automation B Bridge E Offset Equity G Offset Goodwill Import M Marval P Purch Acct Q Quality Example Tax Adjustment Payable Mapping TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYABLE MAPPING DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here to group by that columr Adustment T VW Code De wv TaxAdTag Fiscal Yea vi TwnType Y Tun Bucket VW Payable Tag Y p State NC RTP 20 I Import 2008 AREF Audi FIN48 FIN4S Po 1 Import ak Federal Active Workpapers Active Workpapers is located under Data Entry gt Dataset in the Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets Active Workpapers enables Excel based workpapers to be embedded within a dataset Cells can directly relate to data fields in the system Allows you to design worksheets which can pull raw data found in one or many units such as PTBI Perms Temps etc Then usin
79. Rate 2011 Thomson Reuters 391 ONESOURCE Index A Access Rights 75 Access Rights Levels 380 Account balances 217 Accounts Deferred Tax 32 Ending Deferred Tax Asset 315 Ending Payable 315 Equity 315 Liability 315 Taxes Payable 315 332 Action Items 19 Active Workpapers 158 162 197 Activity 133 134 346 Activity Factor 364 Actual 326 Actual Apportionment 330 Actual Pre Tax Book Income Add After Tax Temporary Difference 55 Bridge Mappings 65 66 67 68 69 Dataset Parameters 132 Intercompany Transaction 56 NOL Temporary Difference 55 Payable Buckets 71 Payable Rollups 71 Payable Transaction Types 70 Permanent Difference 53 State 60 State After Apportionment Temporary Difference 63 State After Tax Temporary Difference 63 State Tax Adjustment 64 Sub Consolidation 52 System Parameter 82 Tax Adjustment 56 Temporary Difference 54 Trial Balance Line 58 Trial Balance SubLine 58 Unit 51 Unit Dataset Parameters 161 Unit State Dataset Parameters 196 Additional CTA 315 316 325 326 Additional Paid in Capital 331 326 328 392 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index ADJ Adjustment 71 Adjustments 295 Balance Sheet Only 337 Book 362 BSO 337 Deferred Only 334 341 345 Equity 179 199 Federal Non Cash Tax 337 Non Cash Tax 334 P amp L 179 199 Return to Provision 212 RTP Deferred Only 341 State Non Cash 337 State Non Cash Tax 337 Tax 334 Tax Re class 362 Temporary Difference 337 Administratio
80. Rates Hidden S_RATES State Rates Hidden CTAA Currency Translation Adj DSRF Dataset RollFrwd TBM Tax Basis Mapping PARTH Flow Through Header PARTD Flow Through Detail PARTTAG Flow Through Tags TCM_IS Tax Calcs Mapping IS TCM_BS Tax Calcs Mapping BS ALTRATE Alt Prov Rates ALT1 Scenario 1 Adj ALT2 Scenario 2 Adj and UAPIC APIC Pool Amounts Additional sheets may be provided by your client manager or support They can also be imported Exporting before items have been entered generates a blank Import Numbers template A blank Import Numbers Workbook template is provided with the software Templates are typically stored in the following folder C Program Files Thomson Reuters Tax Provision 7 0 0 Templates 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 219 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER e When you export multiple datasets one Excel file is created for each dataset You can select units all units a single unit or a sub consolidation of units for export 220 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Basic reports display the provision interim provision and estimated payments data in multiple ways Reports are available at different reporting levels User defined reporting configurations known as parameters can be applied to modify the way reports look and may add additional reports Reports at all levels can be di
81. Read Write amp Read Only In Manage Configurations choose the Admin section and the Other tab then select Yes for Hide Data Source for Read Write users STATE TYPES Added the ability to create and designate state types such as e Unitary Combined Separate Canadian Provinces Swiss Cantons Users are able to set rates for all states or a group of states in a State Type o Right click on the Rates column header on the Manage States States screen to see the Set Beginning Deferred Rate Set Ending Deferred Rate and Set State Rate options o When State Types are established the Add New Jurisdiction to a Unit option will group States by State Types and allows for a Select all option 14 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES FUNCTIONALITY DATA ENTRY Event Sub Event User defined field s which allow all data to be labeled Populate Ending Balances for Book Tax Basis Temporary Differences Determine whether to post to either the Activity Deferred Only or Balance Sheet Only fields based on Administration settings that can be established on each Temporary Difference code e The ending balances can now be imported or bridged in addition to being manually entered This setting only impacts the Book side of the entries The Tax side remains a build to ending balance Posts designation established on code vs dataset basis to allow functionality to be used for both P amp L
82. SET UP The administrator has the ability in Manage Configurations to designate a Default Type of C Current N Non Current to a Temporary Difference Also the administrator may disable the drop down so that only the Default Type is available Because there are cases when the Current Non Current default type should be overwritten the Default Type can be set up by the administrator to be overridden for any line item ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES Drag a column header here to group by tr at columrt Code v Name vi Included for State V Default Type vo p 1238 BNDT Tax BenefilDetrment from Opbon Exercise All NC Non Current 123R COMP Amortization of Compensation All NC NorrCurrent 123R TAX Stock Option Deduction All NC Non Curent 300 000000 306 000000 All NC Non Curelg NOL Temporary Differences You can add NOL Temporary Differences in the NOL Temporary Differences screen of the Manage Units folder of the Administration area An existing NOL Temporary Difference name can be modified Only a NOL Temporary Difference that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new NOL Temporary Difference complete the appropriate fields on the CNOLTD NOL TempDiffs sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The NOL temporary difference code is user defined and can be any com
83. Source History The history will be available on every level of data entry Examples would be data such as PTBI Payable Permanent and Temporary adjustments that have been bridged in brought in through active workpapers or imported Icons are available to to assist you in understanding how the data was entered VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY The Data Source History displays the Data Source Change Type User Date Tag Adj Type Expense Amount Event Type Sub Type Event and Notes With Data Source History you will have the ability to filter and export data By utilizing the smart filter within the application you can drag columns to the Drag a column header here to group by that column area located above the headers e Phase of replacing the Numbers Audit Trail Have the ability to Export to Excel 2011 Thomson Reuters 167 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Navigator Dataset db Component Type Ur PTB Detai n header here t Component Typo F Deters Y Unt PTBI Detads 2010 Provision Und PTBI Deta s 2010 Provision Und PTBI Detads 2010 Provision Und PTBI Detads 2011 Provision Und PTBI Detads Key Repat Unt PTBI Detads M1 Forecast 33 Unt PTB Detads M1 Forecast 39 Ure PTBI Detais 2011 Provision Unt PTBI Dotais M1 Actual 3949 Unt PTBI Detads M1 Actual 3949 Uni PTBI Detais 2010 Provision rims A Unt PTBI Deta s M1_Fotecast_33_ I t
84. State rate Number of Overrides Displays the number of entries where the pre tax item was entered with a rate that overrode the unit rate 252 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING FLOW THROUGH Reporting Levels Punt S consciidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset Unit __ Sub consolidation Source Data Flow Through Factors Available Views The Flow Through report for Provision datasets allows you to review how data moves between units as a result of the Flow Through Factors that have been set up It displays by Target unit the contributing Source unit s and their components and factor information as they relate to that Target unit Column by Column Target Code Code of unit for which Flow Through Factors are entered Target Unit Name of unit for which Flow Through Factors are entered Source Code Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Source Unit Source Name Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Source Unit Component Type Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Component Type Category Type Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors Balance Factor Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Balance Factor Temporary Differences Only Activity Factor Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Activity Factor Def Only Factor Data Entry g
85. Sub Totals The Temporary Differences Summary report for Provision and Interim datasets displays temporary and NOL differences and separates ending deferred balances into current and non current designations The report lists current assets and liabilities as well as non current assets and liabilities and sums them together to obtain the total value of current temporary differences and non current temporary differences by unit Totals for both current and non current differences appear at the bottom of the report Data can be viewed using Rollup codes at the Filing Group Federal reporting level or in the report named Temporary Differences Summary Fed Filing Group at consolidated and sub consolidated levels Note It is recommended that you avoid using the default rollup Only view data in a rollup that is configured to display categories that are in use Provision Items Deferred Tax Asset Liability Report Views Defaults to the By Unit and Federal State views of the report By Unit view Displays balances sub totalled by unit Can be segregated by federal federal and state or state balances By Deferred view Displays balances sub totalled by temporary difference code Can be segregated by federal federal and state or state balances By Sub Totals view Inserts two columns that sub total the asset and liability columns in their current or non current status 2011 Thomson Reuters 241 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVIS
86. System folder of the Administration area Each user needs to be established with a unique User ID to be able to access the software An existing user s username access level and rights can all be modified Additionally a user s password can be changed or reset by an Administrator Hosted solutions may have other password rules The User Status report is in the Reporting area Report Level Consolidated and Other Reports gt User Status displays a list of users with their current information and status To create users via an Import template complete the appropriate fields on the CUSR Users sheet in the Import Categories template Note Initial passwords cannot be imported They need to be input manually in the Administer Users Screen 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 75 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Screen Entry Fields User ID A User ID can be any combination of aloha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters Where possible it is recommended that a period or an underscore _ be used instead of a space The user ID is case sensitive User Type Status There are three options Administrator Read Write and Read Only Read Only users can only run reports for the units and sub consolidations to which they have been granted access by an administrator Read Write users are set up by an administrator with access to a restricted set of units and sub consolidations These users
87. TAX PROVISION ISO Currency Codes 2008 Jan 31 Czech Republic Koruny Currency Country Name Lebanon Pounds Lesotho Maloti Liberia Dollars Libya Dinars Lithuania Litai acau Patacas Macedonia Denars adagascar Ariary Malawi Kwachas alaysia Ringgits Maldives Maldive Islands Rufiyaa alta Liri expires 2008 Jan 31 Mauritania Ouguiyas Mauritius Rupees Mexico Pesos oldova Lei Mongolia Tugriks orocco Dirhams Mozambique Meticais yanmar Burma Kyats Namibia Dollars Nepal Nepal Rupees Netherlands Antilles Guilders also called Florins New Zealand Dollars Nicaragua Cordobas Nigeria Nairas Norway Krone Oman Rials Pakistan Rupees Palladium Ounces Panama Balboa Papua New Guinea Kina Paraguay Guarani Peru Nuevos Soles Philippines Pesos Platinum Ounces Poland Zlotych Qatar Rials Romania New Lei Russia Rubles Rwanda Rwanda Francs REFERENCE ITEMS CoS LBP LSL LRD LYD Lane OP MKD GA MWK YR MVR MRO MUR MXN DL MNT AD MZN MK NAD NPR ANG NZD NIO NGN NOK OMR PKR XPD PAB PGK PYG PEN PHP XPT PLN QAR RON RUB 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE Code Code Denmark Kroner Djibouti Francs Dominican Republic Pesos East Caribbean Dollars Egypt Pounds El Salvador Colones Eritrea Nakfa Estonia Krooni Ethiopia Birr Euro Member Countries
88. Taa v amp Date 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM 1 item amp Ghange Type Add 1 item Right mouse click on the scren and select Export to Excel Iain change Taped Data Source v User 3 Date 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM 1 item f Change Type Add 1 item x Bridge Import v Tag cmin Export file name ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION File View About PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Control Center Drag a column header here to group by that columr O Delete Date Ein Process l Copy of Firn_instance_version dsx Data Sauce v User 15 4 xcel Exports from OTP xlsx Date 6 1 2011 85220 AN 1 item n cu E Change Type Add 1 item S71 affe f Bridge Import a cats xds amp 8 8 0 13545 5836 Mo Plan xls E2011 User Conference classes v1 ads BS bisla xls B bridge 8 0 13 xls B3 bridge xls Bd categories xis BS cats 8 0 13 ds ili File name I Excel Document 45 xlsx Save as type Note The data will be saved in the same format as the filter is set up Upon opening the Excel file 2011 Thomson Reuters CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP you will see the data in a grid format that makes sense If you do not filter you may end up w
89. Tax Basis Mapping Deferred Analysis Post Ret to Prov Active Workpapers Federal Once you select the dataset and the unit in the control center the federal data is separated by data type so that it can easily be entered or modified 2011 Thomson Reuters 25 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Jurisdiction State To enter Jurisdiction State Data Select Add a new Jurisdiction icon Add a new Jurisdiction then select the box to activate the state needed The state is activated and state folders are created The state is no longer in the non activated state s list since it has been activated Jurisdiction State specific data is separated by folders to easily identify and enter state data When you change the dataset and or the unit in the control center the state folders will reflect the states activated for the that dataset unit There are pre populated states user defined states and jurisdictions Additional jurisdictions Such as Canadian Provinces can be created in the administration area in the manage states folder in states To search in the jurisdiction state list type the first character of the state jurisdiction to filter the list Note Read only datasets allow you to review data only you cannot edit the data DATA TRANSFER Used to import and export all the data for the dataset with an Excel spreadsheet Data entry screens can be populated by importing files with data for multiple units
90. Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Returns Deferred Balances State Level Formatting APIC Pool Other Enhanced View Yes C No Hide Deductible State Tax Detail Yes No Add GAAP STAT Report Yes No GAAP STAT Tag v Additional GAAP STAT Tag Add Add CSC Breakout View Yes C No 2011 Thomson Reuters 89 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP In the Effective Tax Rate tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Enhanced View Activates additional views of the Effective Tax Rate ETR report The report displays the Effective Tax Rate report in the enhanced mode which includes the following items Select Yes displays the Effective Tax Rate report in the enhanced mode which includes the following items Breakout All view on the consolidated and sub consolidated level reports will display on screen vs requiring to export to Excel Expanded view on the consolidated and sub consolidated level reports will have the Brkout view options under each column header that will show the unit by unit detail Use Unit Tax Rate view on Unit level reports and Use Blended Tax Rate views on Consolidated and sub consolidated level reports displays the ETR where
91. Taz 20 000 3096 Rate 6 000 00 20 000 30 Rate 6 000 00 Li t Ending spot Weighted FX 1 5 Average FX CTA on Activity Total CTA Ending Balance Ending 30 000 30 Deferred 3 000 00 Li Weight Average FX 2 Rate Ending Balance Option 1 Scenario B Unit Tax Rates are Different If there are differences in the Weighted Average FX Rate Beginning FX Rate and Ending FX Rate a CTA adjustment must be made for all temporary differences Note Only temporary differences are used for example However the CTA calculation takes all types of temporary differences into consideration 2011 Thomson Reuters 319 ONESOURCE 320 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY The CTA is in the Tax Provision report It is used to calculate the Deferred Tax Provision Provision Report USD 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing License D1000 ABC CORP UPTBI Unit level Pre Tax Book income 666 667 Pre Tax Book Income Deductible State Tax Permanent Differences Financial Taxable Income T1000 Accrued Bonus 13 333 Temporary Differences Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL NOL Reclass Federal Taxable Income Post NOL Unit Tax Rate Federal Tax Current After Tax Temp Differences Cash Tax Adjustments Return Basis Provision Non Cash Tax Adjustments Total Current Federal Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S 3 000 Bal Sheet Only Adjustment 0 Ending Deferred Tax Per B S 5 250 CTA
92. Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Report Views Defaults to the Foreign Domestic and Summary views e Unit Breakout Displays the underlying unit by unit column detail e Q1 Q2 Variance Displays a comparison of the total forecasted rate at Quarter 2 with Quarter 1 The Q2 Q3 Variance view displays a comparison of the total forecasted rate at Quarter 3 with Quarter 2 e View Overview Rolls up the report to display the Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate the Total Tax Provision and the Forecasted Rate for Federal and State information e View Summary Displays the report with component level information View Detail Displays the report with line by line level information Line by Line e Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Interim Unit Details e Permanent Differences Includable for State Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Modifications Data Entry Forecast State State Permanent Differences e Temporary Differences Includable for State Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis e Weighted Allocable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Permanent Differences and Temporary Differences weighted by the number of states activated e Total Allocable Income All States Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Permanent Dif
93. Thomson Reuters 201 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY The State Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision State report removes the BSO Adjustment from the State Deferred Provision Override Unit Rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details State Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Check to override unit defaults check box Note e For v 8 0 the Default Type will default to NC Non Current e A Default Type can be set by your System Administrator and you may not have the ability to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The System Administrator may have allowed the ability to deviate from the Default Type and allow you to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report will be available to review the Temporary Differences Tax Basis that have been overridden and deviate from the default type set up by the administrator e Please contact your Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type set up State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis The State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry gt State in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual gt State in an Interim dataset Note Tax Basis Temporary Difference screens allow you to enter amounts as purely tax balances wi
94. Type will default to NC Non Current To set up the Default Type going forward you can manually update or export the Categories update to the proper defaults then import them Please see your System Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type default that has been set up Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The Temporary Difference code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created e The Temporary Difference code and name display in reports Include For State Determine whether or not this temporary difference federal value should be included for state calculations or not The box is activated with a check mark once you select a cell in that row If you do not want the adjustment to be included for state then select the box to remove the check mark To save the added adjustments click Save Otherwise you will get a message There are unsaved changes in this form Click YES to Save changes Click NO to Discard changes Once data is entered for this Code this designation cannot be modified ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES Drag a column header here to group by that column Code Y Name VY Included for State Y T 100 100 Toagle 1 Toggle h E Toggle Click on any cell to add a New Entry 54 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES
95. Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit breakout e Tax Before Credits Apportioned Income line times the current State Tax Rate line After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet 2 0 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry State State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC Cash Provision Sum of Federal Tax Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Current State Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Begin Deferred Tax Per B S The Total Beginning Balance column of the Deferred Balances report with the State view option Bal Sheet Only Adjustment Data Entry gt Unit gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis plus Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates and apportionment percentage plus Data Entry gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Diffe
96. aimn 3 30 2011 2 33 PM P4100 i P L 000 Eimnnation Una import Add bimn 3 20 2011 2 33 PM P1000 E Pel 000 Eimination Unt moon ed admin 32 20 20112 33 PM P1000 4 P L 000 Eimination Unt impon Add aime 3 30 2011 2 33 PM P13000 i Pol 000 Eimination Unt Manual Entry Add aue 3 30 2011 227 PM P1000 T Pol ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY tes Data Source History 2220 Date E Change Type Data Source Y User Y Tag Aci Tyne S Date 6 1 2011 5220 AM 1 item Reset all saved settings Change Type Add 1 tem Change Type E Bridge lmpoit admin B R Event Type Sub Type Event Expense Amount Data Source NOTES For certain types of notes Data Dimensions will populate the Note You can add data to a note and or change a note The note will pre populate with the data source name that has a secondary source Notes mpc Y Aclive Workpaper Sample AWP i Unit Details The Unit Details screen contains the following sections PTBI in the Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets Automation in the Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets Taxes Per Book in the Provision and Interim datasets Misc in the Provision and Interim datasets Estimated Payments in the Estimated Payments dataset only Unit Details Screen View Data Source History Select the icon to View Data Source History for a line item data 170 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE
97. an Administrator for the temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Override Unit Rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Override unit rates check box Book Amount 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 187 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Enter the Book amount The system displays the Tax Book Difference based on how it should display in the Deferred Rollforward name listed Tax Amount Enter the Tax amount The system displays the Tax Book Difference based on how it should display in the Deferred Rollforward name listed After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis The After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual Federal in an Interim dataset Note Tax Basis Temporary Difference screens allow you to enter amounts as purely tax balances with or without book or net of book Provision and Interim Actual section datasets only e There are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can us
98. and percentage for the group This method identifies where a unit or filing group has a Net Deferred Tax Asset and posts on After Tax Basis to the codes VA SYS ATTD C and VA SYS ATTD NC Converting from Aggregated to Aggregated Post Tax To convert from using the Aggregated Attribute to Aggregated Attribute Post Tax Basis 1 Change the paramvalue for the VA CALCTYPE dataset parameter from 2 to 4 2 Export your data 3 Run the macro to clean your data 4 Reimport your data Note If you need to convert from the Aggregated Attribute to Aggregated Attribute Post Tax Basis please contact your client manager or Support ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX The Alternative Minimum Tax AMT amount can be automatically calculated and posted based on entered adjustments and rates Automation must be activated for the unit the Automation section of the Unit Details screen by checking the box and entering appropriate pre and post adjustments the AMT Net Operating Loss Carryover and the AMT Tax Rate The generated AMT posts as an After Tax Temporary Difference Tax Basis with the adjustment code AMT SYS Automation is determined by a Reporting Currency or Local Currency approach A system parameter setting determines which approach is used However the approach can also be designated on a dataset by dataset basis with a dataset parameter AMT Reporting Currency Approach The system parameter defaults new datasets to the Reporting Currency Ap
99. and returning unknown with no amounts displaying in reporting currency To display amounts in reporting currency select another P TBI policy and enter the Weighted Average FX Reports in reporting currency display with the message Unit s included in the report have an Unknown Weighted Average FX Amounts in those units will be excluded in reporting currency When using the last two policies Effective Tax rates may differ in Local Currency and Reporting Currency because the PTBI is using a different Weighted Average rate than the entered Weighted Average e When using the last policy the rounding amount is included on a separate line in the Effective Tax Rate report Regardless of the policy selected amounts other than the PTBI are converted at the entered Weighted Average or Spot rate Change in Rate and Currency Translation Deferred Balances Report in the Expanded Balance Sheet View Beginning Balance column balances are converted using the Beginning Spot rate and the Beginning Tax rate The Rate Change column creates an adjustment to restate the Beginning Balance column at the Ending Spot rate and the Ending Tax rate All other Columns are converted using the Ending Spot rate and the Ending Tax rate The Ending Balance is the sum of the columns and is effectively the Ending Balances converted using Ending Spot Rate and the Ending Tax rate Example of a Change in the Deferred Rate from 35 to 40 310 2011 Thomson R
100. balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file The bridge posts an amount that is the net of the beginning and ending account balances Trial Balances You can add Trial Balance bridge mappings in the Trial Balances screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MTBBB Trial Balance sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC e The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 69 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Trial Balance SubCats e The Trial Balance bridge mapping options are established in the Trial Balance SubLines e This mapping posts to the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen Begin and End Fctr e Beginning balance factor is typically zero because it is ignored when computing the Trial Balance e Ending balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file Import Mappings You can Import Bridge Mapping items using the Imp
101. based on the unit determined for PAYRECUNIT at the Unit Dataset parameter level 2 indicates that the Payable Reclass on the Federal level is based on the unit determined for PAYRECUNIT at the Unit Dataset parameter level In addition the Payable Reclass on the State level is based on the unit determined for PAYRECUNIT at the Unit State Dataset parameter level 386 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS AdvLiabPosting Alphanumeric N Deactivates the auto payable posting IPULL PAY FROM DATA Alphanumeric Dataset Name Entering the name of the Provision ISET Dataset in the Estimated Tax Payments dataset posts payable transaction codes TES TES F 2ES 2ES F 3ES 3ES F AES AESF ADJ and ADJ F total display on the Federal Est Pymt and State Est Pymt reports after Reset Report Data RestrictTag X Alphanumeric Beginning of tag Restricts Read Write users on data entry which should not be modification of tags X represents the modifiable specified tag with a paramvalue of the RTPTAG Alphanumeric Tag letter Configures the tag that designates RTP Deferred Only adjustments Overrides the default RTP posting tag pee OLD AMTESTIMAT Alphanumeric O uses the Reporting Currency approach for the Alternative Minimum Tax AMT calculation for the dataset overriding the system parameter USE_OLD_AMTESTIMATOR_Default 1 uses the Local Currency methodology useTepTel Alphanumeric
102. be combined with other units in local currency reporting 2011 Thomson Reuters 5 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE UNITS Drag a column header here to group by that column Code Y Name Y Unit Type Y Country Name WZ Currency Symbol v NH u1000 ABC Corp Domestic US UNITED ST USD United State U2000 DEF Domestic US UNITED ST USD United State Click on any cell to add a New Entry Unit Sub Consolidations You can add update and Delete sub consolidations in the Unit Sub Consolidations screen of the manage units folder in the administration area An existing sub consolidation name as well as the associated units can be modified Sub consolidations can be deleted but use care because they are not recoverable To import a new Sub Consolidation complete the appropriate fields on the CSC SubConsolidations sheet in the Import Categories template Additionally you can create a sheet named CSC2 which allows the ability to create and populate multiple sub consolidations for a unit Column A should have the Unit Code and Columns B through IV should have the CSCs in which the unit should be included Existing unit designation in a CSC is replaced not appended when the CSC2 is imported This sheet does not export when categories are exported and is not in the standard template for import categories For more information on importing refer to the Importin
103. blank The datasets set with read only display a Slock icon in front of them To select a dataset click on the appropriate row to display that data Filters are available which allow the datasets to be viewed quickly easily and can be reset Select the filter Y icon to group the items For example if you choose Prov then only the provision datasets will display To sort the column lists click Name Year Period or Type To search in the dataset list use the keyboard to type the first character in the name to filter the list To view reports select the Reporting area then the Dataset Report Level and Currency The datasets listed with the type Seq and Add are reporting datasets You can find information on reporting datasets in the ONESOURCE Tax Provision Concepts Unit The drop down menu displays a list of the units that you have permission to access To select a unit click the name that should be used to display data To search in the unit list click any unit and type the first characters in the name to filter the list e The units that are active will display a 9 check mark icon in front of them The units with no data are not active units and the display for them is blank When selecting a unit you will notice that the currency and country become available for that given unit Report Level The drop down menu displays a list of the Units Filing Groups Sub Consolidations and Consolidation that you have permissi
104. bridge into the system If it doesn t match the PTBI will not calculate Begin and End Factor Beginning balance factor is typically zero because it is ignored when computing PTBI Ending balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file Tax Accounts You can add Tax Accounts bridge mappings in the Tax Accounts screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MTA Tax Accounts sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Tax Account The Tax Account bridge mapping options are FCP Federal Current Provision FDP Federal Deferred Provision SCP State Current Provision SDP State Deferred Provision FDB Federal Deferred Balance SDB State Deferred Balance FLB Federal Liability Balance and SLB State Liability Balance This mapping posts to the Unit Details taxes per book screen Begin and End Fctr Beginning balance factor is typically zero because it is ignored when comput
105. by using either spreadsheet import or bridge import functionality Import e Spreadsheet Import Dataset Migrates data populated on import templates Bridge Import Brings in general ledger data in text file format Export e Export Selected Dataset Exports the data entered in the dataset for the dataset designated in the control center The file generated can be re imported in the Import area e You can export multiple datasets a single sub consolidation or a single unit Note To export with Microsoft Office 2007 do not use quotes in the file name and be sure to select the desired file type when you save the file REPORTING Used to view reports at unit filing group sub consolidation and consolidated levels In the Control Center select the dataset and report level The drop down box displays the Name and Type of reports available Report options are similar at each level Unit View reports based on the dataset and report level with unit as the designated type in the control center Filing Group Federal View reports based on the dataset and report level with filing group as the designated type in the control center Consolidated View reports based on the dataset and report level with consolidated as the designated type in the control center Sub Consolidated View reports based on the dataset and report level with sub consolidation as the designated type in the control center Administration Allows ad
106. can change data and run reports for those units and sub consolidations to which they have been granted access Administrators have access to all datasets sub consolidations and units Select the Active check box if the user s status is active Note Read Write users can be restricted on Data Entry Modification of tax adjustments or specified tags Users cannot be deleted entirely from the system due to audit trail constraints When a user s status is inactive the user is denied access but the username displays for historic entries in the audit trail Change Password The password must be at least 6 digits and should have one number or special character New passwords must be entered twice You can force a password change on the next login User Name Email Phone and Notes Additional information about a user can be tracked if the system parameter has been added You can track the User Name if different from the User ID User Email address User Phone number and other information in the Optional Information area which is accessed by clicking Notes To activate the User Name Email Phone and Notes functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameters in Manage Configurations In the Admin area select User Options for Administer User Area Information then Yes Access Rights Select a user to display the Access Rights area Users are assigned rights to the following components Reporting Datasets Sub Conso
107. codes that do not start with NC Cash Provision Sum of Federal Tax Current After Tax Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry Tax Provision Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC Total Current Federal Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Enter topic text here Interim Provision The Interim Provision report for an Interim dataset displays an overview of the provision calculation using Interim methodology Supporting detail for some calculations can be viewed in this report while underlying support for other items is on separate reports Parameters can change the view of this report 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 231 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Note When exporting to Excel create sub consolidations of a maximum 250 units and export to Sub consolidated reports for the report to spill over to additional sheets Provision Items Current Federal Tax Expense Deferred Federal Tax Expense State Tax Expense Equity Offset to Current Expense Total Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Report Views e Defaults to a summarized view of report details View detail Displays available underlying detail Unit breakout On sub consolidated and consolidated reports details the unit by unit breakout Displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Line by Line
108. columns that display in the Expanded views are defined in the Manage NOL Rollforwards section under the Administration area Any single column can be expanded to see underlying unit by unit data by selecting Brkout Expanded results display on the screen or export to an Excel file depending on the version and 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING parameter settings Line by Line NOL Data Entry gt Unit gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset and Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Column by Column Beginning Balance Beginning balances are typically populated by rolling over balances from prior periods Amounts are populated in the Beginning Balance field in Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset and Data Entry Actual Federal NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in thane Interim dataset Rate Change When balances are rate effected the system automatically adjusts the beginning balances to accommodate for any change in the deferred rate and any change to the foreign exchange rate The difference needed to adjust the beginning balance that was rated using the beginning deferred rate and the ending deferred rate impacts the deferred tax expense The currency translation adjustment needed to adjust the beginning balances for a change in the fore
109. default Roll Ups detail summary expand contract The Trial Balance Balance Sheet report for Interim datasets displays Balance Sheet accounts in the trial balance The trial balance ending book basis and related adjustments are populated in the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen Report Views e Defaults to a Summary view of trial balance lines e Select the Detail view to display trial balance lines with sub line detail e Rollups are user defined groupings that allow trial balance sub line data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area Line by Line Balance Sheet Displays trial balance lines designated as asset liability or equity in Manage Trial Balance mappings 2011 Thomson Reuters 255 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Column by Column Book Balance Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset e Book Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Tax Reclass Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Adjusted Reclassified Book Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset e Book Tax Differences Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Other Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual g
110. difference needed to adjust the beginning balance that was rated using the beginning deferred rate and the ending deferred rate impacts the deferred tax expense The currency translation adjustment needed to adjust the beginning balances for a change in the foreign exchange rate does not impact the deferred tax expense It is treated as an equity item View the report in Expanded income statement to display the components of the CTA calculation Change Columns The columns that explain the change in deferred balances are user defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforward section Each tag and item can be defined to up to 15 columns Adjusted Beginning Balance A sub total column can be inserted in the report to define adjusted beginning balances There are several options depending on the version and parameter settings Ending Balance Total of beginning balances and all items that occurred during the period 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 2 3 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Payable Rollforward Reporting Levels pnt Subconsoidation Consolidation L Dataset Unt __ Sub consoiidation Currency Provision Calculations Payable Entry Available Views Fed Only State Only Year Unit Jurisdiction Bucket Year Jurisdiction Type Unit Jurisdiction Y ear Jurisdiction Type Jurisdiction Year Year Bucket The Payable Rollforward State report in the Provision and Interim datasets displays the taxe
111. e f you wish to adjust the same state after tax temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the state after tax temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered on the originating source Beginning Balance The cumulative temporary difference balance rolls forward from the prior dataset The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import 204 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Activity Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated to reporting currency using the unit s weighted average FX rate Deferred Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of valuatio
112. end You can add the parameter by selecting an option in the Designate Calendar Fiscal Year for Posting drop down box To return to manual entry an Administrator can turn off the automatic posting to the Payable module by deleting the Dataset Parameter or by changing the Key Value from Y to N Payable Reclasses Posted provision amounts can be automatically reclassed between entities in the Payable Entry section of the system The reclass allows for multiple companies to transfer to a single parent unit or paying unit The system transfers the entire tax from the unit where it was originally posted to the parent unit IMPORTANT This functionality is available for ONESOURCE Tax Provision 6 0 and higher Setup This section discusses the parameters that need to be set up for a payable reclass to take place Activation 1 To enable the Recalc Payable Reclasses activate the system parameter in the Administration area gt System folder gt Manage Configurations gt Advanced Functionality section gt Payable gt Payable Reclass Functionality gt Yes Note The system must be restarted after a system parameter is entered for the parameter to take effect 2 Go to the Provision dataset and click Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Dataset Parameters 3 Click Create New and enter PAYRECTYPE as the parameter value with an alphanumeric parameter type and one of the following values 0 Disables all Payable Reclass automa
113. end of an import file may cause the import to fail There should not be any commas used as separators in large numbers This can throw off the import file or cause information to be rejected Example 2 598 758 should be shown as 2598758 in the extract file Column Definitions 4 or 6 column format Unit Code The unit code to which the GL Account Code corresponds This code must be in the system Cost Center Code 6 column format only User defined code associated with a level of information found in the general ledger system If tracking beyond the Unit level this column should simply have a wild card to hold its place User Specific Code 6 column format only A further level of detail based on a user defined code As with the cost center code use a wild card as a placeholder if this column is not in use General Ledger Account Code The actual book code kept in the general ledger system When bridge mappings are created this code is assigned to a component code Beginning Balances The beginning balances found in the general ledger system If you are pulling in income statement items this column may be populated with all zero 0 balances However the column must still be in the extract file Note These amounts in the Bridge Import file will not override the beginning balances in the system They are used to calculate movement in temporary differences e Ending Balance This is the ending balance as found in the general le
114. entered in this section is used to compute the current tax on Pre Tax Book Income from the quarter and the provision for Discrete Extraordinary items arising in the quarter Interim Functionality An interim dataset must exist in order to populate data in the Interim dataset An interim dataset can be created in the Administration area under Manage Datasets New Interim Dataset 9 x D1000 ABC Corporation 2008 v 35 0000 o omot Epot Interim Rate Basis The rate basis selection of either Overall or Unit by Unit determines how the computed Annualized Forecasted Tax Rate is applied to the Actual Pre Tax Book Income The Overall rate basis applies the consolidated forecasted rate to all units The unit by unit rate basis applies each unit s component of the overall forecasted rate to the unit and posts a true up adjustment to the designated True Up unit 326 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY e See the Forecast and Actual descriptions for more information on this functionality Read Only Options e An entire Interim dataset can be locked as read only By selecting the Read Only check box you cannot enter data in the dataset e Prior quarters are locked as read only when Advance to next quarter is selected See the Interim Process description for more information on this functionality Import and Export of Data e All quarters of forecast and actual data plus the
115. equal in Local Currency or Reporting Currency Local Currency For example if reporting is USD and 1 USD equals 60 of another currency the rate would be 1 666667 1 6 Note You cannot enter a zero FX rate Types Weighted Average Rates Blended foreign exchange rate for a period of time that is applied to Income Statement items e Spot Rates Foreign Exchange rate on a specific date that is applied to Balance Sheet items Adjustments Currency Translation Adjustment The difference between Weighted Average rate and Spot rate when Income Statement items have an impact on Balance Sheet items 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 309 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY PTBI Policies There are five Pre Tax Book Income policies that can be assigned to a Unit Each policy asks for different input and generates results based on information entered for the unit Select the best policy for the data you wish to populate and the calculations that the system should perform Policy Local Currency Reporting FX Rate Rounding ZECEAEN Sein TETN Enter Local FX and Calc USD Local FX and Calc USD Entered Calculated INA o E M eT Enter Local USD and Calc FX Entered Entered Calculated WA Enter Local USD FX and Calc Calculated Rounding e When using the Enter Local USD and Calc FX policy and the Local PTBl is zero The system attempts to compute the reporting by dividing zero by the Weighted Average FX
116. fields 306 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY e Tax Calculations and GL Sources Allow the configuration of the Components of journal entry Data and calculations can be configured to create the debit and credit lines making up the journal entry that is booked for tax Factors convert the signs to achieve a debit credit format for the journal entry A valid journal entry requires that debits and credits equal one another Tax Calculations Allows you to relate tax calculations or other data in the system to create a line item in the journal entry Factors are used to adjust the derived calculated number Federal and State Calculations and other data can be mapped as separate lines or grouped together in one line depending on the level of detail that is in the General Ledger Amounts displayed in the JE are in Local Currency not Reporting Currency Available Calculations Current Tax Expense Current Provision Profit amp Loss Current Provision Equity Offset Income Statement Equity Offset Tax Adjustments Payable Balances Federal and State Deferred Provision Total Deferred Expense activity deferred Deferred Provision Activity Activity only Deferred Provision Other Tax Adjustments Deferred only Balance Sheet Only Adjustments Equity Offset Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities Ending Balance and Starting Balance Rounding the difference caused by rounding between the Defe
117. folder of the Administration area You can set the default view for the Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate and Deferred Balances reports Screen Entry Fields Report Header Text Enter the text for the page header when a report is printed Report Footer Text Enter the text for the page footer when a report is printed Maximum Pages Wide Enter the maximum number of pages for printing in landscape format Default Selections Select the default view desired upon opening each report To import report settings complete the required fields on the CPRU ParamsReportsUser sheet in the Import Categories template e REPORTNUMBER 82 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP e REPORTMASK Notes e REPORTMASK corresponds to the system generated report code in Report Settings This code is not visible unless exported from the system e For more information on importing refer to the mporting Templates documentation Manage Configurations Manage Configurations ONESOURCE Tax Provision is migrating away from having to know a parameter or to understand a parameter outside the application In the Administration area you will find Manage Configurations in the System folder The workarea allows the Administrator to activate additional functionality Parameters have been added here to allow easier configuration of the application With version 8 0 the tabs Data Entry and Global Access
118. for the Temporary Differences for the same unit netted to a liability the system would not post a valuation allowance Current Non Current balances that make up the component s asset determine the designation of current or non current status for the valuation allowance For units in a filing group the parent unit determines the valuation allowance automation and percentage for the group Aggregated Attribute Basis The Aggregated Valuation Allowance functionality is activated with the VA CALCTYPE dataset parameter with a paramvalue of 2 This method combines the three component types when determining whether or not there is a net asset that should have an offsetting valuation allowance In the Automation section of the Unit Details screen enter a percentage for the net amount of After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences and Temporary Differences in the Unified VA Rate field for valuation allowance calculations The functionality analyzes the net of the three component types For example if balances in Net Operating Losses for the unit netted to an asset and the Temporary Differences for the same unit netted to a liability when the NOL and the Temporary Differences were netted to an asset the system posts a valuation allowance contra asset at the entered percentage for Aggregated Base Valuation Allowance The Current Non Current balances that made up the component s asset determine the designation of current or non current
119. grayed out because the parameter does not exist in the system This parameter listed in gray does not exist and may or may not have a default value displayed Add Expected Deferred Report 1 Once a selection is made for an item the parameter is activated in the system The parameter then shows in blue font to reflect that a change has been made The next time you log in the parameter is reflected in black font Click on the Parameter name and the Description for that parameter is available at the bottom of the screen You have the ability to hide this screen by clicking on the thumb tack icon Sl at the bottom right of the screen To unhide click on the Description icon Description at the bottom left of the screen 84 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Configuration amp Reporting P Advanced Functionalky Data Enty Global Access Admin Tax Provision Elfeclive Tax ate Regulated Expoitto Returns Defewed Balances StateLevel Formatting APIC Pool j Uther Remove Sequential ADS Contains S Yes CONo Allow Multiple Local Currencies on Repaits S Yes ONo Add Define BS Offset Summary Repott BSOSRepeet Add Year to Date YTD Repats OYes No Enable Advanced Plugin Reports S Yes ONo UK Proof and P Repoits Yes ONo Enable V Contra Accounts for the Net Deferred Repat OYes No
120. gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Book Tax Differences Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Other Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset OTHER REPORTS Tax Expense on Income Statement Reporting Levels Lo Unt _ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options 2011 Thomson Reuters 257 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Dataset Unt __ Sub consolidation All Data Review Screens Available Views The Tax Expense on Income Statement provides a report that displays the Tax Per Income Statement Current Tax and Deferred Tax are calculated and provide the respective Total Current Tax and Total Deferred Tax This report is available when the system parameter is enabled for SHOW_PROOFPLREPORTS with a paramvalue of 1 To activate the Tax Expense on I S functionality an Administrator needs to add the system parameter in Manage Restricted Features Effective Tax Rate Detail ru T subcorsciaion e mae T us T ubconst aon Curono The Effective Tax Rate Detail provides the Components and displays the Profit for the period and adjustments to arrive at the total The PTBI Tax Effect and Rate Effect are available This report is available when the system parameter is enabled for SHOW PROOFPLREPORTS with a paramva
121. gt System gt Manage Deferred Rollforwards The CTA calculation can be viewed in the Deferred Balances Report cir expanded b s Expanded I S The CTA calculation can be viewed in the Deferred Balances Report expanded i s 318 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Standard Rollup default Deferred Balances Report Fed Only USD Mul dunk 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing License D2000 DEF CORP Federal State FBOS Federal State FBOS State FBOS alicinc contracted expanded b s cir expanded b s expanded V s Current Provision Rate Impacting Items z b Effect Dfrd c Effect Rate Diffs 3 Total Deferred Provision a Activity RaleChngs b w Curr Dfrd amp Dfrd Only Adis Total Rate Impact Ti BBalCIFX CTA on a CTA on b CTA on c CTA on d Total CTA Unassigned Unassigned T1000 Accrued Bonus 3 000 4 000 0 0 0 0 4000 1 500 1 000 0 0 0 2 500 0 4 500 3 000 4 000 0 0 0 0 4 000 1 500 1 000 0 0 0 2 500 0 4 500 Total 3 000 4 000 0 0 0 0 40000 1 500 1 000 0 0 o 2500 0 4 500 Beginning Beginning Balance Balance Beginning Beginning 10 000 30 Deferred 3 000 00 10 000 30 Deferred 3 000 00 i Lt Ending spot T Beginning 2FK 4 Spot FX META Beginning Balance 8 000 00 Change in FX Rate Current Current Activity Activity Current Taz Current
122. have been added Data Entry was added to enable the managing of data and Global Access was added to assist you in setting up the parameters for the Global Access module Select Reporting Advanced Functionality Data Entry Global Access or Admin to access tabs which organize the parameters into an effective structure You will find the tabs represent specific functions of the software and the parameters can be activated within each tab Below is the list of tabs available Reporting Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Returns Deferred Balances State Level Formatting APIC Pool Other Advanced Functionality Payable Alternative Minimum Tax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Journal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Data Entry e Temporary Differences Lock Data Source Global Access 2011 Thomson Reuters 83 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP e User Options e Password Options e Other Admin e User Options e Password Options e Other Note You are not required to exit the software for selected System Configurations to take effect When you migrate away from Manage Configurations a dialog box will pop up letting you know that the System configuration has been reloaded into memory System configuration has been relosded into memory Lx Initially some parameters are
123. in the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen in the Provision dataset Once book trial balances are populated Book Adjustments Tax Re class and Other Adjustments can be made as needed Typically trial balance accounts are populated on a pre closed basis By having book adjustments close out Income Statement items in Retained Earnings assets equal liabilities plus equity on reports Cumulative Temporary Differences Cumulative temporary differences data can be layered with the book balance sheet to build a Tax Basis Balance Sheet and Income Statement n the Manage Tax Basis Tax section determine the mapping of cumulative temporary differences to trial balance accounts The upper section of the Tax Basis Return Mappings screen and the input for Sch L are used for Export to Return functionality and the Tax Basis Income Statement 362 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY e Each cumulative temporary difference can only be mapped to one trial balance subline Therefore it may be necessary to create additional sublines to map cumulative temporary differences properly The system shows the cumulative temporary beginning balance as well as activity that occurred during the period EXPORT PROVISION TO RETURN The data in a Provision dataset in the system can be exported into a file that is in a format that meets the import specification of major compliance systems This allows the Ta
124. information can be input manually Note The NOL_SYS code must exist under Administration gt Manage Units gt NOL Temp Differences for the Federal NOL automation to function Scenarios This section contains several scenarios that show how various settings in the Federal NOL automation affect the NOL Reclass the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL and the NOL Ending Balance 346 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 1 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 100 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 0 the NOL Reclass is the sum of 10096 of the Federal Taxable Income 2 048 000 NOL Deferred Only 0 and NOL Balance Sheet Only 0 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 10096 NOL Allow Rate 0 DO 0 lt Bal O gt 1 024 000 lt NOL Reclass gt If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 0 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 2 048 000 lt NOL reclass gt 0 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 5 000 000 lt BBal gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 2 048 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 2 952 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book
125. interim dataset can be exported and imported into this area You can access the Import and Export buttons at the bottom of the screen Interim data utilizes this import and export functionality You will not use the export import categories spreadsheet Important When deleting an interim dataset use care because it cannot be restored Consider exporting the interim dataset data before deleting the dataset in case the data needs to be restored to another dataset Screen Entry Fields Dataset Name e The name of the dataset is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The dataset name can be edited after it is created The dataset name displays in the Control Center and the header of reports Interim Rate Basis The interim rate basis is determined on a dataset basis and dictates how the forecasted tax rate is applied to the actual Pre Tax Book Income Overall basis applies a blended forecasted rate to all units while the Unit by Unit basis applies each unit s forecasted rate When the unit by unit basis is selected you must designate a true up unit where the rounding should be posted e When you select a true up unit e g D1000 it cannot be designated as an excluded unit in the Unit by Unit basis If you switch to the Overall basis D1000 can be designated as an excluded unit Read Only 2011 Thomson Reuters 49 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2
126. interim dataset is created o Allows all data from the Actual side to build not roll over when the data is Advanced into the next quarter month period The YTD approach applies to all temporary difference and payable balances e Expanded Timeframes The flexibility around designating interim time periods has been expanded On dataset creation you are now allowed quarters months or periods with 1 15 time periods instead of just 3 2011 Thomson Reuters 15 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES Tax Basis Mapping e Contra Account o Added the ability to set the posting to either the Debit or the Credit account as the opposite sign on the Tax Basis reports REPORTING TAX PROVISION If no State is added in Data Entry then in the Reporting area The State Sub National Support folder is not available No details for States Sub Nationals are shown on the Tax Provision report o No details for Deductible State Sub National Tax and Total State Sub National Tax Provision lines No details for State Sub National and Local Income Taxes are shown on the Effective Tax Rate report DEFERRED BOOK TAX DETAIL In the Deferred Support folder available in the Reporting area you will find A new report that provides additional deferred support and displays the pre tax and post tax for Book Tax and Total for all Temporary Differences o Available for Provision datasets only o Applicable only at the Federal level not States
127. is defined for a column name the default is as follows e f Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only are defined the Type posts as Deferred Only 2011 Thomson Reuters 133 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e f Activity and Deferred Only are defined the Type posts as Deferred Only e f Activity and Balance Sheet Only are defined the Type posts as Balance Sheet Only e f Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only are defined the Type posts as Deferred Only For example in the screen below e Amounts entered as Return to Provision Column 3 would post as Deferred Only with a tag M e Amounts entered as Ledger Activity Column 1 would post as Activity with a tag M Amounts entered as Purchase Accounting Column 13 would post as Balance Sheet Only with a tag P Amounts entered as ALL OTHER Column 16 would post as Read Only because more than one tag is associated with these amounts edger Activity IFRS Canadian GAAP Adjustments Return to Provision IFRS Adoption SAP Other Adjustments Other Adj to Balance Sheet Blackbook Canada Blackbook US Other Adj to Deferred Expense Purchase Accounting RNMERN ll Re Kikki Aa Bil CCCLCI Bhl HEREERRKKK Ge Bl CI ransfers IFRS Adoption SASFM Iv v jv iv lv lv Iv Iv Iv lv lv Iv Vv Vv vw Iv Admin Rev Dep Amort ALL OTHER Ii Manage NOL Rollforwards You can manage NOL Pollforwa
128. is the net of the beginning and ending account balances 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 67 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Temp Diff BSO Adjs Tax Basis You can add Temporary Difference Balance Sheet Only Adjustment bridge mappings in the Temporary Difference BSO Adjustment screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MTDBSO Temp Diff BSO sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Temporary Difference and Type The Temporary Difference bridge mapping options are the established temporary difference codes e The Temporary Difference Type bridge mapping options are either C Current or NC Non Current e This mapping posts to the Activity column on the Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen Begin and End Fctr e Beginning balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file e Ending balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the expo
129. it reconcile to the Unit s Underlying Tax Rate s vs the Statutory Group Tax Rate designated for the dataset Additional Breakout Views e Select Yes Add CSC Breakout Report activates the Effective Tax Rate ETR CSC Breakout report For this functionality to work you must create sub consolidations using the coding convention CSC _X Every unit must be assigned to a CSC _ sub consolidation e Select Yes Add Consolidated PTBI Reconciliation displays an additional line on the Effective Tax Rate report called Effective Rate As a Percentage of Consolidated PTBI which reconciles all levels of reports to the consolidated amounts This parameter works in conjunction with the SHOW EFFRATECSCBRKOUT parameter Note The custom sub consolidation view of the Effective Tax Rate report allows the data of a parent sub consolidation to be broken into child sub consolidations ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS G Reporting g Advanced Functionality 73 DataEnty GlobalAccess gf Admin Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Returns Deferred Balances State Level Formatting amp PIC Pool Other Enhanced View Yes C No Add CSC Breakout Report Yes C No Add Consolidated PTBI Reconciliation Yes C No 90 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP In the Regulated tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional info
130. items The Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision report removes the BSO Adjustment from the Deferred Provision Ending Balance The ending balance based on the months entered In a dataset that was not rolled over you must populate this field Analysis The Analysis section of Book Tax Basis Temporary Differences screens is optional for data entry It uses the Dataset level Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen to set a default tag and type when data is entered Data entered in the Analysis section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and posted in the Detail section with the appropriate Tag and Deferred Type e Click the Expand link to display a preview of the Deferred Balances report pre tax The column headers are those established in the Dataset level Manage Deferred Rollforwards Screen Beginning balances are read only e The OTHER ENTRIES row populates all items entered in the Detail section that cannot be uniquely classified because of multi tags or multi type entries in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen To display the Data Entry section click Create New or Edit e f the Ending Balance radio button is selected on the Detail section you can edit the Ending Balance amounts in the Analysis section The Ending Balance Override check box will be selected in the Analysis section Screen Entry Fields Analysis Section Code Description The code and description are established by
131. lines of data Current Provision Deferred Provision Equity Adjustments and Effect of Current Provision Fed Deduction e FEDBENEFITOFSTATE dataset parameter set to FED There are six lines of data Current Provision Deferred Provision Equity Adjustments Effect of Current Provision Fed Deduction Fed Benefit of Deferred Provision and Fed Benefit of Equity Adjustments 2011 Thomson Reuters 225 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Deferred Balances Report Depending on the parameter that was selected the Deferred Balances report displays different Views e FEDBENEFITOFSTATE parameter set to STATE The view is State FBOS e FEDBENEFITOFSTATE parameter set to FED The view is Fed FBOS 226 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING TAX PROVISION Reporting Levels pase unt Subconsoldation Curency All Data Entry Screens Available Views View Detail View Summary Unit Breakout Breakout Comparison Tax Provision Display The Tax Provision report for a Provision dataset displays an overview of the provision calculations Supporting detail for some calculations can be viewed in this report while underlying support for other items is detailed on separate reports Parameters can change the view of this report To add the parameters go to the Administration area gt System gt Manage Configurations gt Reporting Note Differing rounding policies can c
132. make selections for each column To delete click the star icon and hit the delete key gt You can drop the columns and arrange them in an order that works best for you Also you can drag the headers to group the data by that column Add Attachments by clicking on the star DATA TRANSFER Used to import and export data Select the dataset to be modified REPORTING Used to review reports for the provision interim provision and estimated payments data Select the dataset report level and currency ADMINISTRATION Used to create and manage all aspects of the system setup This area displays and is accessible only by users with Administrative rights Administrators 2011 Thomson Reuters 21 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW HELP Displays online help contents providing an index and search feature Control Center The control center filters the information that displays in the navigator The selections made in the control center impact which entry screens are available as well as report views The options are different depending on the area you have selected You have the ability to drag the control center and change it s position on screen If you prefer you can dock it on the right side of the screen If you want to hide the control center you can e Select the Auto Hide icon Kiso the screen will hide show You can mouse over the control center icon Control Center lt 0 it becomes available again
133. menu are limited to dates within the dataset year The single year restriction can be removed by importing dates for other years or activating a system parameter In Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations gt select Yes for Adjust Payable Date Range FX Rate The weighted average rate on the date of the entry can be entered Description Each entry line must be identified with a description If you do not enter a description you will receive a Please check your entries for accuracy error message 206 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY CURRENT QUARTER Q The active quarter is displayed as the current quarter under Data Entry in an Interim dataset The work flow of the interim dataset only allows for one quarter to be active at any given time Once a quarter is complete it can be advanced to the next quarter or an advanced quarter can be rolled back to a prior quarter Advance to Q The Q1 active quarter can be changed from Q1 to Q2 by selecting Advance to Q2 When the Advance option is selected the Q1 data is locked as read only and the Q2 data entries become available The forecasted data from Q1 is copied to Q2 and the Actual ending rates and ending balances in Q1 become the beginning rates and beginning balances in Q2 The Q2 active quarter can be changed from Q2 to Q3 by selecting Advance to Q3 When the Advance option is selected the Q2 data is locked as read only
134. of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Dataset f 2010 Provision B Unt D1000 ABC Corp es n Amnis vV DataSource W Code Desoipi Y Tag v Adi Type V Amount Y Event Type Y SubEven Type Y Navigator us 7 P lt P amp L Adustment eals an mpat Data Entry _ NEN doe Provision 5 E Dataset amp Federal Admiistration gj Active Workpspers Unit Details Flow Through Factors APIC Pool Amounts Pern Ditis Tax 8a Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis LA Temp Diffs Tax Basis Drag column header here to group by that colurr als an B Bridge P P L Adustmert Select Data Entry Payable then select the icon to review how an item has been built into the application UNIT PAYABLE DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Drag a column header here to group by that columr Amnis Y Da w FiscalYear V Jusisdiction w Tan Type Tan Bucket Y Amount V Date v FXReae Y Description Y Tag Y Event Type v T 2010 Federal Fe CPROV LIAB Net B 716 508 187 04 30 2011 1 000000 Calculated P amp Pauahle Protina ROLLED OVER DATASETS For a Rolled Over dataset the Data Source History will rollover and information may be viewed in the Notes column such as the name of the dataset that was rolled over The Note will pre populate with information from the dataset that was rolled over T
135. on separate reports Note Differing rounding policies can cause amounts on this report as well as the Effective Tax Rate and Tax Provision reports to be out of sync by a minimal amount Provision Items e Total Tax Provision e Effective Tax Rate Report Views e Defaults to domestic federal and state and foreign federal and state provision entries e Prior Year Breakout Provides domestic federal and state and foreign federal and state provision entries for the prior year This view is driven by the Prior Year Tag dataset parameter Line by Line Depending on the unit s Domestic or Foreign designation data for the unit displays either in the top two or the lower two sections e Current Tax Provision Report Total Current Federal Provision or State Summary Provision Summary State Current Tax Provision line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Total Current Federal Provision line or State Summary Provision Summary State Current Tax Provision line in an Interim dataset Deferred Tax Provision Report Deferred Tax Provision or State Summary Provision Summary State Deferred Tax Provision line in a Provision dataset Interim Provision Report Deferred Tax Provision line or State Summary Provision Summary State Deferred Tax Provision line in an Interim dataset Equity Tax Provision Report Equity Adjustment or State Summary Provision Summary State Equity Adjustment line in a Provision dataset Interim
136. pin formatting that need to occur before it can be imported Once the data has been identified in the file it can be imported into the dataset Screen Entry Fields 1 Select the Target Dataset The dataset name defaults to the dataset selected in the Control Center because that is where the dataset is determined To select a different dataset change the dataset in the Control Center and the display shows the new dataset 2 Select the format and file s of the source spreadsheet e The first drop down list allows you to select Import Rolling Pin e The second drop down list allows you to identify where the Import Number Spreadsheet template is saved More than one file can be added if appropriate 3 Import This step processes the data in the import spreadsheet and posts it in the dataset Once the import is complete the import log displays 4 Refresh Report Data Now optional Refreshing the report data re runs all calculations to ensure that any information that is calculated is the most current Rolling Pin Format The Rolling Pin spreadsheet format can be imported using the Data Import Spreadsheet Import Dataset screen It can be imported either before the macro has been run by using the import rolling pin file format or after the macro using the ONESOURCE Tax Provision format Note To find the Rolling Pin macro look in the System folder where Tax Provision 7 0 is installed on your computer For example C Program Files Thomson Re
137. sssssssssssseeee Parameters for Reports ssssssssssssssse eene CUEN T Federal Benefit of State Contents ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Contents DEFERRED SUPPORT ccsssseosssssisvanesntsennsesesesasvesuesnsvorsvensvarnnessneesnbennesnavensetenevenssnensss 241 Temporary Diffs SUMMA reece Gaile card eod rv uv tubas vui doin Qa Fert cuo ot ax FTO ciuablasden ane cu de 241 Temporary Diffs Summary Fed Filing Group 242 Temp Diffs Discrepalicy cessi etse ei rece eod rat esae pet quss vul ttsen fut ot na uet sec a ebore veran 243 Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities ess 245 Deferred Book Tax Detalle etie rr raa retten aee Ena ade hn a3 ento aeg De YER U ded 32D epe NN puse 246 ING Bale TED 248 NOLS Ex pir altl OM vi5sc stunsessadnbssnsauhetvsadaeinrsadafecnestoleitnedugennende Sain ntcesetedaaesiyastobenestwersioncale 250 Deferred Workpap6el cocta c eet eret ai S AAE AE ESSEE a O ENSE 25 FLOW THROUCH isiin 253 A TRIAL BALAN CE j anaana nnana nne a aE AEE EEEE EEE EE EELEE EEEE EEEE EEEE En 253 Tax Basis Balance Sheet eee hehe ei e hh n nennen nn nnns 253 Tax Basis Income Statement arenon rer ieni EA Ean EEE EEE ONES EEEE EA 254 THL BAINE sen e 255 Trial Balance Income StateMent cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeceeeee hehe e hene nennen in 257 p OOTP PTT OTD EE 257 Tax Expense on Income Statement ssssssssssssssssssseee hehe in h
138. status for the valuation allowance For units in a filing group the parent unit determines the valuation allowance automation and percentage for the group Aggregated Attribute Post Tax Basis The Aggregated Post Tax Valuation Allowance functionality is activated with the VA CALCTYPE dataset parameter with a paramvalue of 4 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 357 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY This method combines the three component types when determining whether or not there is a net asset that should have an offsetting valuation allowance In the Automation section of the Unit Details screen enter a percentage for the net amount of After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences and Temporary Differences in the Unified VA Rate field for valuation allowance calculations The functionality analyzes the net of the three component types For example if balances in Net Operating Losses for the unit netted to an asset and the Temporary Differences for the same unit netted to a liability when the NOL and the Temporary Differences were netted to an asset the system posts a valuation allowance contra asset at the entered percentage for Aggregated Base Valuation Allowance The Current Non Current balances that made up the component s asset determine the designation of current or non current status for the valuation allowance For units in a filing group the parent unit determines the valuation allowance automation
139. system with SQL statements XSL style sheets can then be applied to format the queried data and the results can be published in the Reports menu To enable the functionality described below in the Plugin Reports screen the SHOW PLUGINDEV system parameter needs to be activated with a paramvalue of 1 Screen Entry Queries This drop down lists any existing saved reports When one is selected the other fields are automatically populated with the corresponding information for the saved report When creating a new report enter a name and check the Make available as a custom report box 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 123 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP for the report to display in the Reporting area of the Navigator If this box is not checked the query will only be able to be executed through the Plugin Reports screen by selecting it from the drop down and clicking Run Query Buttons Browse locates and uploads the XSL style sheet for the report e Save file saves outside of the system an already uploaded XSL style sheet being used This is for editing or backup purposes e Remove file changes the existing XSL style sheet to a new one Once removed a new file can be uploaded by clicking Browse Description This field is not required You can enter supplemental information about the report you are creating Menu Location Report Type and Sub Menu Location Select where in the reporting hierarchy the r
140. tax adjustments You can check both box s and use a combination of the two methods For example if you want to manually configure all the NC_ adjustments except NC RTP NC ATR NC OTHER you would check the Post NC to payable with system mapping and utilize the existing functionality Next select the Post NC to payable with manual mapping to enable the manual mapping functionality Select the tax adjustments for payable mapping 156 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYABLE MAPPING DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here ti grou that columr Adustmen T v Code De VW TaxAdTag v Fiscal Year VY TxanType VW Tun Bucket VW Payable Tag Y x Feded pes uM E mE FEN The Tax Adjustment Payable Mappings are available at the Federal and State adjustment levels Select the Code Description Tax Adj Tag Fiscal Year Txn Type Txn Bucket and Payable Tag TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYABLE MAPPING DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here to group that columr Adustment T W Code De wv Tax amp d Tag w Fiscal Year Y Tw Type VW Txn Bucket V Payable Tag Y Y Federal x Select the Code Description TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYABLE MAPPING DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here to group mr AdustmentT Y Code De v TaxAdTag v FicalYem v TxnType v TxnBucket V Payable Tag V k State s Federal NC RTP 2009 Perm
141. tax assets tem Cred NOL Temporary Diferences Permanent Dillesences Temporary Diferencas D Chiesdnte Flew There anh Farin You have the ability to layer Temporary Differences to create the Tax Basis Balance sheet with the Tax Basis Mapping 2011 Thomson Reuters 135 ONESOURCE 136 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY TAX BASIS MAPPING 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here to group by that columr Component Type w Difference v Debt VW Cedit VW Cortis Accoun v M Click on any cel to add a New Entry Notes e The Debit and Credit drop down lists contain trial balance sublines that are set up in the Manage Trial Balance section of the Administration area and will be used to configure the Tax Basis Balance Sheet and Tax Basis Income Statement Component Types available After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences Permanent Differences Temporary Differences TAX BASIS MAPPING 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here t y that columr Component Type VY Dillerence wv Debt VW Credit VW Contra Account Vv d SS After Tax Temporary Differer NOL Temporary Differences Permanent Dillerences Temporary Differences Besides migrating the old screen in 7 0 data entry screen to a excel like grid you may configure NOL Temporary Differences on top of book accounts and After Tax Temporary Differences You may designate whether the debit account or the credit accou
142. template Note For more information on importing categories refer to the Importing Templates documentation Importing Reporting Datasets Reporting Dataset items can be imported when the data is populated on the Import Categories template To import a new reporting dataset complete the appropriate fields on the CDR Reporting Dataset sheet in the Import Categories template Although the sheet is on the Import Categories template the sheet is not imported when you select the Import Categories option In the Administration area Administration gt select Import Reporting Datasets to import a reporting dataset Only Administrators can import the Import Categories template If there are errors after the template is imported they display in the View Last Import Log When importing the mappings for the Import Reporting Dataset the related datasets must be in the system For Sequential datasets the periods must be sequential and the underlying data in the datasets must roll For Additive datasets the periods must be identical View Last Import Log Categories The stored log located in the System folder of the Administration area is from the last time categories were imported into the system To permanently store the information to a file that can be saved and printed right click the log and select Export to Microsoft Excel Export Categories It may be valuable to export the categories listed in the system at any given time These ex
143. the Import Numbers template Active Workpapers Active Workpapers is located under Data Entry Federal in Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets Active Workpapers enables Excel based workpapers to be embedded within a dataset Cells can directly relate to data fields in the system For more information refer to the active workpapers section in dataset administration Data Dimensions There are two Data Dimensions within the application that will be able to provide you with the true source of data for all entries Data Source Icon for all possible sources mouse over e Data Source History for all line items Export to Excel Add Notes DATA SOURCE The Data Source column has been created to show every data item available in the application The Data Source column is populated with icons that display and represent the data entry Data Source Data Dimensions will enable you to understand the source of particular data The application displays unique icons for all possible Data Sources that will enable you to review the walk of the data at the data level and the various events that occurred such as when why and how data changed When an amount is changed it will be tracked for that event 162 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY EVENT TYPE You have the ability to select an Event Type and a Sub Event Type for an adjustment however these are not required fields
144. the Unit by Unit or Overall basis is selected when creating an Interim dataset on the Interim Datasets screen in the Administration area Line by Line Shows all active units within the selected dataset Column By Column Units Code and name of active units Actual PTBI Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Interim Unit Details gt Pre Tax Book Income Forecasted Rate Unit by Unit If Unit by Unit is selected this will be Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Interim Unit Rate number If Overall is selected this will be what the Unit By Unit Interim Rate would be if Unit by Unit was selected PTBI at Unit by Unit Forecasted Rate Actual PTBI multiplied by Forecasted Rate Unit by Unit Forecasted Rate Overall If Overall is selected this will be Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Interim Unit Rate number If Unit by Unit is selected this will be what the Unit By Unit Interim Rate would be if Overall was selected PTBI at Overall Forecasted Rate Actual PTBI multiplied by Forecasted Rate Overall True Up Amount Difference between PTBI at Overall Forecasted Rate and PTBI at Unit by Unit Forecasted Rate FEDERAL ESTIMATED PAYMENTS Reporting Levels pnt consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Sub consolidation Source Data All Data Entry Screens Available Views 288 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Payment Breakout
145. the component level which is the lowest level Add Document Dialog Box e le D H o k lt D nb Wa 4 fol Permanent Differences Cy P2000 ii al 2011 Thomson Reuters 371 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS REFERENCE ITEMS State and Jurisdiction Codes Alabama AL Montana MT Alaska AK Nebraska NE All Other AO Nevada NV Arizona AZ New Hampshire NH Arkansas AR New Jersey NJ Blended State BS New Mexico NM California CA New York NY Colorado CO New York City NYC Connecticut Gr North Caroline NC Delaware DE North Dakota ND Florida FL Ohio OH Georgia GA Oklahoma OK Hawaii HI Oregon OR Idaho ID Pennsylvania PA Illinois IL Rhode Island RI Indiana IN South Carolina SC lowa IA South Dakota SD Kansas KS Tennessee TN Kentucky KY Texas TX Louisiana LA Utah UT Maine ME Vermont VT Maryland MD Virginia VA Massachusetts A Washington WA Michigan MI Washington DC DC Minnesota MN West Virginia WV Mississippi MS Wisconsin Missouri O Wyomin 372 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ISO Country Codes Country Name Country Name Code Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Anguilla Antarctica Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Aruba Australia Austria Azerbaidjan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia Herzegovina
146. the support team the status bar will prove to be helpful The screenshot provides the schema user name user rights such as admin read write read only length the application has been running license status version of software and version of database LC 7RC8 admin Administrator 00 02 38 License OK v7 0 25264 0 7 0 rc5 6 33062 33062 1 English US Language Globalization Once you select a language the screens are translated to that language Deutsch English CA English UK English US Espa ol Fran ais FR Nederlands English US SSeS Note The language changes only for areas of the application User data entry is not translated 2011 Thomson Reuters 19 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Configuring the Interface e The default view of the interface may be adjusted to accommodate a report with many columns of data in the workarea or to view the entire code and description in the Control Center e The panel that contains the control center and navigator can be hidden by selecting the Auto Hide pin icon on the screen Once selected when you click on the workarea the control center hides To retrieve the control center look to the left of the screen and find the panel labeled control center Click or run your mouse over that panel and the panel becomes available Also you can go to Menu select View and choose Toggle Control Center to completely hide the Control Center
147. then click Summary The Hybrid view displays both rollup sub totals and the underlying detail for each rollup code The Detail view shows the report at a detailed level The Unit view groups balances into a single line for each unit in the sub consolidation or consolidation Note In order to view the detail for a user created custom roll up such as a footnote after clicking a Custom Rollup view option you must also click the Hybrid view option The pre tax Fed State FBOS Fed State FBOS and State Fed FBOS options determine the rates that should be applied to temporary differences Either default unit rates or the rates that were entered to override the unit rate for a specific line item are applied The State FBOS or the Fed FBOS option displays depending on the federal benefit of state dataset parameter that is selected The All Current and Non current options allow the report to be filtered by balance sheet status 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING The Contracted Expanded balance sheet cir expanded balance sheet and Expanded income statement options allow you to view beginning balances period changes and ending balances in different ways The Balance sheet view can display both pre and post rate The Change in Rate cir column can display on a contracted basis or be divided into the change in deferred rate and the change in foreign exchange rate The Income stateme
148. to configure how calculations and other data display in the Output Journal Entries section License An appropriate License Code and License Key are required to view Configurable JE reports Administrators can enter this information by selecting the Administration area and clicking Administration System folder Manage Licenses Licenses are in the format below Drag a column header here to group by that column Valid v Feature Code Y Feature Key Y La ActiveWorkpapers C1C1 DE5F 2205 7D45 Fi FlowThrough CB61 0464 1BEB 4981 Fi outputjemodule D8C9 023F 7EC1 3D3 Configuration Options Level of Data The lines of the Journal Entry can be set up to show the results on a summarized basis or a more detailed basis The level at which a company keeps their tax accounts determines the number of required lines Some require that even if they are all going to one account the components of the journal entry need to be entered at the lower level Types of Data You can configure the various components of the provision Standard current and deferred tax impact of the provision Impact of Equity items both on an income statement and balance sheet One off items that occur such as the impact of RTP and uncertain tax positions Impact of amount provided for in a previous quarter in the payable or deferred tax asset liability unit by unit Some units can be set up at a granular level Units that are part of a filing group may be booked on the p
149. to group them together and designate Mass State rates and enter the Beginning Deferred and Ending Deferred Rates and State Tax Rates You have the ability to manage a State Code Name Type Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Deferred Rate and State Rate To set up the State Rates select the icon and Set rate for the specified State Type For Set Rate mark the box Set Rate for All States and select the State Type from the drop down and enter the Rate Click Set Rate Administration E Manage Datasets Code 5 Manage Units pj AL i Manage Trial Balances AK Set Beginning Deferred Rate i Lj Manage Tax Basis Return Pu s Pinan E gt Set rate for the specihed State Type edi 2 State Types 2 State After Tax Temp Ditts JAR C Set Rate fox All States J State After App Temp Ditts BS a State Tax Adustments r _ Manage Bridge Gij Manage Payable Manage Event Types i L System CT Set Rate ADMINISTRATION MANAGE STATES Drag a column header here to group by that column Code Name F Type Y Beginning Defered Ra GBT V Ending Deferred Rate 9v StateRate 13 v DE Alberta ST4 Canada 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 AK Alaska ST3 US Separate 0 0000 0 0000 o 0000 JA Alabama ST3 US Separate 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 AD All Other ST3 US Separate 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 ial AR Arkansas ST3 US Separate 0 0000 0 0000 o 0000 AZ Arona ST3 US Separate 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000
150. units and export to Sub consolidated reports for the report to spill over to additional sheets Provision Items e Total Tax Provision e Forecasted Effective Tax Rate Report Views e Defaults to the Foreign Domestic and summary views e The Unit Breakout option displays the underlying unit by unit column detail e The Q1 Q2 Variance view displays a comparison of the total forecasted rate at Quarter 2 with Quarter 1 The Q2 Q3 Variance view displays a comparison of the total forecasted rate at Quarter 3 with Quarter 2 e The View Overview option rolls up the report to display the Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate the Total Tax Provision and the Forecasted rate for the Federal and State information e The View Summary option displays the report with component level information The View Detail option displays the report with line by line level information Line By Line e Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Interim Unit Details e Deductible State Tax Current state tax provision from the calculation at the bottom of the report times the federal deductible rates entered for states e Permanent Differences Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry e Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences
151. will be posted on the RTP Target Dataset as Temporary Differences and After Tax Temporary Differences The tag letter for Non Cash Tax Adjustments defaults to the associated tag letter set by the Dataset Parameter RTPTAG 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 345 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY FEDERAL NOL AUTOMATION Federal NOL automation allows you to automatically set up the percentage of the current federal loss to be reclassed as a NOL deferred tax asset You can also input a Base NOL Allowance if there is an annual NOL limitation i e SRLY sec 382 Setup e To enable Federal NOL automation check the box in the Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details screen in the Automation section This creates a Federal Only NOL that does not affect the state calculation The system allows you to enter the percent of the current federal income that should be used by reclassing a NOL deferred tax asset If there is an annual NOL limitation sec 382 enter the amount in the Base NOL Allowance field The system limits the amount to be used for current federal income e The Beginning Balance Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only information can be manually entered for the NOL by selecting the Provision dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temp Diffs If NOL Automation has already been selected the NOL_SYS code displays and the Beginning Balance Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only
152. with NC_ Non Cash State Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Current State Provision Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences Cash State Tax Adjustments and Non Cash State Tax Adjustments Deferred State Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines State Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Forecast gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total State Tax Provision Sum of the Total Current State Provision Deferred State Tax Provision and State Equity Adjustment lines State Forecasted Rate Total State Tax Provision divided by Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate 2011 Thomson Reuters 287 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING FORECAST TRUE UP Reporting Levels po Su consciidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt __ Subconsolidation Source Data Forecast Interim Unit Details Available Views The Forecast True Up report for Interim datasets explains the calculation of the True Up required to make up the difference between applying the Unit by Unit Forecasted rate and the Overall Forecasted rate to the Actual PTBI Note This report is available when either
153. with the software The templates are typically stored in the following folder C Program Files Thomson Reuters Tax Provision 7 0 0 Templates Additionally the template can be generated by choosing the Export Selected Dataset function in a Provision dataset The Excel workbook contains a group of sheets Each sheet corresponds to a data review screen found in a Provision dataset Each sheet of the Excel workbook reserves the first two rows for column headings Column headings shaded in green signify data that is required by the system Important Any data entered in the first two rows will be ignored by the system Do not modify the sheet name or the column order of any tab Do not change the order of the sheets in the template Each sheet can be imported either on a separate basis or with other import spreadsheet sheets Codes cannot be left blank but cells for amounts can be left blank so that the cell is ignored Entering a 0 zero overrides the amount The information from every row of a template is imported into the system Imports do not stop on a blank row When there is duplicate data in an earlier row it is overridden by the last row the import finds After the import is completed you should review the Import Log to ensure that no errors occurred to restrict data from being imported There is a list of possible error codes and their causes available for reference Screen Entry Fields 1 Select the Target Dataset e The d
154. 00 1 07 4 D00 00 350 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 5 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 0 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 0 the NOL Reclass is 0 Therefore the Federal Taxable Income and NOL Ending Balance are not affected by the NOL Reclass Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book 2 000 000 00 Income 500000 P1000 10000 00 P2000 15 000 00 31 000 00 0 8100000 2 000 00 0 47 652 00 33 000 00 Federal Taxable Income Pra OL NOL Reclass _ Federal Taxable Income Post NOL 2011 Thomson Reuters 351 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 6 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 100 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 0 the NOL Reclass is 10096 of the NOL Beginning Balance 100 000 100 000 lt NOL Beginning Bal 100 NOL Allowance Rate 100 000 lt NOL Reclass gt Note The NOL Reclass takes the total NOL Beginning Balance because 100 of Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL is greater than the available NOL Deferred Tax Asset If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 0
155. 000 BP1009 4797331 70 0 00 F2000 TR1010 182512 210 1098036 08 F2000 x AQ1011 0 000 308410 20 F2000 ZE1015 11436401 0 1170955 98 x2000 TR1020 24214662 0 0 00 x2000 101030 71448480 0 0 00 x2000 PI1035 0 000 0 00 ADJ4 I01036 1649102 0 0 00 ADJ4 TR1040 0 000 0 00 ADJA x EF1041 3061806 70 0 00 View Last Import Log Bridge The stored log located in the Provision and Estimated Payment datasets is from the last time the Bridge Import was run to bridge General Ledger data into the dataset The log has the start time the areas of data that were bridged and the end time To understand the amounts that were imported see the Bridge Archives To permanently store information to a file that can be saved and printed right click the log and select Export to Microsoft Excel View Last Import Log Dataset The stored log located in the Data Transfer Area under Import is from the last time the Spreadsheet Import Dataset was run to import numbers into the dataset The log has the Target dataset name and it gives the path of the Source filename that was imported The log lists each sheet and the data that was imported To permanently store the information to a file that can be saved and printed right click the log and select Export to Microsoft Excel Bridge Import The Bridge Import function located under Import in the Data Transfer area enables you to upload an extract of General Ledger d
156. 08 TEMP Tax Adjustments can be viewed in the 2009 Current Provision Tax Provision Report in view detail mode under isi Provision Report USD PE I 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing License D1000 ABC CORP 1 UPTBI Urttievl Pre Tax Beck income E NON CASH TAN ADJUSTMENTS FORMULAS aa Mtt PTBI State Tax Perm Differences Current Tax Rate Tax Adjs 2005 Return AK Ada Pr minus PTBI State Tax Perm Differences Current Tax Rate Tax Adjs 2008 Provision D ducteie State Tax 86 000 Non Cash Adjustment NC RTP 200 PERM P3000 Olsstowes Expensas 12008 Teimp Differences NOL Temp Difference Current Tax Rate AT Temp Differences 2008 Return Permanent Diseseroes 1200 aninas Temp Differences NOL Temp Difference Current Tax Rate AT Temp Differences 2008 Provision Fraeca Tawe cone 726000 Now Cah Adjustment NC RTP 2005 TEN TIO Kerukd Expense Adversing 40 000 THO And Qarar and Ai Eg 8 Non Cash Tax Adjustment Calculation for Permanent Differences Teenperary Dreees Mo 2008 Provision Temp Federa Taxabie Income PreNOL 765 000 Pre Tax Book Incom 2 000 000 NOL 2022 Net Operating Lees 2002 2006 NOL Recass 2000 Deductible State Tax 222 000 Federa Tarabi Income Pos NOL Tux Perraeeet Diterecces Pico 100000 p P2000 0000 et Tax Rate mons Total Perm Dits 1 917 400 Federa Tax Curent mw Curent Tax Rate ws Taxable Income 575
157. 2 JETAX JE Tax Calcs 162 S States 197 198 199 SAATD St AfterApp TempDiff 202 ZSATTD St AfterTax TempDiff 204 SATTD Statel After Tax Temporary Differences 212 SL State Liability Txns 206 SPM State Perm Mods 199 STA State Tax Adjs 205 STD St Temp Diff Adjs 200 STDR State Temp Diff Rates 200 U Unit 173 174 175 176 ZUAPIC Z APIC PoolAmounts 178 UATTD U AfterTax TempDffs 188 H UATTD Unit After Tax Temporary Differences 212 UATTDAM U AfterTXTD Bk Tx Bas 189 UDSP UDS Params 161 UNOLTD Unit NOL Temp Diffs 191 UPD Unit Perm Diffs 179 ZUPDAMZ Unit Perm Diff Amort 180 USDSP USDS Params 196 H UTA Unit Tax Adjs 191 UTBBS Unit Tax Basis BalSheet 195 UTD Unit Temp Diffs 182 UTD Unit Temporary Differences 212 398 ZUTDAMZ Unit Temp Diff Amort 185 After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis 189 After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis 188 Amortized Permanent Differences 180 APIC Pool Amounts 178 Dataset Parameters 132 Intercompany Transaction Entry 194 Journal Entry Mappings 162 Jurisdiction Management 161 NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis 191 Payable Enty 193 Permanent Differences 179 State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis 202 State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis 204 State Payable Entry 206 State Permanent Differences 199 State Tax Adjustments 205 Tax Adjustments 191 Taxes Per Book 175 Temporary Differences Boo
158. 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 100 000 NOL reclass gt 1 948 000 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 100 000 lt BBal gt 350 000 DO 0 Bal O gt 100 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 250 000 EB Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book __ 2 000 003 00 Income 5000 P1000 1000000 P2000 Total Permanent 1500000 Difference 3100000 T1000 5555500 oj 13655500 200000 T2000 1111100 O 5876300 Total Temporary 3300900 Diference Taxable Income 204800000 Pre NOL 10000000 100000 NOL Reclass Federal Taxable 352 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 7 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 10096 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 0 the NOL Reclass is the product of the NOL Beginning Balance 500 000 and the NOL Allowance Rate 100 500 000 lt NOL Beginning Bal gt 100 lt NOL allowance rate gt 500 000 lt NOL Reclass gt Note The NOL Reclass takes the total NOL Beginning Balance because 100 of Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL is greater than the available NOL Deferred Tax Asset If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Incom
159. 207 Batch Printing 20 BBAL Beginning Balance 70 71 Beginning Balance 44 346 Beginning Balances 42 Book Balance Sheet 59 362 BookExpense 331 Book Income Statement 59 Book Months 42 Book Tax Adjustment 59 Book TrialBalance 362 Book Tax Difference 345 Bridge 362 Bridge Archives 215 217 Bridge Extract File 4 Column Format 213 217 6 Column Format 213 217 Comma Separated File Format 213 217 Tab Delimited File Format 213 217 Bridge Import 24 208 212 215 217 Bridge File Formats 213 217 Process 212 215 Bridge Map Template 70 2011 Thomson Reuters Bridge Mapping 70 212 215 Bridge Mapping rules 217 Bridge mappings 65 66 67 68 69 362 Add 65 66 67 68 69 Delete 65 66 67 68 69 Import 65 66 67 68 69 Bridge Parameters SHOW BRIDGEUNITMAP 65 Bridged Activity 212 Bridged data 29 Bridging in data 208 BSO 337 Bulk Copy Paste BCP 212 215 2C Calculations 32 Alternative Minimum Tax 291 Provision 304 Quarterly Estimated Payments 278 289 State Forecast Rate 266 State Tax Provision 268 269 276 277 Categories 32 37 219 Export Payable Categories 72 Categories Audit Trail 128 Categoryitems 28 Child 29 Child unit 303 Citrix Users Printing 20 Code 137 NOL SYS 774 191 VA SYS 174 Codes 28 137 Access Rights Levels 380 AMT_SYS 358 359 Component Rollup 381 Country 139 373 Currency 376 Date Range 378 ISO Country 51 77 ISO Currency 51 77 NOL Temporary Difference 28 NOL SYS 19
160. 220 ATDI000 Vatatoe Alowance 10006 ATD400 German Inveeimert Incentive 4000 Tox Adottmwet Anat Tax Temp Omterences Non Cash Tax Adjustment for Pens TAZ000 RAD Cred Generated and Utlzed 2 000 Cas Tax Aguimeess Ratu Bass Provisio Non Cash Tax Adustrents T0 10900 Tora Curent Federat Provision T2000 4 Total Temp Dats T4000 Begin Detered Tax Per BS r Bai Sheet Oniy Ausiment 6 Engng Deterred Tax Per 8 5 4650 CA H Deferred Provision Only t ot mA Total Temporary Dif 24000 Current Tax Rate ws Equty Adustneet Taxable Income 10 200 Total Feesn Tax Provision mur After Tax Tempora Dflerinces SCTP State Cumt Tax Provision id a OTP State Oefened Tax Provision d Total AT Temp Ditis em Total State Tax Provision tao Tota Tax Provision DM Effect Tax Rate id 340 9 2011 Thomson Reuters Temporary Difference The system automatically calculates the differences between the 2008 Return Temporary Differences and 2008 Provision Temporary Differences and generates them on the 2009 Current Provision to true up the Deferred Provision The impact to the Deferred Provision displays in Temporary Differences as Deferred Only adjustments The system calculates the Temporary Difference Activity True ups and Deferred Only True ups separately On the 2009 Current Provision true ups are tagged with the dataset parameters RTPTAG Activity and DORTPTAG Deferred Only from the 2008 Return See the Dataset Parameters
161. 7 358 Aggregated Attribute Post Tax Basis 357 358 2011 Thomson Reuters Proprietary Materials No use of these proprietary materials is permitted without the express written consent or license from 1999 2010 Thomson Reuters ONES OURCE Altering copying distributing or reproducing any of these proprietary materials in any manner is expressly prohibited Software License Agreement The right to use the software product described in this document is specifically conditioned on your execution of and compliance with the Tax License Agreement with 1999 2010 Thomson Reuters ONES OURCE All contents copyright 1999 2010 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE
162. 727 Rate Change 5 051 Unit Deferred Balances Fed Only USD Test TaxStream Test Code Name Current Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only Ending Balance T1000 Bad Deb Reserve 7 273 0 0 80 000 total 7 273 0 0 80 000 Deferred Balances Report in the CIR Expanded Balance Sheet View The Rate Change column is broken out into FX Rate Change and Def Rate Change e The FX Rate Change is the impact of the FX rate change on the beginning balance including the impact of any FX rate change from a change in the deferred rate The Deferred Rate Change is the impact of the deferred rate change on the beginning balances More detail on each of the rate change activities can be displayed by viewing the Deferred Balances report in the Expanded Income Statement view Beginning Balance FX Rate Change Det Rate Change Current Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only Ending Balance 77 778 15051 10 000 7273 0 0 80 000 Explanation of Rate Change on Beginning Balances FX FX on Def Deferred Beginning Balance Local Currency Pre Rate 100 000 100 000 100 000 Beginning Deferred Rate 35 35 35 Ending Deferred Rate 40 Beginning FX Rate 0 45 Weighted Avg FX Rate 0 5 0 5 Beginning Balances in Reporting Currency at Beginning Rates PS 10 000 70 000 Beginning Balance Local Currency Pre Rate 100 000 100 000 100 000 Beginning Deferred Rate 35 35 Ending Deferred Rate 40 40 Ending FX Rate 0 55 0 55 Weighted Avg F
163. 8 346 Non Cash Tax Adjustments 28 Permission Component Types 380 Reclass Rollup 301 Rollup 241 242 379 393 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Codes 28 137 Rollup Bucket 122 State 140 Tax Adjustment 332 Valuation Allowance Automation 28 Combination of Datasets 28 Combine Datasets 37 39 Compliance System 363 Component Code 368 Component Rollup Codes Deferred 381 Effective Tax Rate 381 Trial Balance 381 Component Type 364 367 Components Book to Tax Adjustments 34 Payable Items 34 System Items 34 Unit Attributes 34 Concepts 18 28 Configurable JE 283 Configurable Journal Entry Functionality 304 Configurations 37 Consolidated Reports 44 Consolidated Sub consolidations 361 Contra Asset 357 Control Center 19 22 24 33 34 43 Copy Detailby Tag 366 Countries 145 Country Codes Import 77 Create Reporting Dataset 45 Rollups 122 CTA 296 308 315 316 CTA Parameters CTA ALT CALC 316 322 323 SHOW CTA 316 325 Cumulative Temporary Differences 362 Currencies 145 Currency 34 296 308 309 310 Foreign 293 Functional 308 Local 22 65 221 225 291 292 315 358 359 367 368 Local Currency 308 310 Reporting 22 65 221 225 291 292 358 359 367 368 394 Reporting Currency 308 310 Currency Codes Import 77 Currency Translation Adjustment 315 Local 34 296 308 310 Local Currency 309 Reporting 34 296 308 Reporting Currency 309 Current 32 42 44 67 68 69 Current Federal Incom
164. 93 Permanent Differences 51 53 65 66 179 Plugin Reports 74 123 Pre Tax Book Income 65 Reporting Datasets 37 45 Spreadsheet Import Dataset 208 State 31 State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis 60 202 State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis 60 204 State Details 29 145 197 227 State Payable Entry 206 State Permanent Differences 199 State Rates 140 State Tax Adjustments 60 64 205 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Screens 78 State Tax After Apportionment Temporary Differences 63 State Tax After Tax Temporary Differences 63 State Temporary Differences Tax Basis 200 States 60 Tax Accounts 65 66 Tax Adjustments 51 56 191 Tax Basis Return Mappings 59 Tax Loss Temporary Differences 51 Temp Diffs Bk Tx Basis 69 Temporary Difference 133 Temporary Difference Activity Book Tax Basis 65 Temporary Difference Activity Tax Basis 65 Temporary Difference BSO Adjustments 65 Temporary Differences 51 54 68 Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis 185 Temporary Differences Tax Basis 67 182 Trial Balance Lines 58 Trial Balance SubLines 58 Trial Balance Tax Basis 69 195 253 362 Trial Balances 65 Unit 31 Unit Details 29 43 145 170 291 357 358 Unit Mapping 65 Unit Sub Consolidations 51 52 361 Units 51 View Audit Trail 32 74 127 View Categories Audit Trail 32 74 128 Scrunch 40 43 Scrunch Macro 212 S
165. AP STAT Tag Letters designated in the drop down is used to separate data The activity is added to PTBI to arrive at PTBI in Local STAT All other permanent and temporary differences that did not have the designated tag letter display in the section that shows STAT to Tax adjustments You can review in the section that sub totals to the line called PTBI in Local STAT on the GAAP STAT Tax Provision report Additional GAAP STAT Tag s can be added as needed Tag Letter s available in the drop down E Offset Equity G Offset Goodwill gt Import M Manual R RTP Note The same letter should be used for each set of GAAP STAT Tag and Additional GAAP STAT Tag parameters For example in the drop down box GAAP STAT Tag click on E Offset Equity Next select the Additional GAAP STAT Tag 1 in the drop down box click on E Offset Equity Add CSC Breakout View activates two additional views on the Tax Provision report at the Sub Consolidated level Select Yes activates two additional views on the Tax Provision report at the Sub Consolidated reporting level csc breakout view which shows the unit data grouped into their CSC configuration and CSC breakout comparison which compares two datasets at the CSC grouped level 88 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Reporting Advanced Functionality La Data Entry Global Access e Admin
166. APTER 5 REPORTING year e Transaction Amounts by Rollup Each payable transaction has an assigned payable rollup Amounts are filtered and sub totalled by rollup code e Ending Balances Sum of Beginning Balances and Transaction Amounts by rollup e Current Year and Prior Years Depending on the view of the report either a Total for current and prior years or the Current Year s data appears on the top and the Prior Year s data on the bottom of the report Column by Column Totals All entries made in the Payable Entry screen for the Unit Sub Consolidation or Consolidation selected in the Control Center e Unit Breakout Payable Entry amounts are broken out by Unit and totalled Bucket Payable Entry amounts are broken out by the Payable Bucket assigned to each entry Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Report In version 8 0 a Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Report enables the Read Write user to view the adjustments configured by the Admin The report allows the Read Write user to understand how NC Tax Adjustments will be posted within the payable Tax Adjustment to Payable Mapping Report 2010 Provision Acme Incorp Tax Adjustment awsmengpe code Desert Dataset f 2010 Provision Report Level consolidated Currency Local Reporting O rca Year Tan Tope Tan Bucket Soure ca me ET NETTO Lond E ev Provision Unt Summary Tax Provision Tax Provision GAAP STAT 17 Eff
167. Access Questions report Corporate Edition Show New Questionnaire Layout Shows the new layout for the questionnaire Show Post RTP Button Automatic posting of return to provision adjustments can be triggered by selecting the Post HTP Button on the Return to Provision page 112 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting P Advanced Functionality L3 Data Entry General ADS Col Type Switch Perms Temps Payable Tax Adis TBS Assign Datasets to Users Yes C No Activate Questionnaire Yes No Display User Status Report Yes C No Activate Manage Active Datasets Yes C No Add Review Levels Review Level 3 7 Set Forgot Password Email Set Request New Access Email Enable Filing Group Reports Yes C No Assign non interim Datasets to Users Yes C No Display Prior Year Information C Yes No Hide RTP Columns C Yes No Add Comments toRTPs C Yes No Show Unit Details on Questionnaire Report C Yes No Show New Questionnaire Layout C Yes No Show Post RTP Button C Yes No In the ADS Col Type tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions
168. Administration area Administer Permissions Administer Users Login History Manage Countries Currencies Manage Deferred Rollforwards Manage NOL Rollforwards Manage Licenses Manage Configurations Manage Restricted Features Manage Rollups Manage Tags Plugin Reports View Audit Trail View Categories Audit Trail Global Attachments Journal Entry Summa 74 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Administer Permissions You can add permissions for a unit in the Administer Permission screen in the System folder of the Administration area To create permissions via an Import template complete the appropriate fields on the CUNC Unit Components sheet in the Import Categories template The Unit Code and the Component Type Code must be entered for each related Ccomponent Code The action codes G Grant D Deny Manage Permissions To set the permissions select a unit from the Unit List the Component Types from the drop down list and check the Component box You can use the Copy from Unit button to copy permissions from another unit Select a unit from the drop down box and the click on the Copy from Unit button The Check All button select all components listed The Uncheck All button de selects all the components listed The Toggle All button toggles between the Check All and the Uncheck All lists Administer Users You can add new users in the Administer Users screen in the
169. After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Column by Column Beginning Balance e Pre Tax Displays amounts populated in the beginning balance field in Data Entry gt Federal State gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis for a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal State gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis for an Interim dataset 2011 Thomson Reuters 251 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING e Tax Effected Displays above listed Pre Tax amounts times either the Unit Beginning Deferred Rate or the Override Begin Rate as well as amounts populated in the beginning balance field in Data Entry Federal State Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset e Effective Rate Displays the combined rates applied to each item to go from pre tax to tax effected Depending on the dataset parameter the Federal Ben
170. Automations in the Unit Details screen Copy existing dataset and filter deferred s Certain areas of an existing dataset designated in the filter deferred area are copied to a new dataset Combine existing datasets A group of datasets can be combined to generate a single combined dataset Use care when using the combine function as assumptions are made about rates Certain entries and balances may not be what is expected and may differ from a reporting dataset with the same datasets Be sure to review the resulting dataset thoroughly because there are significant limitations to the combine functionality 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 37 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Additional Information When a dataset is copied rolled over or combined click the Copy Security Access check box to copy users who had access to the original dataset to the new dataset In an existing dataset the Name Group Tax Rate Case Number and Read only status can be modified Use care when deleting a dataset because it cannot be restored to another dataset Consider exporting dataset data before deleting the dataset in case it needs to be restored to another dataset To import a new dataset complete the appropriate fields on the CD Datasets sheet in the import categories template For more information on importing refer to the importing templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Dataset Name e The name of the dataset is us
171. Balance Sublines In the Data Entry area select Administration in the Dataset folder Within the Administration folder click on Tax Basis Mapping There are 3 drop down box s available Choose the Difference Debit and Credit Click Add The Difference drop down list displays the Permanent and Temporary Differences that were created in the Administration area The Debit and Credit drop down box s display the Trial Balance Sublines created in Manage Trial Balance Important At the Dataset level you are required to designate two sub line accounts vs one at the Administration area Therefore the following conversion must be completed if the mappings were set up in the administration area for Manage Trial Balance Mappings 1 Complete the appropriate fields on the MBAL Map Balance Sheet and MINC Map Income Statement sheet in the Import Return Maps template 2 Export the dataset 3 Copy the data from the MBAL Map Balance Sheet sheet to the TBM Tax Basis Mapping sheet in the Import Numbers template 4 Add the required data to the TBM Tax Basis Mapping sheet 5 Save and import the TBM Tax Basis Mapping sheet Note For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Income Sheet Map the Tax Return Income Statement by associating a Book Income Statement Trial Balance SubLines with the Book Tax Adjustment activity Permanent and Temporary Difference and the Page 1 Sch
172. Book Income Annual Estimate e Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Interim Unit Details e Permanent Differences Includable for State Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt Permanent 286 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Modifications Data Entry Forecast State State Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Includable for State Data Entry Forecast Federal Temporary Differences Tax Basis Allocable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate Permanent Differences and Temporary Differences Apportionment Rate Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Details Apportioned Income Pre NOL Allocable Income times Apportionment Rate NOLs Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis e Apportionable Income Sum of Apportioned Income Pre NOL and NOLs State Tax Rate Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Details Only displays at the Unit reporting level Tax Before Credits Apportionable Income times State Tax Rate After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Cash State Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start
173. Botswana Bouvet Island Brazil British Indian Ocean Territory Brunei Darussalam Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Christmas Island Cocos Keeling Islands 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION af al dz as ad ao ai aq ag ar am aw au at az bs bh bd bb by be bz bj bm bt bo ba bw bv br io bn bg bf bi kh cm ca CV ky cf td cl cn CX cc Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macau Macedonia Madagascar alawi Malaysia Maldives Mali alta Marshall Islands artinique French Mauritania auritius Mayotte exico Micronesia Moldavia Monaco ongolia Montserrat Morocco Mozambique Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands Netherlands Antilles New Caledonia French New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Niue Norfolk Island North Korea Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Country Code 3 BI2 eS ct 3 ES REFERENCE ITEMS 37 3 ONESOURCE Country Name Country Name cune m 374 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Colombia Comoros A Congo cg Cook Islands ck Costa Rica Gr Croatia hr Cuba cu Cyprus cy Czech Republic CZ Denmark dk Djibouti dj Dominica dm Dominican Republic do East Timor tp Ecuador ec Egypt eg El Salvador SV Equatorial Guinea
174. C pool for current period option activity Intercompany Reclass Displays entered intercompany reclasses between units Other With DTA Impact Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances which have an impact to the associated Deferred Tax Assets Other Without DTA Impact Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances which have no impact to the associated Deferred Tax Assets Posted to Deferred Only Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances which generated Deferred Tax Expense e Ending Balance Sum of the above lines Line by Line APIC Pool Summary Beginning APIC Balance Displays the Beginning APIC pool balance Pre Adoption APIC Adj Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances established pre adoption Tax Benefit Detriment Displays the entered impact to the APIC pool for current period option activity e Intercompany Reclass Displays entered intercompany reclasses between units Other With DTA Impact Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances which have an impact to the associated Deferred Tax Assets Other Without DTA Impact Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances which have no impact to the associated Deferred Tax Assets Posted to Deferred Only Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances which generated Deferred Tax Expense Posted to Balance Sheet Only Displays adjustments to APIC balances for offset due to exercises Ending Balance Sum of the above lines Column by Column APIC Pool Summary
175. COMP a k a Est Pymt Dataset and Unit gt Interim INTM Dataset Unit and Quarter Data Transfer Area Provision PROV Dataset gt Compliance COMP a k a Est Pymt Dataset gt Interim INTM Dataset and Quarter Reporting Area Provision PROV Dataset Dataset Report Level and Currency gt Compliance COMP a k a Est Pymt Dataset Report Level and Currency gt Interim INTM Dataset Report Level Quarter and Currency Seq Dataset Report Level and Currency Add Dataset Report Level and Currency Note The sequential and additive datasets are only for reporting purposes and will only be found in the reporting area Control Center f 2009 Provision Dataset v Year v Period v Type 2009 Provision 2009 FY Prov 2009 Return 2009 Prov 2009 True up 2009 Prov 2010 Current Year Provisi 2010 Prov 2010 Provision 2010 Prov Estimates 2009 ta Interim 2010 Interim Provision 2009 Est Pymt Int Prov v BA22222 2011 Thomson Reuters 23 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Dataset Upon selecting the dataset drop down box a single drop down menu displays The list shows all available datasets with each dataset Name Year Period and Type which you have permission to access The datasets that have data are active units and display a check mark icon in front of them Datasets with no data are not active units and the display for them is
176. CTA ALT CALC with the value 1 by selecting the Provision dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Dataset Administration Dataset Parameters Option 3 Alternative CTA Option 3 allows you to manually enter CTA calculations You first need to activate the system parameter SHOW CTA with the value 1 by selecting the Administration area and clicking Administration System Manage Restricted Features Note The system must be restarted for the system parameter to take effect Next select the Provision dataset click Data Entry Federal Unit Details and then select the Misc tab You can enter CTA manually through the Add l CTA Reporting section Control Center ataset 2009 Provision v Unit s Unit1000 Domestic Cor Navigator Data Enty 00000 4e Provision B E Dataset EH Administration Deferred Analysis i Post Ret to Prov S Federal BL Administration GE 2 UP E Perm Diffs Tax Basis A Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis 316 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY UNIT DATA ENTRY 2009 CURRENT PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Web Wizard Flags Data Entry Complete Signed Off YTD PTBI YTD PTBI L YTD Accrual Factors Federal Current Provision Federal Deferred Provision Federal Equity Adjustment State Current Provision State Deferred P
177. CTA will show up as an After Tax Temporary Difference 2011 Thomson Reuters 325 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY The Additional CTA amount can be viewed in the Tax Provision report under After Tax Temporary Differences This amount is created using the system generated After Tax Temporary Difference CTA SYS Expanded b s Note You can modify column names for the Deferred Balances Report expanded b s by selecting the Administration section and clicking System Manage Deferred Rollforwards Additional CTA information can be viewed in the Deferred Balances Report expanded b s Expanded i s Additional CTA information can also be viewed in the Deferred Balances Report expanded i s Error Handling If SHOW_CTA is deactivated and data was entered in the Additional CTA CTA values will still show up in the Tax Provision Deferred Balances expanded b s and Deferred Balances expanded i s reports Additional CTA data must be deleted for CTA values not to show up in the reports INTERIM REPORTING The Interim dataset facilitates the collection of data and the computation of the Provision during the interim period An Interim Dataset is designed to generate the provision for the first three quarters of the year The data is separated into two data entry areas Forecast and Actual Forecast Data entered in this section is used to compute the Annualized Forecasted Effective Tax Rate e Actual Data
178. Calculations Payable Entry Available Views Fed Only State Only Year Unit Jurisdiction Bucket Year Jurisdiction Type Unit Jurisdiction Year Jurisdiction Type Jurisdiction Year Year Bucket Year Bucket Breakout with Rollups Example Year Bucket Breakout with Rollups allows you to view each years bucket and the Breakout by Bucket Consolidated Payable Report Fed State USD RO of 2010 Provision Acme Incorp Federal Only State Only Year Unit Junsdiction Bucket Year Jurisdiction Type Unit Junsdiction Type Jurisdiction Type Jurisdiction Year Year Bucket Year Bucket Breakout with Rolups All Years 2010 Tota Net Book Income Posting Total Net Book Income Posting The Payable Rollforward report for Provision and Interim datasets displays the taxes payable for a unit or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Total Current Tax Provision Report Views Defaults to a Year Unit Jurisdiction Bucket view of the report for the Federal and State balances Line by Line Depending on the view selected lines can be Year Unit or Jurisdiction Type Fed Only Displays payable entries in the Federal section State Only Displays payable entries in the State or user defined Jurisdiction section Year Unit Jurisdiction Bucket Sorts payable data on Fiscal Year then Unit then Jurisdiction then Payable Bucket Year Jurisdict
179. Code Provision posts to Alphanumeric Unit Available in versions 6 1 0 and higher Reclasses the unit s payable information to a parent unit on the state level Enter the code for the unit in which the payable information should be included as the key value 388 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Key Value Note This parameter is only valid when the PAYRECTYPE dataset parameter is activated with a paramvalue of 2 Special Characters Here is a list of special characters that are supported by the system They display correctly on reports Character Description character Description s seai Underi jcopywite Paragraph GBpound L ao 1j lAcutea Acutee jauteU Acuteo U umatu umiato f aute exclamation G jatsymboi Number Percent cart asterisk JOpenParentheses close Parentheses 2011 Thomson Reuters 389 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Import Error Messages Import Categories incomplete badly formatted data Necessary information is missing import NOL temporary differences incom plete badly formatted data sheet CNOLTD NOL TempbDiffs line 3 Go back to the page indicated and check that you have entered all the necessary information
180. D NC gt After Tax Temporary Difference codes VA SYS ATID C and VA SYS ATTD NC NOL Temporary Difference code NOL SYS This code can be extended e g NOL SYS 2007 Non Cash Tax Adjustments code NC Datasets Datasets define the periods of time and type of data that are being captured A blank dataset can be created or an existing dataset can be copied or rolled over to new datasets using the Manage Datasets functionality Multiple datasets can be combined by using either the Reporting Dataset or Combined Dataset feature This functionality combines all the components FX Rates etc of all datasets concerned however does not reflect which dataset that the each component originated Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining datasets You have the ability to rollover a Provision Dataset into an interim dataset as long as the interim rate basis is set to unit by unit You can change a read only dataset to a non read only dataset if the case number had a value that was deleted or if a new case number was added Reporting Datasets A reporting dataset allows the combination of datasets The types of reporting datasets used for reporting purposes are Sequential and Additive e Reporting datasets are listed in the Control Center in the Dataset drop down box Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining the Reporting Datasets 28 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER
181. D x P1300 Disalowe LE 8 P P L Adjustment 1 284 752 Pg w gj P0900 Other Per W Wordu P PH Adjustment 56 000 E 3 P1000 Meals an Import P PRL Adjustment 464 503 Jd E E Ea P1000 Meals ar B Bridge P PM Adjustment 10 587 UNIT DETAILS DATA SOURCE ICON Select Data Entry Units then select the icon to review how an item has been built into the application UNIT DATA ENTRY 2010 PROVISION ELIMINATION UNIT UNDETERMINED UND UNDETERMINED PTBI Automation Taxes Per Book Mise 000 Elimination Unk Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Cale USD Pre Tax Book Income Local iN 500000 Pre Tax Book Income USD 500 000 Wotd Avg FX Rate 1 000000 Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate MI 35 0000 Begirring Deferred Rate 350005 Ending Deferred Rate 35 000093 Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning 4 1 000000 Ending 1 000000 Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Ad 1 ADJUSTMENTS DATA SOURCE ICONS Select an Data Entry Adjustment then select the icon in the Data Source column to review how the item was built into the application 2011 Thomson Reuters 165 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION File View About PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP z Control Center UNITED STATES USD Unted States
182. Data Entry area gt Interim gt Actual gt Dataset The Deferred Analysis screen is informational only You cannot enter any data The Deferred Analysis screen is populated automatically by the system using the configuration set up in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards Dataset level screen e Columns with more than one source tag have a status of Read Only Multi Tag e The column designated with the DefEndBalDefault dataset parameter has a status of End Bal Post This column is where the difference is posted when Ending Balances are entered vs Activity for Temporary Differences Note If more than one source tag is set to the same column as the DefEnaBalDefault column the DefEndBalDefault column will have a status of Read Only End Bal Post In the screen shots below the following occurs n the Deferred Analysis screen columns 1 4 are Activity because the column number is entered once in the Activity Column for tags M B R in Manage Deferred Rollforwards n the Deferred Analysis screen column 5 is Def Only because the column number is entered once in the Def Only Column for tag V in Manage Deferred Rollforwards n the Deferred Analysis screen column 6 is Bal Sheet Only because the column number is entered once in the Bal Sheet Only Column for tag P in Manage Deferred Rollforwards n the Deferred Analysis screen columns 7 and 8 are Unavailable since the column number is entered multiple times for multiple ta
183. EGORIES SET UP The following are the parameters and descriptions Transfer data to ONESOURCE Income Tax Select Yes to transfer data to ONESOURCE Income Tax Select Dataset to Transfer data to ONESOURCE Income Tax Select the Dataset from the drop down for data to transfer to ONESOURCE Income Tax Reverse Liability and Equity Sign Select Yes to reverse liability and equity sign Transfer Reporting Currency Select Yes to transfer reporting currency ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cor amp Reporting Pal Advanced Functionality fa Data Payable Alternative Minimum T ax Flow Through cess f Admin 1 Journal Entries Altemative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Transfer data to DNESDURCE Income Tax C Yes No Select Dataset to Trasfer data to ONESOURCE Income Tax X Reverse Liability and Equity Sian C Yes No Transfer Reporting Currency C Yes No In the Journal Entries you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Configurable Journal Entry Select Yes for Enable Configurable Journal Entry to have the ability to set up journal entries The simple journal entry is available by default gt The configurable journal e
184. EMPORARY DIFFERENCES TAX BASIS RO OF 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Temporary Differences Tax Basis Desi ays Drag a column header here to group by that columr Attmnts Y Activity F Defened Y Bal Sheet Y EndBal Dice gi T TUUU Depr en M Mama s aay aie A SRL ECRANS a ML SPER CN E oo a FAC E la Dataset Rollover NC Non Current B Bridge 5160 172 D 0 0 x DATA SOURCE HISTORY DATA ENTRY The Data Source History displays the Data Source Change Type User Date Tag Adj Type Expense Amount Event Type Sub Type Event and Notes With Data Source History you will have the ability to filter and export data In the following example the Data Source is an Active Workpaper the Change Type is Add and the User is admin 166 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION 2 THomson reuters File View About PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP Control Center UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Dataset f 2010 Provision XT Drag a column header here so or that column 1000 ABC Corp vi rag a column header here to group by that column DataSowce Y Change Type Y User 4 ege DATA SOURCE HISTORY ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM In Manage Configurations you have the option to set up Data
185. ES SET UP changes to breakout States On the Consolidated and Sub Consolidated levels the default view excel breakout states changes to breakout by Unit States The breakout sub consolidated by State view displays the detail by consolidated state The report view on the sub consolidated level report will show each state column with the unit data grouped into their CSC setup Note This parameter allows the state breakout to display onscreen vs exporting to Excel Add Expected Deferred Report Activates the Expected Deferred Rate report under State Summary on a consolidated and sub consolidated basis This report displays the state ending deferred rate ending statutory rate and ending apportionment rate The two combined calculate the Expected Deferred Rate on a unit by unit basis Add State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Report Limit States on State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Allows to choose a single State to filter the State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Report to show that state Limit Units on State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Allows to choose a single Unit to filter the State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Report to show that unit Hide state report menu when no states Select Yes to hide state report menu if no states are activated Hide state report details when no states Select Yes to hide state report details if no states are activated ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting amp Advanced Functionality 73 Data Enty Globa
186. Entry Tag Group 8 Name D 1 Journal Entry Tag Group 9 Name i Journal Entry Tag Group 5 Name SEs Journal Entry Tag Group 1 1 Journal Entry T ag Group 6 L Journal Entry Tag Group 2 Co Journal Entry T ag Group 7 Journal Entry Tag Group 3 id Journal Entry Tag Group 8 Journal Entry Tag Group 4 7 Journal Entry Tag Group 9 JowndEnTagGmuptS Journal Entry Rollup Set X Journal Entry State Group Name 1 Journal Entry State Group 1 State s Add In the Alternative Provision Calculations you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Alternative Provision Calculation Activates the Alternative Provision calculation which allows for scenario calculations to be layered onto the Tax Provision 2011 Thomson Reuters 103 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP 1st Scenario Calculation Post To choose the Tax Adjustment code where the 1st scenario results should be posted 2nd Scenario Calculation Post To choose the Tax Adjustment code where the 2nd scenario results should be posted BBC Calculation Post To choose the Tax Adjustment code where the BBC calculation results should be posted ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS G Reporting P Advanced F
187. Flip the sign of a row of values e Add f to the end of a marker that extracts numeric values in the opposite sign converting 100 to 100 and vice versa ptbi f temp do f Flip the sign of a whole unit Use unit f instead of unit 2011 Thomson Reuters 211 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Scrunch Macro You may choose to Scrunch your tags when rolling over a dataset View Last Import Log Dataset The stored log located in the Data Transfer Area under Import is from the last time the Spreadsheet Import Dataset was run to import numbers into the dataset The log has the Target dataset name and it gives the path of the Source filename that was imported The log lists each sheet and the data that was imported To permanently store the information to a file that can be saved and printed right click the log and select Export to Microsoft Excel Bridge Import The Bridge Import function located under Import in the Data Transfer area enables you to upload an extract of General Ledger data The extract relies on the bridge mapping rules for the population of pertinent information in various sections of the Data Entry Note You can only bridge data to units to which you have access Bridge Process The bridge of the general ledger extract file occurs in the Bridge Import screen under Import in the Data Transfer area Using the bridge can help build an audit trail because it represents the bo
188. Footer functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameters in Manage Configurations In addition the Client Name in Reports displays the client name on report screens as well as in the header of printed reports TAX BASIS BALANCE SHEET INCOME STATEMENT Book trial balance information populated in the system that generates provision items can also be adjusted to generate a tax basis balance sheet and income statement e Cumulative temporary differences can be mapped to specified trial balance accounts Other adjustments to book trial balance amounts can be made The Tax Basis Balance Sheet and Tax Basis Income Statement reports can be viewed at the unit sub consolidated or consolidated basis They can also be viewed on a local or reporting currency basis These reports can have one or more roll ups of sub lines Trial Balance Data To generate a tax basis balance sheet and income statement trial balance accounts must be established and populated Determine how accounts should be represented in trial balance lines and sublines by mapping them in the Manage Trial Balance section Account balances can be entered after trial balance mapping is defined Balances can be bridged from an extract file from a general ledger as long as bridge mappings have been defined in the Manage Bridge section If the bridge is not being used account balances can be manually entered or populated with the Import Numbers template
189. Global Access The following is a reference chart for the Global Access tab Assign Datasets to Users Display User Status Report Activate Manage Active Datasets Set Request New Access Email Assign non interim Datasets to Users Hide RTP Columns Show Unit Details on Questionnaire Report Show Post RTP Button 110 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Formatting Add ReprtHeader 000000000 Add Report Footer E Print Pages Wide Client Name in Reports Reporting Currency Name in Report Headers Treat Codes as Text in Excel 00 s ee QHentNameinRepots Number of Decimal Places for Rates APIC Pool Data Entry Report Allow Multiple Local Currencied on Reports Add Year to Date YTD Reports UK Proof and P L Reports In the General tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Assign Datasets to Users Adds the ability to assign datasets to a user Activate Questionnaire 2011 Thomson Reuters 111 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP 1 activates the Global Access Questionnaire format 0 Hide Display User Statu
190. Hybrid Detail and Unit options display either rate effected or pre tax balances with various levels of detail The Summary view displays NOL balances by expected expiration years The Hybrid view displays expected expiration years for sub totals as well as the underlying detail for each expiration year The Detail view shows the report at a detailed level The Unit view groups balances into a single line for each unit in the sub consolidation or consolidation The Pre tax Fed State FBOS Fed State FBOS and State Fed FBOS options determine the rates that should be applied to NOL temporary differences Either default unit rates or the rates that were entered to override the unit rate for a specific line item are applied The State FBOS or the Fed FBOS option displays depending on the federal benefit of state dataset parameter that is selected The All Current and Non current options allow the report to be filtered by balance sheet status The Contracted Expanded balance sheet and Expanded income statement options allow you to view beginning balances period changes and ending balances in different ways The Balance sheet view can display both pre and post rate while the Income statement view only displays when a rate option is selected The rate effected views support the Deferred Tax Asset Liability when Expanded balance sheet is selected and the Deferred Tax Expense and CTA when Expanded income statement is selected The user defined
191. Hybrid view displays both rollup sub totals and the underlying detail for each rollup code The Detail view shows the report at a detailed level The Unit view groups balances into a single line for each unit in the sub consolidation or consolidation The Pre tax State and FBOS options determine the rate that should be applied to temporary differences Either the default unit rates or the rates that were entered to override the unit rate for a specific line item are applied Either the State FBOS or the Fed FBOS option displays depending on the Federal Benefit of State dataset parameter that is selected The All Current and Non current options allow the report to be filtered by balance sheet status The Contracted Expanded balance sheet and Expanded income statement options allow you to view beginning balances period change and ending balances in different ways The balance sheet view can display both pre and post rate while the income statement view only displays when a rate option is selected Rate effected views support the Deferred Tax Asset Liability when Expanded balance sheet is selected or the Deferred Tax Expense and CTA 272 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING when Expanded income statement is selected User defined columns that display in the Expanded views are defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen in the Administration area Any single column can be expanded to
192. I is selected Instead of adding rounding excess to the fourth quarter each quarter now shows its own rounding Check the rounding when the annual amount is not evenly divisible by four Estimated Annual Weighted Average FX Rate The specified Weighted Average Foreign Exchange rate for the unit for the period covered by the dataset Enter the rate using the ratio of what 1 unit of the reporting currency would equal in the local currency The Weighted Average Foreign Exchange rate is used to convert entries for the unit that have an Income Statement provision impact Enter 1 if the local and reporting currency are the same Exclude Unit Designation e Exclude Foreign Loss The system excludes the unit from the interim provision calculations if the Pre Tax Book Income is a negative amount If the amount is positive the unit is included in the calculation e Exclude Unit The system excludes the unit from the interim provision calculations Note Selection made for the interim provision will effect the forecast rate reports Unit Tax Rates The current and deferred tax rates for the specified unit are used for all unit specific reports They are also taken into account for Federal Benefit of State FBOS calculations when working with state data If the Beginning and Ending Deferred Tax rates differ for a unit the system automatically calculates any necessary change in rate adjustment on beginning temporary difference balances Support for the ca
193. INISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Global Access Reporting P Advanced Functionality User Options Password Options Other Data Entry Administer User Section Information Yes C No Set User Restrictions C Yes No In the Password Options you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen 118 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The following are the parameters and descriptions Password Expiration Time Add the TSPasswordExpireDays system parameter with a paramvalue of a number which determines how many days a password can be active Minimum Digits in Password Add the TSPasswordMinDigits system parameter with a paramvalue of a number which determines the minimum number of characters for a user s password Minimum Length of Password Add the TSPasswordMinLength system parameter a paramvalue of a number which determines the minimum number of keystrokes that must exist in a user s password Lockout Period after Failed Login Add the LockoutMinutes system parameter with a paramvalue of a number which determines the amount of minutes a user is locked out of the system after they have reached the maximum number of failed login attempts Maximum Failed Login Attempts Before Lockout Add the MaxFailedLogins system par
194. ION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Line by Line Temporary Differences Data Entry Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basisin an Interim dataset After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry Actual Federal State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Column by Column Temporary differences are netted by item to arrive at the asset or liability determination For only this report temporary differences entered for each unit are considered when netting The Temporary Differences Summary Fed Filing Group report nets balances across units in a filing group The Net Deferred Asset Liability report nets b
195. K 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 335 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Dataset Relations To select the Return Provision and Target datasets Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets Select the 2008 Return dataset Select the Dataset Relations tab Select 2008 Provision from the Related Dataset drop down list Select RTP Provision from the Relationship drop down list The Provision dataset must be from the current or a prior period Click Add Select 2009 Current Provision from the Related Dataset drop down list 7 Select RTP Target from the Relationship drop down list The Target dataset must be from the current period or a future period Click Add akoOND o Contrel Cente ADMINISTRATION MANAGE DATASETS NI Name R O Fiscal Date Range Group Rate Type ID Administration 2009 Current Provision Calc N 2009 FY full year 035 PROV 2149 Iz i Administration 2009 Provision N 2008 FY full year 0 35 PROV 2151 B Manage Datasets 2009 Return N 2009 FY full year 0 35 PROV 2153 2009 True up N 2009 FY full year 0 35 PROV 2157 B Reporting Datasets 2008 Extension N 2008 FY Extension 0 35 COMP 2171 3 Interim Datasets 2008 Provision N 2008 FY full year 0 35 PROV 2145 E View Reporting Dataset Log 2008 Q1 Estimates N 2008 Q1 G1 Estimate 035 COMP 2163 E Manage Units 2008 Q2 Estimates N 2008 Q2
196. M 1 and Sch M 3 tax compliance software codes Map the Tax Return Balance Sheet by associating a Book Balance Sheet Trial Balance SubLines with the Book Tax Adjustment balances Temporary Difference and the Sch L tax compliance software code 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 59 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Period Type Override e Input a value for the selected mapping line Balance Statement Map the Tax Basis Balance Sheet by associating a Book Balance Sheet Trial Balance SubLines with the Book Tax Adjustment balances Temporary Difference Factors Enter factors usually 1 and 1 for the P amp L Balance Sheet and Retained Earnings accounts to adjust the signs of the numbers coming from the system Export Mappings Tax Basis Return Mapping items can be exported to an Import Return Maps template This generates a file with two sheets MBAL Balance Sheet Mappings and MINC Income Statement Mappings Exporting before items have been entered generates a blank Import Return Maps template Import Mappings Tax Basis Return Mapping items can be imported For hosted solutions you can export the mappings to generate the template The file should have one or both of the following sheets MBAL Balance Sheet Mappings and MINC Income Statement Mappings For non hosted you can use the Import Return Maps template The template is typically stored in the following folder C Program Files Thomson Re
197. MS Here is a chart of Dataset Parameters with brief functionality descriptions Note Refer to the Parameters User Guide for more information on how parameters modify an instance of ONESOURCE Tax Provision Always use care when working with parameters AdvLiabPosting Alphanumeric Y Activates the auto payable posting CASENUMBER Alphanumeric User Defined Code Case number that identifies the unit when exporting data to compliance DEFAULT TD TAB Alphanumeric 0 1 or2 O displays the Detail section of Temporary Difference screens for all users 1 displays the Analysis section of Temporary Difference screens for Read Write and Read Only users and the Detail section for Administrators 2 displays the Analysis section of Temporary Difference screens for all users DEF RF SUMMATION C Alphanumeric 1thru 26 Selects the column in the Deferred IOLUMN Balances Report to display a sub total balance for the Adjusted Beginning Balance or any other purpose for a specific dataset 384 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Note This parameter overrides the DEF RF SUMMATION COLUMN system arameter DORTPTAG Alphanumeric Tag letter Configures the tag that designates RTP Deferred Only adjustments Overrides the default Deferred Only posting tag IEstPymtPctCushion Decimal Cushion amount that should be added to Number Estimated Tax rs apoie EstPymtType Alphanumeric Tag Lette
198. MT Adjustments AMT Rate AMT After Tax Adjustments and AMT NOL C O Balance in Local or Reporting Currency The Active Workpapers functionality requires an additional license to use If you are interested in this functionality and have not yet seen a demo please call your Account or Client Manager to set up a demo Note For more information please refer to the Active Workpapers user manual DATASET LEVEL ACTIVE WORKPAPERS 2010 PROVISION Control Center Dataset y 2010 Provision z Description File Name Created Crested By Modilied ModfedBy Batch Order Unt Delete Unit f D1000 ABC Corp Sample AWP Sample AWP Filexds 6 1 20119 54 25AM admin 6 1 2011 10 14 18 AM admin Open S Navigator n f Provision Reset Uze 5 4 Dataset it Recalc Payable Reclasses 3B L Admiristration J Deterred Analysis i Calculate Flow Through Facto i Post Ret to Prov _ Tax Adjustment Payable Map MEM Ed There are three colors displayed on the Active Workpaper grid e Orange SET Blue when you GET e Green when you SYN 2011 Thomson Reuters 159 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Active Workpapers Dataset 2010 Provision Fle Edk View Insert m ay emen Action 2010 Provision f Unit roter icome Type tAdjustmert f Tag i Typs trie t3 xja In version 8 0 you have the ability to GET payable balances by Bucket
199. NESOURCE Tax Provision including Active Workpapers Flow Through and Journal Entries require an additional license Licenses are managed in the Manage Licenses screen of the System folder of the Administration area Screen Entry Fields Feature Code Enter the name of the license e g active workpapers Feature Key Enter the appropriate code for the license Note Once a license code and key are entered the system automatically informs you of the validity of the information you entered in the Valid column with the Qicon Manage Restricted Features The Manage Restricted Features screen under the System Folder in the Administration area requires a password for access This password is typically not released to clients because it opens up a screen that allows system items to be deleted or modified that could corrupt the software This area e Stores System Parameters that an Administrator can activate via an import template e Stores Report Settings for generating reports Provides access to Truncate Audit Trail which erases the data that the system collects in the audit trail 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 81 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP System Parameters You can add System Parameters in the Parameter List tab of the Manage Restricted Features screen in the System folder of the Administration area Important Some parameters ensure the proper functionality of the system Do not manipulate a
200. O MVR OUT AME OWN ees hic care tee aeaaea EEE ERRER ERE EEEE ANENE EISER TATUS 365 Data Cleaning Details sesenta na Ae AEAN AERA AR EENS 366 ROWUDCOMPDONEN S EC 367 FA E 367 ASSOCIATED ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CORPORATE EDITION PRODUCTS 368 Gil Dal ACGSSS 5 S reete per rotten o iis en nec tec mte E Leere tuat eL EDADL 368 Uncertain Tax Positions UTP ssssssssssse emen eee 368 ONESOURCE Integration 369 a std cuc E 369 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Contents REFERENCE ITEMS CONTENTS State and Jurisdiction Codes eee eee ee es ISO Country Codes ISO Currency Codes Where to Enter Items in Onesource Tax Provision 2011 Thomson Reuters 372 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES The following items were addressed in this release GENERAL INTEGRATION WITH ONESOURCE FILEROOM At this time the integration will be available for hosted clients using v 8 0 and higher e Clients can now choose to use ONESOURCE FileRoom to store amp access their documents e Clients will receive 1 free drawer in the FileRoom as part of this integration Please contact Support if you would like to make this non revokable choice Note If you license Global Access your Global Access documents will be stored as they have been in the past In this first phase of integration you will not h
201. ON CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Combined Datasets The combined datasets option takes information from separate datasets and merges the data to create a new dataset There are several configurable items and several assumptions made by the system when a new dataset is created by combining existing datasets Be sure to check the new dataset s results because they may not be what you expected General Information Ideal when looking to merge certain activity in multiple datasets when the Weighted Average FX rates Federal and State Current rates and State Apportionment rates are the same across all the datasets When the combined dataset is created you can specify the first dataset which is used to populate beginning rates and the last dataset which is used to populate ending rates The new combined dataset sets all the unit s Weighted Average FX Federal and State Current rates and State Apportionment rates to the rates for the first dataset Only entries from the first dataset for Payable Intercompany Transactions Trial Balance APIC Pool Amortized Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis are included in the combined dataset The payable re computes the automated posting and posts it in the payable for the combined dataset year Other entries made to the payable in any dataset except the first are not part of the combined dataset Dataset Combine does not restric
202. ONESOURCE FileRoom You have the ability to attach a document at the dataset unit or component level If you continue to attach documents at the component level then the document will be added as it has been in the past We did not remove the functionality to attach documents at the component level The benefit is that when a document is attached regardless of the level it will be indexed to allow searches and quicker access to a document Notes e Please contact Support if you would like to make this non revokable choice e Ifyou license Global Access your Global Access documents will be stored as they have been in the past In this first phase of integration you will not have the ability to view documents stored in the FileRoom from Global Access This will be addressed in the next phases of integration with FileRoom Documents can be added at the e Dataset Level Unit Level e Component Level In the Navigator select Documents Documents will launch the FileRoom You will be able to set up the Document Criteria required in the Documents dialog box in order to store and access documents in the ONESOURCE FileRoom Drawer e f you license ONESOURCE FileRoom you will have access to all of your other drawers in the 2011 Thomson Reuters 369 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION ONESOURCE Integration drop down e f you do not license ONESOURCE FileRoom separately you will have access to 1 free drawer that will come with v 8 0
203. OURCE Tax Provision ONESOURCE Tax Provision When ONESOURCE Tax Provision is populated with the lowest level of data available it enables the tax provision to be built Having the data at the lowest level of detail allows you to configure the data and present it in multiple ways Additionally provision data can then be re used to generate estimated and extension payments or to create planning scenarios Codes Category items created and maintained in the system require that a unique code be assigned to them Most codes are user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces as long as each code is unique f codes have been established in another system consider reusing them in ONESOURCE Tax Provision to create a one to one relationship with the data in the other system e System codes are used in automatic postings e Some codes determine the presentation of data in reports Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining codes System Codes Some codes are required by the system There are some codes that the system either requires or codes that if used can alter functionality such as calculations The system codes can be modified in the Administration area However codes should not be modified e Valuation Allowance Automation system codes Temporary Difference codes VA SYS PTTD C and VA SYS PTTD NC gt NOL Temporary Difference codes VA SYS NOLTD C and VA SYS NOLT
204. P STAT gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry with the designated GAAP to STAT tag letter e Financial Taxable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Deductible State Tax and Permanent Differences lines Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis with the designated GAAP to STAT tag letter Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL Sum of Financial Taxable Income and Temporary Differences lines e NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Federal Taxable Income Post NOL Sum of Taxable Income Pre NOL and NOL Reclass lines Unit Tax Rate Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Unit Details Only displays at the Unit reporting level Federal Tax Current Taxable Income Post NOL times the current unit tax rate s After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cas
205. PD EE E Temporary Differences TD Temporary differences entered in the Deferred Provision Only column plus the impact of the change in deferred rates and the impact of the difference between current and deferred rates Tax Adjustments TADJ Tax Adjustments DPOA Deferred Provision Only Adjustment Deferred Provision Only Adjustment from the Unit Details screen These lines on the Effective Tax Rate Report do not have rollup capabilities Component Rollup I PANGS Dt SS ae Trial Balance TBBB Trial balance sub lines 2011 Thomson Reuters 381 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Query Filters Shortcut lt cc_dataset gt lt cc_unit gt lt cc_subcon gt SEE EONS lt cc_state gt lt cc_currency gt 382 Description References The dataset or group of datasets as represented by the Datasets DataSetID reporting dataset currently selected The unit currently selected Units UnitlD The group of units as represented by the sub Units UnitlD consolidation currently selected The group of units as represented by the Units UnitlD consolidation i e all units The state currently selected States StatelD The report type currently selected ReportTypes ReportTypelD 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS 2011 Thomson Reuters 383 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITE
206. PIC Pool Summary Prov Intrm Journal Entry Reports Prov Intrm Attachments Review Prov Intrm User Status Prov Intrm State Jurisdiction CHAPTER 5 REPORTING 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOU RC ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION ii i U o lt chee Ee RTT EET kh g HL Lulli State Summary Forecast State Rate Provision Prov Est Summary Pymt Intrm State Est Pymt Summary Est Pymt State Unit Summary Prov Intrm Deferred Balances Prov Intrm Expected Deferred Rate Prov Intrm State Specific Tax Est Provision Pymt Intrm Legacy Tax Prov Provision EstPym State Est Pymt Est Pymt Deferred Balances Prov Intrm Payable Rollforward Prov Intrm Prov Intrm v Self Reconciliation of Reports v v v v v v v v v Payable Detail CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Computed amounts for all Reports under a reporting level based on the selections made in the Control Center always agree with one another Each report shows different views or aspects of the data but common line items e g Total Provision Effective Tax Rate always agree in all other reports at the reporting level Parameters for Reports Parameters configure functionality calculations and report views Pre defined parameters can be activated by an Administrator at four levels System Dataset Unit and State New parameters are added with each release of the system Their func
207. POST DO 337 POST STATE 337 PROVSCBRKOUT 361 SHOW BRIDGEUNITMAP 65 SHOW CTA 316 325 SHOW EFFRATECONSOLPTBIPCT 361 SHOW EFFRATECSCBRKOUT 361 SHOW GAAPTOSTAT 229 SHOW JE 305 SHOW OUTPUTJE 305 SHOW PLUCINDEV 123 UsersExtended 75 System Pararmeters CLIENTDISPLAYNAME 362 REPORT FOOTER 362 REPORT HEADER 362 Tag 137 Tag letter 34 Tag Letters 29 78 123 Tagname 29 Tags 123 137 Copy Detail by Tag 366 Exclusion Clearing 364 Exclusion Pulling 364 Manual Adjustments 364 Summarize Detail by Tag 366 Target 364 Target Dataset 43 Target Rollup Component 367 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Target Tag 364 367 Target Unit 364 366 367 Tax Adjustments 161 332 333 334 345 Add 56 Cash 191 Delete 56 Import 56 191 Non Cash 191 337 344 345 Non Cash Tax 339 Tax Basis 59 195 Tax Basis Balance Sheet 59 293 362 Tax Basis Return Mapping 60 130 Tax Basis Return Mapping line 59 Tax Contingencies 368 Tax Expense 331 Tax Months 42 Tax Provision 28 40 331 334 Tax Reclasses 195 Tax Return 59 Tax Return Income Statement 59 Tax Return Mappings 59 Tax Return process 363 Taxes Payable account 295 315 332 Taxes per Book 304 Import 175 TaxStream Format 208 Temporary Difference 40 Federal 44 Temporary Difference Activity After Tax 339 Net Operating Loss 339 Temporary Difference True ups 344 Temporary Differences 31 32 68 161 185 367 Add 54 After Tax 341 345 After
208. PP OSHIMNG m 334 FEDERAL NOL AUTOMATION _ cscsscsnsessscsnesonnsesnssnsnesnesssnessnesenecenseenessesseesssenseensconne 346 co HQ 346 SCO MAO S AM occ 346 CUMIN ISSU CS TTE RS D TT RESTE 356 VALUATION ALLOWANCES eseesieteceeestesseeketesseest baee bn beth etes te Geor eun 357 Separate Attribute Basis I eme emen er nen ner nnn nn nn nn sr nnne nlla 357 Aggregated Attribute Basis ecccececaseceeeeeeeecececeaceeeeeeeeeececeaeeteeeeeseceauaaeeteeeereeeeae 35 Aggregated Attribute Post Tax Basis eem 357 Converting from Aggregated to Aggregated Post Tax ssssssssssssssssse 358 ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX sees teet tte tend 358 AMT Reporting Currency Approach sssssssssssseeen n e nnnm ener 358 AMT Local Currency Approach sssssssssssssee mme e emere nen nnn 359 REPORT CONFIGURATION 1 andfgsettisat utate tm en nio tpe ta prae hd 361 Custom Sub Consolidation Reporting sssssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 361 Headers and FOOTELS eaer ae E A E A EEEE AEEA AEN 362 TAX BASIS BALANCE SHEET INCOME STATEMENT nnn 362 THA BANCE Bi T T 362 Cumulative Temporary Differences essssssssssssssssseeee e enn eene enne 362 EXPORT PROVISION TO RETURN L t 363 PT Cs T recipi e 363 acm 363 cU 363 TERMINO OY PE 364 CI
209. REC ATR ATR REC 2011 Thomson Reuters 299 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY SSS SSS SSS a SSS OTHER OTHER REC The system transfers the provision posting from the child to the parent keeping the year level and character from the original posting In addition All payable transactions CPROV REC ATR REC RTP REC and OTHER REC tagged with a C are removed The system looks to the units that have the PAYRECUNIT unit and or state level parameters configured and creates new payable transactions that cancel out the CPROV ATR RTP and OTHER payable transactions posted by the Payable Auto posting These are type CPROV REC ATR REC RTP REC and OTHER REC tagged with a C e Additional payable transactions in the target units are created These are type CPROV REC ATR REC RTP REC and OTHER REC tagged with a C 300 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Reporting Payable reclasses can be isolated on reports by assigning transaction types to a Reclass Rollup code in Administration You first create a reclass rollup code ADMINISTRATION MANAGE LIABILITY TRANSACTION ROLLUPS Drag a column header here to group by that column Beginning Balance Cash Provision Inter Year Reclass Then you assign the reclass rollup code to the following transaction types e CPROV REC e RTP REC e ATR REC e OTHER REC Administration Drag
210. ROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Permission Component Types After Tax Temporary ATTD Differences Book Trial Balance TBBB Jurisdictions J Liability Transactions LTXN S NOLs Temporary Differences NOLT D Permanent Differences List CPD State After Apportionment SAAT Temporary Differences D State After Tax Temporary SATT Differences D State Permanent Differences SPD State Tax Adjustments STADJ Tax Adjustments List CTADJ Temporary Differences Book TD A Tax Basis Temporary Differences List CTD Access Component Types Description Code Access Rights Level Reporting Dataset List CDS LESER Unit List CU Preparer Global Access SOL Ist Reviewer Global Access 502 380 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Component Rollup Codes Deferred Code Temporary Differences TD Temporary differences balances and activity After Tax Temporary Differences After tax temporary differences balances and activity State After Tax Temporary Differences SATTD State after tax temporary differences balances and activity Component Rollup 3 ENGINE Rate NENNEN ICIGIGONENNEEENNN i TE EE EIU Tax Book Income ES Pre Tax Book Income from the Unit Details screen of Rates Different From Impact of statutory rates for units when their current tax rate I differs from the group tax rate defined for the dataset Permanent Differences
211. Rate 0 0000 Set Rate Cancel State Types You can create user defined State Types to use for grouping states that reside in the States screen of the Manage States folder of the Administration area 62 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE STATE TYPES Drag a column header here to group by that column US Unitary ST2 US Combined ST3 LIS Separate ST4 Canada I ST5 Europe Click on any cell to add a New Entry State After Tax Temp Diffs You can add a State After Tax Temporary Difference in the State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen in the Manage States folder of the Administration area An existing State After Tax Temporary Difference name can be modified Only a State After Tax Temporary Difference that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new State After Tax Temporary Difference complete the appropriate fields on the CSATTD St AfterTax TempDiff sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The State After Tax Temporary Difference code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created The State After Tax Temporary Difference code and name display
212. S USD United States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis o to group by tha jlumn header he olu DataSouce Y Changelype Y User v adie Y Expense Amount Y Event Type Y Sub Type Event xis akp For a Rolled Over dataset the Data Source History will rollover and you will be able to view in the Notes column the rollover information such as the name of the dataset that was rolled over the note will pre populate with that information from which dataset it was rolled over 172 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES TAX BASIS RO OF 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Temporary Differences Tax Basis 0 Deb Analysis Drag a column header here to group by that columr Amis Da T Code D i Y Activity F Deferred Y Bal Sheet Y EndBal PI a Wu WA SES LH s lc ee Jig ip eN 1600 T 774 180 6 0 5 160 172 0 0 D LGD pasii PTBI Pre Tax Book Income Filing Groups and Rate information is managed in the PTBI section under Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry Actual Federal Interim Unit Details in an Interim dataset To import information on the PTBI section complete the appropriate fields on the U Unit sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on import
213. State All individual states and state groups e JE Code and Description Each JE line is determined by a user defined Code and Description The Code and Description display on the JE report e JE Summary Custom grouping of Journal Entries e Debit GL Account Credit GL Account Accounts from the Trial Balance Sub Lines where a debit or credit amount is posted in the general ledger If the calculated amount is positive the debit account is used If the calculated amount is negative the credit account is used Available options are Trial Balance Sub Lines when the JE Posting Account box is checked in the Trial Balance Sublines screen in the Administration area e Supplemental Information Each Journal Entry line can have up to 9 user defined Supplemental Information fields that display on the Journal Entry Report allowing you to provide data needed for the JE to be entered in the accounting software Sample fields include Posting GL Account Posting Sub Account Organization Cost Center Department Budget Code Currency Code Account Name JE Description and JE number Supplemental Information is pushed to the output journal entry database table displays on the JE report Notes e Although Supplemental Information fields are not used for journal entry calculations they can be used for grouping like entries together when creating a JE file for the general ledger e Use the JE Supplemental Label to create labels for Supplemental Information
214. State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry State in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry Forecast Actual State in the Interim dataset Note Tax Basis Temporary Difference screens allow you to enter amounts as purely tax balances with or without book or net of book Provision and Interim Actual section datasets only e There are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section Data entered in the Detail section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and displays in the Analysis section e For information on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page All datasets e The Activity Deferred and Balance Sheet Only column amounts impact the tax provision differently e Enter temporary differences that are applicable for state but not for federal purposes To import information to the State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the SATTD St AfterTax TD Tax Bas sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation
215. State AfterTax TempDiff 63 129 CSC SubConsolidations 52 CSC SubConsolidations 129 CSC2 SubConsolidations 129 CSTA State Tax Adjs 64 129 CTA Tax Adjustments 56 129 CTBL Trial Balance Lines 58 129 CTBSL Trial Balance SubLines 58 129 CTD Temporary Differences 54 129 CU Units 51 129 CUC User Component Access 75 129 CUR Currencies 77 CUSR Users 75 129 ICOTXNT Inter Co Txn Types 56 129 After Tax Temporary Difference 55 Country Codes 77 Currency Codes 77 Datset 37 Intercompany Transaction 56 NOL Temporary Difference 55 Payable Buckets 71 Payable Rollups 71 Payable Transaction Types 70 Permanent Difference 53 Reporting Datasets 130 Rollups 122 State 60 State After Apportionment Temporary Difference 63 State After Tax Temporary Difference 63 State Tax Adjustment 64 Sub Consolidation 52 397 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Import Categories Template 129 System Parameter 82 Tax Adjustment 56 Temporary Difference 54 Trial Balance Line 58 Trial Balance SubLine 58 Unit 51 Import Error Messages Import Categories 390 Import Numbers 390 mportLog 129 130 208 212 215 mport Mappings 60 66 70 Bridge Mappings 65 66 67 68 69 mport Numbers 43 Categories 339 Numbers 339 344 mport Numbers Template 205 208 219 328 DP Datasets Params 132 FL Fed Liability Txns 193 FORU Forecast Unit 176 ICOTXNS Inter Co Txns 194 J Jurisdictions 161 JES Journal Entries 16
216. TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY To import information to the Automation section complete the appropriate fields on the U Unit sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Valuation Allowance Rates e Any line item starting with the VA prefix is considered when calculating the balance available to be used for a valuation allowance Line items such as VA 2006 are taken into account when calculating e The automation posts two amounts in the Temporary Difference NOL Temporary Difference and After Tax Temporary Difference screens with codes that begin with VA SYS One is the current amount and the other is the non current amount Both amounts have the source tag of A There are system codes that must exist for the automation to post e There are three approaches to the Valuation Allowance Automation Separate Aggregated and Aggregated Post Tax NOL Automation e The automation posts an amount as an NOL Temporary Difference with the code NOL SYS and the source tag of A The NOL automation posts a reclass that creates the NOL Temporary difference when the unit has a taxable loss or draw down an available NOL Temporary Difference when the unit has taxable income Selections made in the NOL Allowance rate and Base NOL Allowance impact the amount of the reclass to NOL that is posted The NOL Allowance Rate is the percent of taxable income l
217. TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section Data entered in the Detail section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and displays in the Analysis section e For information on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page All datasets The Activity Deferred and Balance Sheet Only column amounts impact the tax provision differently e Each temporary difference line defaults to being tax effected using the unit rate The beginning and ending unit rate can be overridden on a line by line basis If only the beginning or ending rate is overridden you must populate the field for both rates If a field is not populated it defaults to a zero rate Valuation Allowances computed on Temporary Differences can be automated To import information to the Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the UTD Unit Temp Diffs Tax Basis sheet in the Import Numbers template e f you wish to adjust the same temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Note To use default unit rates enter U in the rate columns when importing For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for th
218. TRY Select a Provision dataset and click Data Entry Dataset Administration Dataset Parameters to display administrative options for adding these dataset parameters e Country Rates e CurrencyRates e StateRates Drag a column header here to group by that column Parameter Name Y Parameter Type Y Parameter Value VW f StateRates Alphanumeric Y FEDBENEFITOFSTATE Alphanumeric STATE DefEndBalDefault Alphanumeric AA CurrencyRates Alphanumeric Y t CountryRates Alphanumeric Y k Add the above parameters with the Parameter Value of Y Note After the creation of these parameters the Override Rate options for the Federal and State levels are now visible in the Unit and State Details screens Because States Countries and Currencies have not been populated the Override Rate functionality is visible in Read only mode All units created at this point are automatically populated with the default Rate values of 0 for Tax and 1 for FX 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 143 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY PTBI Automation Taxes Per Book Misc Filing Unit Unit1000 Domestic Corp 1000 Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Calc USD Pre Tax Book Income Local 26 247 303 Pre Tax Book Income USD 25 247 303 Wightd Avg FX Rate Override rete Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate 35 000096 Override rate Beginning Deferred Rate Override rate Ending
219. Tax Book Tax Basis 189 After Tax Tax Basis 188 After Tax 40 After Tax Temporary Differences 345 Amortized 40 42 Amortized After Tax 40 42 Amortized After Tax Temporary Differences 345 Amortized Temporary Differences 345 Delete 54 Federal 42 Import 54 NOL 40 42 191 341 345 Provision 341 345 2011 Thomson Reuters Return 341 345 State 40 42 State After Tax Tax Basis 204 State After Apportionment 40 42 State After Tax 40 Unit 40 Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis 69 Import 185 Temporary Differences Tax Basis 67 Import 182 Tentative Minimum Tax 358 Terminology 18 28 Tiered Sub consolidations 361 Total Current Provision 333 Transaction Buckets 193 206 Transaction Types 193 206 299 Trial Balance 58 69 175 195 304 308 362 Trial Balance Accounts 69 362 Trial Balance Acoounts 66 67 68 69 Trial Balance Lines 58 362 Add 58 Delete 58 Import 58 Trial Balance Mapping 362 Trial Balance Subline 362 Trial Balance SubLines 58 59 69 195 362 Add 58 Delete 58 Import 58 Trial Balance Tax Basis 161 Import 195 True up 332 339 344 True up Dataset 333 True ups Balance Sheet Only 339 343 Balance Sheet OnlyRTP 337 Deferred Only 341 345 Deferred OnlyRTP 337 State RTP 339 343 Temporary Difference Activity 341 345 Truncate Audit Trail 81 TS Database Analyzer 24 285 330 Types Current 182 185 188 189 191 200 202 204 Equity Adjustment 191 205 Non Current 182 185 188 189 191 200 202
220. Temporary differences identified as NC non current that after tax rate have an asset balance when summed with all activity for units with the same country designation Non Current Liabilities Temporary differences identified as NC non current that after tax rate have a liability balance when summed with all activity for units with the same country designation Note On version 8 0 If you are using a code starting with VA in Manage Configurations you will have the ability to select Enable VA Contra Accounts for the Net Deferred Balance Report to disregard the net deferred by country logic and present as an asset In Manage Configurations Reporting Other select Yes for Enable VA Contra Accounts for the Net Deferred Report which displays the valuation allowances as Non Contra accounts Consolidated Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities By Temp Diff Federal State FBOS USD Rollyps defaut Manacement Recortinc Def Rollup Set 17 Federal State FBOS Federal State FBOS State FBOS summary detail hybrid Total By Country By Unt 2010 Provision Acme Incorp Code T1000 SAT1000 State Tax Cred 0 0 1471 o State NOL State NOL 3 0 390 0 Depreciation 0 bj 19 163 8 128 T10000 Accrued Vacation 36 950 9 jj T19000 FAS 115 133 0 0 1 905 584 Bad Debt Reserve t 0 0 327 636 T8000 Total 19 944 2 228 193 Deferred Book Tax Detail The Deferred Book Tax Detail report has the ability to tra
221. The Currency Rates screen is located in a Provision dataset under Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration Dataset Parameters This screen is used to populate currency rates for a specific dataset This screen is only available when the Currency Rates dataset parameter is added with a Parameter Value of Y Screen Entry Fields Symbol Select a Currency Symbol from the drop down list Rates Enter the Beginning Deferred FX Ending Deferred FX and Weighted Average FX rates Notes e This screen in used in the Mass Update Rates feature with which you can apply Tax and Currency Rates on a universal basis to datasets e For information on overriding rates see the Override Option page 138 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CURRENCY RATES 2009 PROVISION Copy From Admin Populate All bN Currency Y BegDefFX Rate Y EndDefFX Rate Y Wghtd Avg FX Rate Y EUR Euro Member Countries E 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 Nye lm 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 BZD Belize Dollars CAD Canada Dollars CDF Congo Kinshasa Congolese Francs CHF Switzerland Francs CLP Chile Pesos CNY China Yuan Renminbi COP Colombia Pesos CRC Costa Rica Colones Country Rates The Country Rates screen is located in a Provision dataset under Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Dataset Parameters This screen is used to populate rates for a countr
222. Types Totals Txn Types Unit Breakout Txn Types Current and Prior years Txn Types Current and Prior years Unit Breakout Txn Types Current and Prior years Bucket Breakout The Payable Detail report for Provision and Interim datasets taxes payable detail for a unit or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Total Current Tax Provision Report Views Defaults to a view of Federal and State balances filtered and sub totalled by Transaction Types Fed Only Displays payable entries in the Federal section State Only Displays payable entries in the State or user defined Jurisdiction section Txn Types Totals Displays payable data by Transaction Types Txn Types Unit Breakout Displays payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Unit Txn Types Current and Prior years Displays payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Current year and Prior year Txn Types Current and Prior years Unit Breakout Displays payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Current year and Prior year broken out by Unit Txn Types Current and Prior years Bucket Breakout Displays payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Current year and Prior year broken out by Bucket Line by Line 282 Beginning Balances Amounts in the Payable Entry screen for the years before the dataset 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CH
223. URCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Default Payable Transaction Types ription Rollup Code Adjustments Cash Inter Year Reclass Rollup Description Non Payment Adjustments ET F ADJ 2nd Quarter Provision Federal m F zm Federal NPADJ ADJ 2nd Quarter Provision PQ2 PRV BBAL 3rd Quarter Provision Federal PQ4 F Ist Quarter Estimate 1ES EST PQ2YTD F PRV Beginning Balance 4th Quarter Provision Federal 2nd Quarter Estimate 2ES EST 3ES EST 4ES EST ASET EST 6 Month Provision Federal 3rd Quarter Estimate 9 Month Provision Federal PQ3YTD F PRV PFY F CPROV 4th Quarter Estimate Full Year Provision Federal Audit Settlement Payable Auto Posting Curr Prov EST RTP INCR F EST RTP REC RCL Income Return INCR EST Payable Auto Posting ATR ATR PRV EST Payable Auto Posting ATR ReclassATR REC RCL Refund REF EST Payable Auto Posting Noncash item OTHER PRV Settlement SET EST PADJ F PRV Sub Federal Extension Payable Auto Posting RTP Provision Adjustments Federal Settlement CEI Other SET CEIR EST Return To Provision True Up PRTP F PRV Federal 1st Quarter Provision Federal 2011 Thomson Reuters 379 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX P
224. URCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP In the Perms tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Add Tag to Perm Drop down Menu gt yeprov 1 ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reporting gP Advanced Functionality a DataEnty Global Access Admin General ADS Col Type Switch Temps Payable Tax Adis TBS Add Tag to Perm Drop Down Menu Add yeprov yeprov 1 M Manual Add In the Temps tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Add Tag to Temp Drop down Menu gt yeprov 1 115 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE 116 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reporting P Advanced Functionality L3 Data Entry Global Access amp Admin General ADS Col Type Switch Perms Temps Payable Tax Adis TBS Add Tag to Temp Drop Down Menu X Add yeprov yeprov 1 M Manual Add In the Payable tab you have t
225. URCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Source Unit Tag Target Unit Tag Component 1 A gt Component 1 B gt Component 1 X Component 1 C gt Component 2 A gt Component 2 B gt Component 2 X Component 2 c gt Note All data for the X tag will be deleted prior to processing Rollup Components Target Rollup Components When a target rollup component is selected a target tag must also be selected When a target rollup component and target tag are selected for a component type all detail items are summarized together The results are placed in the selected component tag in the target unit Source Unit Tag Target Unit Tag Component 1 A Component 1 B Component 1 C Component2 A Component9 Z MN OWN OVE TV Component2 B Rollup Temporary Differences The target temporary difference defaults to unit rates e The Temporary Difference Beginning Rate is the Beginning Deferred Tax Rate from the unit The Temporary Difference Ending Rate is the Ending Deferred Tax Rate from the unit FX Here is information pertaining to how FX works in Flow Through e The FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS USE FX parameter needs to be entered with a paramvalue of 1 for the FX fields Use Fx Rates During Calculations Beg Fx Rate and Wgt Avg Fx Rate to display on the Flow Through Factors screen e An unknown FX rate will force unknown amounts to zero which may or may not be erroneous The automatic calculation if it is being used will not provid
226. User v Tag Y AM 1 item ie i Type Add 1 tem EXPORT TO EXCEL You can right mouse click on the Data Source History screen and select Export to Excel Date 6 1 2011 9 5220 AM 1 item f Change Type Add 1 item E Bridge Import admin 168 Dale i L Change Type Data Sowce v User VY Tag Y AdType Y 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Enter a File name for the exported Data Source History ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION File View About PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis z Control Center Dataset f 2010 Provision ol Drag a columr Please specify export file Data Source History 2220 13 Delete Date s Diner Change Type x Din Process B El copy of firm jnstance version idex Data Source vi User My Recent I Excel Exports from OTP xlsx S Date 6 1 2011 5220 AM 1 item Documents BI tooa xls f Change Type Add 1 tem 7 0 3 dataset xis Bridge Impoit 7 1 stuff xls F Desktop 8 0 13 cats xds 895 0 13545 53156 Mo Plan xls om User Conference classes v1 ods blala xls rom SB bridge 8 0 13 xls 2 Temp Di E bridge xls i ATTe 48 piae 13 AT Te 88 cats 8 0 1335 d Tax Ace My Computer oe en gt 2 NOL Te i gt La Payable 4 3
227. V OTK DAD ENS aciei eoa quee A E A State Detal Siropen un oti Ed octo avete i abis ga ec E an be dud inesse State Permanent Differences ssssssssssese State Temporary Differences Tax Basis esssssssssssssess State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis sssssssss State Tax Adj stmehts uoce terree operto tee teda ee I y no Ple SUD EEEE State Payable Entry esses eene CURRENT QUARTER Q PROVENCE EO CSE ie ree poets tues ste cian see eee ne obit oan ae Lomas aia hee aaa Roll Back OHO RECEN CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER IMPORT EXPORT CHAPTER 5 REPORTING OVERVIEW OF REPORTS TAX PROVISION CONTENTS Tax Provision Estimated Payments sese Interim Provisio Nrin anea I mmm n menm Innern EFFECTIVE TAX RATE Effective Tax Rate Display sssesssssssssee e een Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout ssssesss eee Effective Tax Rate Interim DEFERRED BALANCES 2011 Thomson Reuters Spreadsheet Import Dataset ssssssssssssssss irii rererrrrrrrrrrnne View Last Import Log Dataset sssssse rir rererere sige scMlanegem E secs R A ER ERIE NEES View Last Import Log Bridge cssssss Bridge AnGhives C Bridge EXtractEllg cia ette nha tet Ina er ER bti eE Ra tear tears Self Reconciliation of Reports
228. X Rate 0 5 Beginning Balance in Reporting Currency at Ending Rates 63 636 9 091 80 000 FX Rate Change 14 141 909 15 051 Deferred Rate Change 10 000 10 000 Total Rate Change 5 051 312 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY FX Rate Change The FX Rate Change is the impact of the FX rate change on each of the beginning balances including the impact of any FX rate change from a change in the deferred rate Beginning Balance Beginning FX Spot Rate Beginning Balance Ending FX Spot Rate Beginning Balance X Ending Deferred Rate Beginning Deferred Rate Ending FX Spot Rate Beginning Balance X Ending Deferred Rate Beginning Deferred Rate Weighted Avg FX Rate Def Rate Change Computations The Deferred Rate Change is the impact of the deferred rate change on each of the beginning balances Beginning Balance X Ending Deferred Rate Weighted Avg FX Rate Beginning Balance X Beginning Deferred Rate Weighted Avg FX Rate Deferred Balances Report in the Expanded Income Statement View Currency Translation Adjustment Deferred Balances in USD are translated from Local Currency Balances using the Beginning and Ending Spot FX Rates e USD Change in Deferred Balances Begin Activity Ending Local Currency Balance 100 000 10 000 110 000 Tax Rates Begin and End 35 40 Local currency tax effected 35 000 44 000 Beginning and Ending FXs 0 45
229. You can have just an Event Type or both Event Sub Event Type assigned to a line of data for permanent temporary and payable items These fields allow you to add more detail around a line of data to increase its usability VY Event Type w SubEven Attmnts Y Data s Source v Code Description vj Tag v Adi Type v Amount P09 Meals Entertainment M Manual P P amp LAdjustment 135 908 P13 Penalties M Manual P P amp L Adjustment 3 000 Important Adding Event and Sub Event Type does not make the row a unique entry A unique Code Description and Tag are required The following is a list of the 11 pre loaded Event Types available which can be modified in Administration Manage Event Types 1 RTP RTP 2 UTP UTP 3 Discrete Discrete 4 NOL NOL 5 VA VA 6 AMT AMT 7 Overseas Branch Overseas Branch 8 Payable Payable 9 Portfolio Portfolio 10 Capital Capital 11 TBF Feed from Trial Balance ADMINISTRATION MANAGE EVENT TYPES Navigator Drag a column header here to group by that columr H E Manage Datasets Code Y Name H Manage Units p AIP RTP Manage Trial Balances UTP UTP Manage Tax Basis Return Discrete Discrete Manage States NOL NOL e mi tas imo f V VA 2l AMT AMT Overseas Branch Overseas Branch d Payable Payable 1 Portfobo Pottfolio Capital Capital pr er ear dads TBF Feed From Trial Balance View Last import Log
230. _NA Year entered RTP Calculated ME after NC_RTP_ True Up ze See eee re NC_ATR Dataset Year ATR Audit minus 1 Settlement EE eae ee NC ATR YEAR NA Year entered ATR Audit ME after NC ATR X Settlement pee CUT EFL Saas NC OTHER Dataset Year OTHER Other minus 1 The Federal amount is posted in the Federal Payable Entry You can add the parameter in the Administration area System folder Manage Configurations and for the Payable Functionality Recommended Yes is selected by default Each State is posted in that State s Payable Entry The automatic posting defaults to the payable bucket named LIAB but can be configured to other buckets at the Dataset Unit or Unit State level The configuration is done by adding dataset unit or unit state parameters that all start with PAYABLE 2011 Thomson Reuters 297 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY a Reporting Payable Alternative Minimum Tax Joumal Entries Alternative Provsion Calculations Payable Functionality Recommended ONo 9 Yes Liability Tab Not Recommended S No Yes Simple Liability Functionality Not Recommended No Yes Adjust Payable Date Range S No Q Yes Designate Calendar Fiscal Year for Posting No offset v Payable Reclass Functionality S No Yes e The automatic posting uses 12 31 for the dataset year To post for a fiscal year the system parameter FISCAL MONTHS OFFSET allows you to determine a different month
231. a holds the filed tax return data must be related to the same or previous period dataset with Provision data final provision and a same or future period Target dataset current year tax provision You activate RTP adjustments from the Return dataset The Return dataset is a PROV Provision Dataset loaded with Tax Return data True ups are posted to the current year Tax Provision target dataset using Non Cash Tax Adjustments for the current and Deferred Only adjustments for the Deferred Through the use of parameters the system also allows you to post multiple RTP adjustments to a single RTP Target dataset Important e The Return To Provision calculation is available for ONESOURCE Tax Provision 6 0 and above There are 3 Types of Datasets and currently this feature is only available for the PROV Provision Dataset For users who have upgraded to 6 0 or above you may view and update dataset relations by selecting the Administration area and Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets select a dataset one loaded with return data and clicking Dataset Relations e For new relations select the Administration area and Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New gt Complete the Data Entry gt Dataset Relations Data Entry Dataset Relations Dataset Name Type Fiscal Year 2012 PROV Provision Dataset COMP Compliance Dataset ACTR Acct Recon Dataset Fiscal Period G
232. a column header here to group by that column Administration H E Manage Datasets Code v Name Y Rollup v H Manage Units 1ES 1st Quarter Estimate EST Cash E Manage Trial Balances 1ES F 1st Qtr Est Fed EST Cash d E Manage Tax Basis etum 1EXT State Extension EST Cash H Manage States o W Manage Bridge 1EXT F Federal Extension EST Cash G Manage Payable 2ES 2nd Quarter Estimate EST Cash ESSI Manage Payable Txn Types 2ES F 2nd Qtr Est Fed EST Cash a Manage Payable Rollups 3ES 3rd Quarter Estimate EST Cash sae div und E SF 3rd Qtr Est Fed EST Cash G E System Es 4th Quarter Estimate EST Cash 5 Administer Permissions 4ES F 4th Qtr Est Fed EST Cash E Administer Users ADJ Intra Year Reclass RCL Inter Year Reclass z Login History ADJ F Intra Y ear Reclass ACL Inter Year Reclass g Manage Countries AREF Audit Refund EST Cash Manage Currencies A Manage Deferred Rollforwards Audi DATUR EST Cash F Manage NOL Rollforwards BBAL Beginning Balance BBAL Beginning Balance fg Manage Licenses INCR Income Retum EST Cash 4 Manage Configurations INCR F Income Retum Fed EST Cash Example of Reclass on Payable Rollforward 2011 Thomson Reuters 301 ONESOURCE 302 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Control Center Dataset v 2009 Provisi Report Level Domestic Corp 1 Currency Local Repe Consolidated Payable Report Fed State USD 2009 Cu
233. a multiple period view of the data They are ideal when dataset information on a quarter or monthly basis needs to be viewed on a year to date or annual basis A sequential reporting dataset can be used to view Month to Date data Year to Date data and Annual data If the ending balances from the first dataset do not tie exactly to the beginning balances from the second dataset an error occurs which is captured in the Reporting Dataset Log Note Do not change beginning balances Enter amounts as activity deferred only or balance sheet only Additional Information The reporting dataset can have as many datasets as necessary as long as they are in sequential order For example a sequential dataset could have 18 months to represent a year and a half of information or 8 quarters to represent two years The functionality requires that ending rates and balances in the first dataset agree with the next chronological dataset s beginning rates and balances Although not advised there is a parameter that can be turned on to override this check 2011 Thomson Reuters 45 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Rates and balances within each dataset are maintained The reporting dataset displays the net impact of all datasets in the reporting dataset When a dataset is added to a reporting dataset it is locked as read only To make changes to the dataset remove it from the reporting dataset Make necessary cha
234. able transaction has an assigned payable rollup Amounts are filtered into columns by rollup code Ending Balances Sum of Beginning Balances and Transaction Amounts by Rollup 2 4 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Payable Detail Reporting Levels Lo Unt Subconsoidation Consolidation L Dataset Unt _ Subconsoliation Currency Provision Calculations Payable Entry LAVEUR ICAEN Fed Only State Only Txn Types Totals Txn Types Unit Breakout Txn Types Current and Prior years Txn Types Current and Prior years Unit Breakout Txn Types Current and Prior years Bucket Breakout The Payable Detail State report in the Provision and Interim datasets displays taxes payable detail for units in the dataset or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Total Current Tax Provision Report Views e Defaults to a view of Federal and State balances filtered and sub totalled by Transaction Types State Only displays payable entries in the State or user defined Jurisdiction section Txn Types Totals displays payable data by Transaction Types Txn Types Unit Breakout displays the payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Unit Txn Types Totals displays payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Current year and Prior year Txn Types Totals displays payable data by Transact
235. act different aspects of the tax provision There are both pre adoption FAS 123R and post adoption FAS 123R rules that should be considered when providing for the Stock Based Compensation in the provision e The APIC Additional Paid in Capital Pool balance should also be tracked to ensure proper treatment of the exercises in the future A system parameter must be added to view the APIC Pool report Pre FAS 123R and Incentive Stock Options At Issuance There is no impact on the tax provision on issuance Upon Exercise e Typically these options when exercised should impact the Current Tax Expense which should be offset in Equity e This type of option was vested prior to the adoption of FAS 123R or consists of qualifying distributions of Incentive Stock Options ISOs To impact the current provision and an offset in equity enter the option expense details as a permanent difference with Type E for Equity Adjustment Stock Based Compensation At Issuance Certain options that were issued and vest after the adoption of FAS 123R are amortized as stock based compensation expense for book e For tax stock based compensation amortization must be reversed during the vesting of options This can be accomplished by entering the amortization amount as temporary difference activity Reversing the book expense builds a Deferred Tax Asset that can later be offset when options are exercised Upon Exercise Options that were issued and ve
236. aderal Taxable Income Pre 2048 000 00 NOL _NOL Reclass 2011 Thomson Reuters 349 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 4 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 50 and Base NOL Allowance is set to 100 000 the NOL Reclass is the sum of 50 of the Federal Taxable Income 50 of the Base NOL Allowance 100 000 NOL Deferred Only 0 and NOL Balance Sheet Only 0 2 048 000 50 100 000 50 0 lt DO gt 0 Bal O gt 1 074 000 NOL Reclass gt If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 974 000 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 1 074 000 NOL Reclass gt 974 000 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 5 000 000 lt BBal gt 1 074 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 3 926 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax 2000 000 00 Book Income _ e 00 P1000 1000000 P2000 Total Permanent 1500000 Difference 31 000 00 T1000 2000 00 T2000 Tetal Temporary 33 000 00 Difference Federal Taxable Income Pre 2048000 00 NOL 000 000
237. akout Apportioned Income Pre NOL Allocable Income line times State Apportionment Percentage line NOLs Data Entry gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis Apportioned Income Sum of Apportioned Income Pre NOL and NOLs lines State Tax Rate Data Entry gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit breakout Tax Before Credits Apportioned Income line times the current State Tax Rate line After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC_ Cash Provision Sum of Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Current State Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Begin Deferred Tax Per B S The Total Beginning Balance column of the Deferred Balances report with the State view option Balance Sheet Only Adjustment Data Entry gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Bas
238. al Entries Parameters System Parameters e The simple journal entry is available by default e The Configurable Journal Entry provides User Configurable screens to map calculations and other items in the system with general ledger accounts e The Configurable Journal Entry Report generates the Output JE Base report found under Output Journal Entries in the reports list e Supplemental_Label 1 9 system parameters with a paramvalue of the desired header text configures headings on the configurable journal entry screens and reports There are nine Supplemental Information fields for entering journal entry data This parameter allows you to configure each field name which also displays as a header in reports Note Only Administrators are able to turn on this functionality Close and reopen the system after adding parameters to view configuration screens and reports You can activate the parameters in the Administration area gt System folder gt Manage Configurations gt Advanced Functionality gt Journal Entries Note A Description of each selection is available when you when you click on the parameter name 2011 Thomson Reuters 305 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY B Reporting P Advanced Functionality La Admin Payable Altemative Minimum Tax Joumal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Enable Configurable Journal Enty OYes No
239. alances across units based on the unit s country designation Current Assets Temporary differences identified as C current that after tax rate have an asset balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Current Liabilities Temporary differences identified as C current that after tax rate have a liability balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Non Current Assets Temporary differences identified as NC non current that after tax rate have an asset balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Non Current Liabilities Temporary differences identified as NC non current that after tax rate have a liability balance when summed with all activty for the same temporary difference category item Temporary Diffs Summary Fed Filing Group Reporting Levels P FingOmup Subconsolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt __ Subconsolidation Source Data Unit Details Temporary Differences After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Differences Available Views Custom Rollups Default By Unit Federal Only Federal State State Only By Deferred Federal Only Federal State State Only Sub Totals No Sub Totals Sub Totals The Temporary Differences Summary Fed Filing Group
240. ality and now wish to use integrated dataset Payable functionality must first contact the support group to ensure that data is properly migrated before the Payable functionality in the Provision dataset is activated e f Liability tab functionality was never used no migration is necessary Payable Set Up The payable report can be configured with set up items in the Manage Payable section of the Administration area e Automatic posting of the current cash provision can be activated on a dataset by dataset basis e The payable data entry default to limits the user to entering only activity with dates within the dataset s period To allow users to enter items for any date activate the Adjust Payable Date Range system parameter When Yes is selected for the Adjust Payable Date Range the date restriction is removed and data entry is allowed in the Payable with dates that are outside the dataset period e g 2010 full year dataset would not be restricted to just entries from 1 1 2010 to 12 31 2010 You can activate the Payable parameters in the Administration area System folder Manage Configurations Advanced Functionality Reporting P Advanced Functionality L2 Admin Payable Alternative Minimum Tax Journal Entries Alternative Provsion Calculations Payable Functionality Recommended ONo Yes Liability Tab Not Recommended S No O Yes Simple Liability Functionality Not Recommended No Yes Adjust Payabl
241. ameter with a paramvalue of a number which determines the maximum number of times a user can enter the wrong password before the user is locked out of the system Passwords Kept in History Add the PassHistNum system parameter with a paramvalue of a number which determines the number of unique passwords that must be used before a password can be repeated ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Reporting Advanced Functionality L3 Data Entry Global Access amp Admin User Options Password Options Other Password Expiration Time 100 Minimum Digits in Password h Minimum Length of Password B Lockout Period after Failed Login 5 Maximum Failed Login Attempts Before Lockout Passwords Kept in History 8 Make User Logins Not Case Sensitive Yes C No 2011 Thomson Reuters 119 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP In the Other tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Deferred Provision Only Data Entry Configures the use of the Deferred Provision Only field on Unit Details Choosing 1 will display the Deferred Provision Only field as Read Only Choosing 2 will remove the Deferred Provision Only field Track Log Messages Select Yes to have the ability t
242. amtn Un Und PTB Detais M1 Actual 3948 Export Categories Unt PTB Delads 2011 Provision Ung PTBI Detade 2010 Provision ADMINISTRATION VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY v Um Ab S From 6 1 2011 M Uer r v To amp a State Ab Unit v Data Source v Change Type Y Um y Date D1000 ABC C f Bodge impor D1000 ABC Co e eon Rho Rho Co a Manus Entry F1000 French Imood D1000 48C Co oot D1000 ABC Co boot D3000 DEF Lim ie D1000 ABC Co poet D1000 ABC Cor eloon D3000 DEF Lim oo 000 Elenination 7 Manual Enty F2000 Mexvcan eloon F2000 Mexcan e080 Rho Rho Co 4 Manual Entry Rho Rho Co 4 Marsal Entry Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Update Add Add SEPEPS TEES ES ESE You may drag any of the column headers such as the Date Change Type and User to display the data in a user defined format E Data Source History 2220 6 1 2011 952 20 AM 6 1 2011 351 39 AM 6 9 2011 4451 AM 6 6 2011 11 21 27 AM 6 5 2011 11 15 02 AM 6 1 2011 5 28 44 PM 6 1 2011 5 28 44 PM 6 6 2011 11 21 27 AM 6 1 2011 5 23 00 PM 6 1 2011 5 23 00 PM 6 1 2011 1040 35 AM 6 1 2011 28 44 PM 6 1 2011 5 29 00 PM 6 9 2011 1050 09 AM 6 9 2011 9 4443 AM Drag a column header here to group by that column V Change Type v User Add admin Drag the Columns to display as desired Date change Type Data Source v
243. an appropriate License Code and License Key are required For more information refer to the Flow Through section APIC Pool Amounts Additional Paid in Capital APIC Pool Amounts information is managed in the APIC Pool Amounts screen under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal in an Interim dataset The APIC Pool data entry area tracks activity in the APIC Pool which will display in the APIC Pool Report The windfalls and shortfalls from FAS 123R Stock Option Exercise are measured against the APIC Pool to determine the required provision treatment e You can track the Deferred Tax Asset related to the issuance of stock options Amortized Compensation with the related APIC Pool The APIC Pool Amounts screen and report are only available when the system parameter is enabled To activate the APIC Pool functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameter in Manage Configurations In the Administration area gt System gt Manage Configurations select the Reporting Section then APIC Pool gt APIC Pool Data Entry Report select Yes To import information to the Permanent Differences screen complete the appropriate fields on the UAPIC APIC Pool Amounts sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Note All amounts should be entered in Rep
244. an set up the Period Type for a Quarters Months or an open ended Periods without putting a time constraint on it Example Isolated Basis Dataset Period Type Months 1 x Control Center ob And a neu barieeetinn Select Advance to M2 for Month 2 and all ending balances in Month 1 Actual become the beginning balances for Month 2 Actual 2011 Thomson Reuters 47 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Control Center a Forecast S Actual amp a Current Period M1 gp Advance to M2 Lu Au ato xri ction Example YTD Year to Date Dataset Quarters r Control Center Forecast J Actual amp Current Period Q1 ah Advance to Q2 o Addanew Jurisdiction Select Advance to Q2 for Quarter 2 beginning balances do not change and remain consistent from Quarter to Quarter 48 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Control Center 5 Forecast s Actual s Current Period Qt 3 Advange to Q2 Add a nety Jurisdiction of Periods You have the ability to choose anywhere from 1 to 15 periods to associate with the Period Type There is no limitation you can choose any number of periods for a Period Type In an existing interim dataset the name interim rate basis group rate and read only status can be modified The data for all quarters worth of forecasted and actual data in the
245. ance data file Adjust the factor the bridge should post to an amount less than 10096 of the account balance Temp Diff Activity Tax Basis You can add Temp Diff Activity Tax Basis bridge mappings in the Temporary Difference bridge mappings in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MTD Temp Diffs Tax Basis sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Temporary Difference and Type e The Temporary Difference bridge mapping options are the established temporary difference codes The Temporary Difference Type bridge mapping options are either C Current or NC Non Current This mapping posts to the Activity column on the Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen Begin and End Fctr e Beginning balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file e Ending balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file The bridge posts an amount that
246. ance FC Ennis Lemon Balance Adis BMNC Balance Balance Balance Balance brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout brkout Unassignec Unassigned 0 0 0 L 0 0 0 184 775 0 184 775 6 045 097 0 0 5 851 222 184775 5 861 322 64671 2 051 463 Total 184775 5 861 322 84671 2 051 463 2011 Thomson Reuters 247 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING NOL Balances Reporting Levels peas unt Subconsoldation Cunenoy Unit Details NOL Temporary Differences Available Views Summary Hybrid Detail Unit Pre Tax Fed State FBOS Fed State FBOS state fed FBOS All current non current Contracted expanded balance sheet expanded income statement 248 The NOL Balances report for Provision and Interim datasets displays the beginning and ending cumulative NOL balances When it is expanded it shows the amounts that made up the change The default view is a pre tax view Balances can also display at various tax effected levels by selecting options in the upper right corner Although this report resembles the Deferred Balances report it can display additional information on the years the NOL arose and is expected to expire Provision Items Deferred Tax Expense Deferred Tax Asset Liability Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Report Views Defaults to the pre tax and contracted views The Summary
247. and COU Countries sheets in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Country Code and Name e The country code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The country code and name can be edited after the code is created At this point you may designate Mass State rates Enter the Beginning Deferred and Ending Deferred Rates and Current Tax Rate 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 77 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Currency Symbol and Name The currency symbol is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The currency symbol and name can be edited after the code is created The currency symbol displays in the header of reports in the local currency view At this point you may designate Global State rates Enter the Beginning and Ending FX Rates and Weighted FX Rate Manage Deferred Rollforward You can manage Deferred Rollforwards in two ways e At the system level by using the Administration area and clicking Administration gt System gt Manage Deferred Rollforwards e At the dataset level by using the Data Entry area and clicking Dataset gt Administration gt Manage Deferred Rollforwards The Copy From Admin button copies the settings from the Administration area This wi
248. and Equity temporary differences in the same dataset Temporary Difference Controls Lock Beginning Balances and Rates o A dataset can be configured using the dataset parameter BEGINNINGBALANCE LOCKDOWN DS to make all beginning balances and rates Read Only o This setting can also be made in the Administration area System folder in Manage Configurations Within the Data Entry tab you will select Temporary Differences and can choose to Lock beginning balances for Read Write users The dataset parameter takes precedence and will override the setting if set up in Manage Configurations Current Non Current designation o Current or Non Current default can be established on a code by code basis in Manage Units amp Manage States for all temporary differences o The C NC drop down for Read Write users can be configured by type to be locked or editable to ensure correct designation is used for all Temporary Differences o A new report Temp Diff Discrepancy has been added to highlight instances where there is an entry that varies from the default o This functionality applies to both ONESOURCE Tax Provision and Global Access users Payable e Mapping for posting of NC Tax Adjustments o Configurable dataset level settings determine how the Non Cash Tax Adjustment will post in the payable Interim Year to Date YTD Approach Option o In addition to the existing Isolated approach there is now the ability to choose a Year to Date approach when an
249. and access other screens in the navigator You can select the control center menu icon lito make the selection as well File View About Hide Control Center Eloating Auto Hide Dataset m 2009 Provision e You can click View to select various toggle options or designated function keys File View About X Toggle Sliding F8 Toggle Status Bar F9 Toggle Headers F10 Toggle Full Screen Mode Fil Toggle Control Center F12 Currency Local Reporting Run Report Navigator To toggle certain parts of the control center screen Click View Toggle Sliding The parts slide up and down instead of automatically displaying Click between the areas Data Entry and Administration to see the difference Click View Toggle Headers hides the headers Control Center and Navigator on the 22 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW control center screen e Click View Toggle Full Screen Mode gives additional workarea space to view and edit Click View Toggle Control Center completely hides the control center Note This allows you to have more room for data entry There are three types of datasets e Provision PROV Compliance COMP e Interim INTM Depending on the area you have selected the control center displays the drop down selections needed Data Entry Area Provision PROV Dataset and Unit gt Compliance
250. and the Q3 data entries become available The forecasted data from Q2 is copied to Q3 and the Actual ending rates and ending balances in Q2 become the beginning rates and beginning balances in Q3 Roll Back to Q When the current quarter is Q2 you have the option to Roll Back to Q1 or Advance to Q3 When the current quarter is Q3 you have the option to Roll Back to Q2 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 207 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Topics discussed in this chapter include importing data using templates bridging in data from a trial balance extract and exporting data IMPORT Data for a dataset can be populated in the Data Transfer area for multiple units There are two functions that allow data to be bulk loaded Spreadsheet Import and Bridge Import Spreadsheet Import Dataset The Dataset Spreadsheet Import function allows two formats OTP Format or Import Rolling Pin Both formats allow Administrative and Read Write users to populate data in an Excel spreadsheet The OTP format uses a template where data is divided on separate sheets by type of data The Import Rolling Pin format uses codes entered in a row and column to identify the type of data OTP Format The data on the Import Numbers template is populated in the Spreadsheet Import Dataset screen under Import Spreadsheet Import Dataset in the Data Transfer area A blank import Numbers Workbook template is provided
251. ant to Post Return to Provision Adjustments for all units in the dataset A f a posting is generated for any non activated Unit s State s all rates in the Unit s State s will be copied from the retum dataset aN Post RTP 1 RTP Adjustments Generated Please review the units states in the log to ensure the proper rates are being applied 338 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Example of Single RTP Adjustment This section walks you through an example of using the RTP posting for a single RTP adjustment Note To make the example easier to follow Balance Sheet Only and State RTP True ups are not included in the example Balance Sheet Only and State True ups use the same calculations mentioned throughout this document Importing Activating To import categories 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration Import Categories 2 Import the following file Dataset Relations Test Import categories xls Note Dataset Relations is imported through the Import Categories file 2008 Provision RTP Provision gt 2008 Return lt 2009 Current Provision RTP Target To import numbers there are three steps Step 1 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Provision from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Transfer Spreadsheet Import 4 Import the following file 2008 Provision RTP xls Step 2 1 Select the Pr
252. aramvalue uses the term Local The US paramvalue uses the term Net Operating Loss The EUROPE paramvalue uses the term Tax Loss gt The CANADA paramvalue uses the term Tax Loss gt The US paramvalue uses the term Est Pymt The EUROPE paramvalue uses the term Adv Pymt The CANADA paramvalue uses the term Install Pymt 2011 Thomson Reuters 121 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting P Advanced Functionality La Data Entry Global Access ES Admin Deferred Provision Only Data Entry 1 Read Only m Track Log Messages Yes C No Allow Global Attachments Yes C No Browse and Update Attachment Button Yes C No Attachment Save As Button Yes C No Enable Database Analyzer C Yes No Enable Audit Trail when Running Reports C Yes No Enable Data Source History Yes C No Hide Data Source for Read Write users Yes C No Manage Rollups You can create multiple rollup sets of data in the Manage Rollups screen of the System folder in the Administration area There are three types of rollup sets The Effective Rate rollup determines how data is rolled up and presented on the Effective Tax Rate report The Deferred rollup determines how data is rolled up and presented on the Deferred Balances report The Trial Balance rollup determines how data is rolled up and presented on the Tax Basis Balance Sheet report Un
253. area for the State Level Add Expected Deferred Report 1 Yes and 0 No Provision Items State Ending Deferred Rate Report Views Defaults to a detailed view Line by Line For each unit in the sub consolidation consolidation there is a line for each state 2011 Thomson Reuters 265 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING State Estimated Payments PIs conscidaion Comeoliaton The State Estimated Payments Summary report in the Estimated Payments datasets displays only in the consolidated and sub consolidated levels Provision Items Payment Amount Report Views e Default is the only available view e The Payment breakout option on sub consolidated and consolidated reports details the unit by unit State Est Pymt report breakout Line by Line Unit by Unit and State by State Summary of State Est Pymt by either Income Tax or F Franchise Tax Forecast State Rate Forecast Data Entry Screens Available Views Foreign Domestic Unit Breakout Q1 Q2 Variance Q2 Q3 Variance View Overview View Summary View Detail The Forecast State Rate report in the Interim dataset displays an overview of the calculation of the State Forecast rate It uses information entered for each component in the Forecast section The rate calculated in this report carries over to the Tax Provision report in the Interim dataset Provision Items e Total Tax Provision e Forecast Effective Tax Rate 266 2011
254. arent or on the unit Journal entries are calculated for both Mappings can be for federal amounts or for state amounts The configuration is determined on a unit by unit basis in the Data Entry area under Unit Administration in the Journal Entries screen The established configuration can be created once and imported across all units Each unit must be configured for their JE but it can be imported using the Import Numbers template with the following sheets JES Journal Entries JETAX JE Tax Calcs and JEGL JE GL Calcs Reports JE reports can be viewed on a single unit filing group sub consolidated or consolidated basis providing the local currency is the same Reports are located in the area called Output Journal Entries Up to 99 custom reports can be configured to display in Output Journal Entries All users are able to view JE reports Amounts display in a Credit Debit format Unlike most reports this functionality is not self reconciling There are no system checks Make sure you have configured the system appropriately for what you wish to represent in the Journal 304 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY a Entry Note The Configurable JE module provides a flexible mechanism for generating tax Journal Entries There are a number of factors to consider when configuring this module For further assistance contact either your Client Manager or the support department Journ
255. as Deferred Only to be considered when the RTP posting functionality is launched State RTP True Ups Posting 2011 Thomson Reuters 105 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Enables the amounts entered for the State to be considered when the RTP posting functionality is launched Allow Return to Provision Select Yes to Allow the Return to Provision transfer ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Config a Reporting Pa Advanced Functionality fa Data Entry Global Access amp Admin Payable Alternative Minimum Tax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Journal Entries Altemative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA i Balance Sheet Only RTP True Ups Posts C Yes No Deferred Only RTP True Ups Posting C Yes No State RTP True Ups Posting C Yes No Allow Retum to Provision Yes C No 106 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The following is a reference chart for the Data Entry tab Data Entry Parameters Section Enhanced View Add GAAP STAT Report Additional GAAP STAT Tag TD for 410 x Column TD for Debits Credits Column Export to Returns Export to CorpTax Export to Vertex ue EMI Deferred Balances Subtotal Column Placement Ending Def Balance Post Tag and Event Type Add Deferred Workpaper Report State Level Enhanc
256. ata The extract relies on the bridge mapping rules for the population of pertinent information in various sections of the Data Entry Note You can only bridge data to units to which you have access Bridge Process e The bridge of the general ledger extract file occurs in the Bridge Import screen under Import in the Data Transfer area Using the bridge can help build an audit trail because it represents the book general ledger data on an account by account basis as well as the tax treatment of that account e Information that is bridged into the system can be assigned a Tag letter that identifies the source of the data as being bridged from general ledger information This allows you to segregate bridged data from amounts that were manually entered or populated via the Import Spreadsheet template in the data review screens e The bridge relies on either the SQL Server utility program BCP or the Oracle utility SqlLdr to 2011 Thomson Reuters 215 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER load the general ledger extract file into a staging area database table This area is available for review of all imported information before updates are made to calculations The most common problem encountered when using the Bridge is that the BCP or SqlLdr utilities are not installed on the user s computer Please check to make sure the proper utility is installed before proceeding with the Bridge process e The databas
257. ata Entry gt Actual gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates plus Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis plus Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Ending Deferred Tax Per B S The Total Ending Balance column of the Deferred Balances report with the State view option CTA The Total CTA column of the Deferred Balances report with State or State FBOS and Expanded income statement view options Deferred Provision Only Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Details Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total State Tax Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines 280 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING PAYABLE Payable Rollforward Reporting Levels Filing Group Subconsoliiation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset Unt __ Sub consolidation Provision
258. atabase in real time Each Global Access instance is configured to meet a company s data collection requirements Users are guided through procedures with step by step instructions Specific tasks that need to be performed are presented in an orderly step by step fashion Only the units assigned to a specific user display when the user logs in Data in the work flow drop down menus can be defined by a user Users see the same reports as the corporate office so they understand the results they are reporting in both Local and Reporting currency The multi level Sign Off configurable process and the Audit Trail help ensure accountability about the data submitted For more information or a demo of Global Access please contact your Client Manager or the support group Uncertain Tax Positions UTP Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions requires the recognition and measurement of tax contingencies The UTP application allows the positions to be tracked using the same dataset unit and component codes as ONESOURCE Tax Provision Categories can be migrated from the provision to the UTP application to minimize set up time After positions have been determined the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Effective Tax Rate needs to be represented in the provision As positions age there may be additional interest that needs to be accrued each period The UTP application has the ability to compute interest using the IRS or St
259. ataset Federal and Jurisdiction DATASET The Dataset area can only be accessed by Administrators Recalc Payable Reclasses Posted provision amounts can be automatically reclassed between entities in the Payable Entry section of the system The reclass allows for multiple companies to transfer to a single parent unit or paying unit The system transfers the entire tax from the unit where it was originally posted to the parent unit For more information on the Recalc Payable Reclasses menu option located under Data Entry Dataset for a Provision dataset see the Payable Reclasses section Administration Administrators have access to eight screens at the dataset level e Dataset Parameters e Manage Deferred Rollforwards e Manage NOL Rollforwards Tax Basis Mapping e Calculate Flow Through Factor Results e Currency Rates e Country Rates e State Rates Dataset Parameters Dataset Parameters are defined in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets under Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration and for the Interim dataset under Data Entry gt Actual gt Dataset gt Administration Administrators use dataset parameters to change how data is treated or represented within a dataset e Pre established dataset parameters can be added modified or deleted e When adding or modifying parameters use care as they can potentially change calculations across all the units in the dataset Parameters are pre defined and ar
260. ataset name defaults to the dataset selected in the Control Center because that is where the dataset is determined To select a different dataset change the dataset in the Control Center e Click Next 2 Select the format and file s of source spreadsheet e The first drop down list allows you to select OTP Format e The second drop down list allows you to identify where the Import Numbers Spreadsheet template is saved More than one file can be added if appropriate e Click Add 208 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER M e Click Next 3 Click IMPORT This step processes the data in the import spreadsheet and posts it in the dataset Once the import is complete the Import log displays 4 Refresh Report Data Now optional Refreshing the report data re runs all calculations to ensure that any information that is calculated is the most current Note For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Import Rolling Pin The data on the Import Rolling Pin template is populated in the Spreadsheet Import Dataset screen under Data Import Spreadsheet Import Dataset in the Data Transfer area The Rolling Pin is a flexible general purpose macro which uses a wide range of spreadsheet formats There is some general rolling
261. ate defined tables or a flat rate Interest compounds over a user defined period The UTP application can post either a position by position detailed entry or a single topside number to represent the impact of any change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits during the period The required Uncertain tax positions disclosures can be viewed and printed from the UTP application Additionally there are reports that support the accounting for tax contingencies in the Taxes Payable Deferred Tax Asset and Current and Deferred Tax Expense For more information or a demo of the UTP application please contact your Client Manager or the support group 368 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION ONESOURCE Integration ONESOURCE Integration This chapter discusses how to establish system setup information required for integration with other applications on the ONESOURCE platform ONESOURCE FileRoom INTEGRATION WITH ONESOURCE FILEROOM For Hosted Clients who log in through the ONESOURCE platform one free drawer will be available to use one the license is activated You may choose to use ONESOURCE FileRoom to store amp access your documents Prior to version 8 0 you were required to attach documents at the component level which is the lowest level Documents were added at the component level and attached to a dataset unit To enhance the documentation functionality ONESOURCE Tax Provision has been integrated with
262. ate effected by the AMT rate to arrive at the AMT pre credits It then considers any entered AMT Foreign Tax Credits to arrive at the Tentative Minimum Tax AMT Liability Recapture The Tentative Minimum Tax is compared with the Adjusted Cash Provision to determine if there is an AMT Liability or potential Recapture of an AMT carryover from prior years e f the Tentative Minimum Tax is higher than the Adjusted Cash Provision the system posts that amount to the Parent Unit in the Filing Group as activity in the After Tax Temporary Difference section with the adjustment code AMT SYS e f the Tentative Minimum Tax is less than the Adjusted Cash Provision the system looks to the beginning balance of the After Tax Temporary Difference with the adjustment code AMT SYS in the filing group s parent unit beginning balance To the extent there is a balance it will recapture that amount in activity AMT Local Currency Approach AMT Local Currency Approach Not Recommended enables the AMT functionality to calculate using Local Currency amounts This approach should only be activated if all units have the same local currency To activate the AMT Local Currency Approach functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameter in Manage Configurations In Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations select the Advanced Functionality Section then Alternative Minimum Tax gt Designate AMT Functionality Approach select Ye
263. ause all information for that unit including states for that dataset is erased e Records roll over or copy when datasets are rolled over or copied Include for State The Include for State option determines what items flow from the federal provision to the state provision e When a permanent or temporary difference is created in the administration area you can designate whether or not to include the difference in the state provision calculation e This designation cannot be modified once the permanent or temporary difference has been used in the provision or estimated payments datasets 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 31 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Current Non Current Entries that impact the deferred tax accounts need to be designated as either current or non current The data entry screens for temporary NOL temporary and after tax temporary differences have a drop down menu where you select C for Current or NC for Non Current Deferred balances and NOL balances reports can be filtered to view current and non current balances separately The temporary difference summary report displays the current and non current balances by asset and liability Global Access Global Access formerly iTaxStream is the web based data collection tool that allows remote users to populate data in the system Parameters Parameters allow an instance of the system to be configured to make certain functionality calculations
264. ause amounts on this report as well as the Effective Tax Rate and Foreign Domestic reports to be out of sync by a minimal amount Provision Items Current Federal Tax Expense Deferred Federal Tax Expense State Tax Expense Equity Offset to Current Expense Total Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Report Views e Defaults to a summarized view of report details View detail Displays available underlying detail Unit breakout On sub consolidated and consolidated reports details the unit by unit breakout Displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Note Unit code columns are sorted alphabetically Unit breakout comparison Allows you to create a side by side comparison of two datasets The result is a total and unit by unit variance report It displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Note The view detail link no longer displays in the exported file 2011 Thomson Reuters 227 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry Tax Provision PTBI Deductible State Tax Current state tax provision from State Summary Provision Summary after apply each unit state s Current Federal Deductibility rates Note If you do not want to take the State tax deduction set the Federal Deductibility rate for the Current Provision to zero in the Rates Apportionm
265. ave the ability to vew documents stored in the FileRoom from Global Access This will be addressed in the next phases of integration with FileRoom DATA DIMENSIONS Source An icon on the data input screen is available for identifying the source for the populated data To capture and see the icons this option must be chosen in Manage Configurations All existing positions will be defaulted to Manual as the Source There are several possible source types e Manual e Import e Dataset Rollover Dataset Copy Bridge Import Active Workpapers FlowThrough Return to Provision Integration Global Access Automation NOL VA AMT Payable RTP InterCo Txn Sources that can be locked The ability to lockdown a Source allows you to lock a source for all users e Active Workpaper Source functionality that can be hidden The ability to hide a Source allows you to hide the functionality for a source for all users e Import e Bridge Data Source History A log file is kept for each data point in the system e Data Source e Date e User e Amount e Notes 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES View Data Source History e Source Data Presentation o Streamlined look at the relevant data for better usability Enhanced Performance o More efficient way to capture and log audit trail information in order to increase performance Auto Generated Notes Notes are now created automatically when working w
266. ave the three types of deferred events Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only assigned to a column Column names and associations to events display in reports Note A should not be used as a Tag Letter It is reserved for system automation Manage Temp Diff Postings In Manage Temp Diff Postings you can configure how a Temporary Difference is populated on a temporary difference level instead of at the dataset level The Temporary Difference posts to Activity Deferred Only or Balance Sheet Only You can assign a Use Ending designation to populate the Book Tax Temporary Differences Ending Book field e Select Use Ending on a code by code basis e Select the Balancing Amount Type Activity Balance Sheet Only or Deferred Only Note The ending balances can be imported or bridged 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 79 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCE POSTINGS Navigator DIFFERENCEID T UseEndng Y Balanong Amount Type Y II p T01 interest income A 103 Ureamed Revenue 8 TO LIFO Reserve E D ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCE POSTINGS Drag a column header here to group by that columr Code Description v Use Ending v Balancing Amount Type Y s Cick on any cell to add a New Entry Note You have the ability to establish and import how each Temporary Difference should get posted Select the Code Description for the tem
267. ax rates differences between current and deferred tax rates and Deferred Only Adjustments There are three options for calculating CTA e The first computes the CTA and impacts the Ending Payable accounts The CTA is offset in an Equity account The Ending Deferred Tax Asset Liability accounts are then offset in an Equity account The second Alternative CTA International Financial Reporting Standards IFRS computes the current Tax Expense which is offset in a Taxes Payable account The Deferred Tax Expense is offset in the Ending Deferred Tax Asset Liability accounts The third Additional CTA allows you to manually calculate and enter additional CTA amounts The entry is in the Reporting Currency and After Tax Rate format Depending on which fields are populated the amounts could impact both Current and Deferred Tax Expense Deferred Only Tax Expense or Equity Amounts are tracked and shown on reports with a system defined After Tax Temporary Difference Note Alternative CTA and Additional CTA are available in ONESOURCE Tax Provision 6 0 and 2011 Thomson Reuters 315 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY higher Setup This section describes the setup involved for all three options Option 1 Option 1 does not require any setup The system automatically calculates CTA when applicable Option 2 Alternative CTA To enable the Alternative CTA calculation you need to activate the dataset parameter
268. ay the Tax Provision report in the enhanced mode which includes the following items gt Detailed view displays the unit PTBI with adjustments if using the USETBPTBI dataset parameter Detailed view displays a breakout of the Total Deductible State Tax line into the state by state detail Detailed view displays a breakout of the Total State Tax Provision components into State Current Tax Provision State Deferred Tax Provision and State Equity Adjustment gt Unit Breakout view on the consolidated and sub consolidated level reports will display on screen vs requiring to export to Excel Hide Deductible State Tax Detail Select Yes Hides the breakout of the Total Deductible State Tax to the state by state detail when Enhanced view of the Tax Provision report is active 2011 Thomson Reuters 87 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Add GAAP STAT Report Select Yes to activate an additional Tax Provision report which has GAAP STAT format The permanent and temporary difference amounts tagged with tag letters configured as GAAP STAT Tag s will be sub totaled as PTBI in Local STAT All other permanent and temporary differences tagged with letters other than ones identified as GAAP STAT Tag will be sub totaled as STAT to Tax adjustments Add GAAP STAT Report Tag All permanent and temporary difference activity with the designated tag letter display in the GAAP to STAT adjustments section The GA
269. ayable Functionality Recommended Yes C No Simple Liability Functionality Not Recommended C Yes No Limit Payable Date Range Yes C No Designate Calendar Fiscal Y ear for Posting No offset Ad Payable Reclass Functionality C Yes No Enable Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Functionality Yes C No In the Alternative Minimum Tax tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions 100 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Disable the AMT Automation Feature Select Yes to Disable the AMT Automation Feature Designate AMT Functionality Approach Not Recommended Enables the AMT functionality to calculate using Local Currency amounts This approach should only be activated if all units have the same local currency ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cor a Reporting P d Advanced Functionality fa Data Entry Global Access Admin Payable i low Through Enhanced Integration Journal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Disable the AMT Automation Feature C Yes No Designate AMT Functionality Approach Yes No In the Flow Through tab you have the ability t
270. ayed out this means that because of the Data Policy selected this is a computed amount Although the field is named Pre Tax Book Income USD this figure can also represent Pre Tax Book Income in a Reporting Currency other than US Dollar Wghtd Avg FX Rate The specified Weighted Average Foreign Exchange rate for the unit for the period covered by the dataset The rate should be entered using the ratio of what 1 unit of the reporting currency would equal in the local currency The Weighted Average Foreign Exchange rate is used to convert entries for the unit that have an Income Statement provision impact You can enter 1 if the local and reporting currency are the same Note If Enter Local RC Calc FXis selected as the Data Entry Policy and Local or USD PTBI is 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 173 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY a zero an unknown FX rate populates Unit details The Unit PTBI will be ignored in all reports Unit Tax Rates e The current and deferred tax rates for the specified unit are used for all unit specific reports and are taken into account for Federal Benefit of State FBOS calculations when working with state data If the Beginning and Ending Deferred Tax rates differ for a unit the system automatically calculates any necessary change in ra
271. between 1 January 2010 and 31 March 2010 To enable greater flexibility when using the Payable Reclass functionality this constraint can be deactivated so you can input or import data outside the dataset ranges To disable the time constraint activate the system parameter in the Administration area System folder gt Manage Configurations Advanced Functionality section Payable Adjust Payable Date Range Yes Error Handling If the parent unit is not activated the Payable Reclass from the child unit is not be posted in the parent unit The system does not warn the user when the parent unit is not activated JOURNAL ENTRIES There are several Journal Entry JE Report options The default vew is the Simple JE report The User Configurable JE report can be activated with parameters The Customized JE report is defined based on user specifications a Reporting P Advanced Functionality La Admin Payable Altemative Minimum Tax Journal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Enable Configurable Journal Enty OYes No Configurable Journal Entry Report O Yes No x Enhanced View O Yes No Display Zero Book Cales on JE Output Reports Yes ONo Display Zero Tax Cales on JE Output Reports OYes ONo Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 1 et Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 6 ERE Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 2 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 7 Journa
272. bination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created e The NOL temporary difference code and name display in reports After Tax Temporary Differences You can add After Tax Temporary Differences in the After Tax Temporary Differences screen of the Manage Units folder of the Administration area An existing After Tax Temporary Difference name can be modified Only an After Tax Temporary Difference that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new After Tax Temporary Difference complete the appropriate fields on the CATTD AfterTax TempDiffs sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The After Tax Temporary Difference code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created e The After Tax Temporary Difference code and name display in reports 2011 Thomson Reuters 55 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Tax Adjustments You can add Tax Adjustments can be added in the Tax Adjustments screen of the Manage Units folder of the Administration area An existing Tax Adjustment name can be modified Only a Tax Adjustment that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new Tax Adjustment complet
273. by the headers You just drag each header s to that area and the data will be sorted accordingly 2011 Thomson Reuters 179 ONESOURCE 180 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Reset all saved settings Attmnts Code Description Source Adj Type Amount Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the permanent difference Type Type P results in a current tax provision expense offset in the payable account The result does impact the overall effective tax rate Type E results in a current tax provision expense offset in the payable account as well as an equity contra expense that is offset in an equity account This does not impact to the overall effective tax rate Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Amount Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated using the unit s weighted average FX rate to reporting currency Permanent Differences Book Tax Basis Amortized permanent difference information is managed in the Amortized Permanent Differences screen under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets There are two types of Permanent Differences Equity Adjustments and P amp L Adjustments Select the appropriate type to achieve the desired provision effect Amortized Permanent Differences allow you t
274. ce between the Begin Apportionment percentage and End Apportionment percentage causes a rate change adjustment in the State level Deferred Balances report Tax Rates Enter Tax Rates for the unit selected in the Control Center The State Tax Rate is applied to the apportioned current state taxable income The Beginning Deferred Rate is applied to the apportioned deferred state temporary differences The Ending Deferred Rate is applied to the apportioned deferred state temporary differences Federal Deductibility Rates Percentage of the state amounts used to compute the federal benefit of state The Current Deductible Rate computes the percentage of the current federal benefit of state The Beginning Deductible Rate computes the percentage of the beginning deferred federal benefit of state e The Ending Deductible Rate computes the percentage of the ending deferred federal benefit of state Deferred Provision Only Adjustment The adjustment to the deferred tax provision expense is a separate line item on the tax provision report It impacts the Effective Tax rate The deferred expense amount does not have a related deferred tax asset or liability associated with it Be sure that you use this field appropriately because it may require additional support to justify the expense on the provision NOL Automation The NOL Automation for a jurisdiction is managed in the Automation section under Data Entry State Details in the Provis
275. ces When it is expanded it shows the amounts that made up the change The default view is pre tax Balances can also display at various tax effected levels by selecting options in the upper right corner Note The State name displays in the report s header Provision Items e State Deferred Tax Expense e State Deferred Tax Asset Liability e Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Report Views Defaults to the pre tax and contracted view of the report details e Rollups are user defined groupings that allow detail level component data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area For example a Rollup may assist in generating the footnote while another may explain the results for management reporting The Summary Hybrid Detail and Unit options display either rate effected or pre tax balances with various levels of detail To view the summary first select a rollup code then select Summary The Hybrid view displays both rollup sub totals and the underlying detail for each rollup code The Detail view shows the report at a detailed level The Unit view groups balances into a single line for each unit in the sub consolidation or consolidation The Pre tax State and FBOS options determine the rate that should be applied to temporary differences Either the default unit rates or the rates that were entered to override the unit rate for a specific line
276. ch state temporary difference line is also tax affected by the default state rates as defined under the State Details screen Enter temporary differences that are recognized for state but not federal purposes To import information to the State Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the STD St TD Tax Basis sheet in the Import Numbers template To update the State by State Override Deferred Tax rate on all State Temporary Differences complete the appropriate fields on the STDR State Temp Diff Rates sheet in the Import Update Rates template To generate a State Temporary Difference based on the Federal Temporary Difference complete the appropriate fields on the GSTD Generate State Temp Diff 200 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY sheet in the Import Update Rates template e f you wish to adjust the same state temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Note To use default unit rates enter U in the rate columns when importing For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary differences balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the
277. changes must be made manually to the dataset Note Mass Update Rates can be used for the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets 2011 Thomson Reuters 141 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Creating Mass Update Rates This section describes the process of creating Mass Update Rates 1 Select the Administration area and click System Manage Countries Currencies to populate Countries and Currencies with their rates 2 Select the Administration area and click Manage States States to populate States with their rates Note All units that were created before the creation of Dataset parameters are automatically populated with default values The default Rate values are 0 for Tax and 1 for FX PTBI Automation Taxes Per Book Misc Filing Unit Unit1 000 Domestic Corp 1000 Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Calc USD Pre Tax Book Income Local 26 247 303 Pre Tax Book Income LISD Wightd Avg FX Rate 1 000000 Override rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate 35 000096 Override rate Beginning Deferred Rate 35 000096 Override rate Ending Deferred Rate 35 000096 Override rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD ny Beginning 1 000000 Override rate Ending 1 000000 Override rate Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj 142 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA EN
278. ck the book tax deferred balances for all temporary differences The report shows the book and tax detail for the items entered for temporary differences on a book tax basis or entered on a tax basis The report will tie to other deferred reports The report displays the Code Name as well as the Book entries for the Beginning Balance to the 246 2011 Thomson Reuters CHAPTER 5 REPORTING ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Ending Balance all pre rate Also the report displays the Tax entries for the Beginning Balance to the Ending Balance as well as the Temporary Difference entries in Pre Tax Beginning Balance Pre Tax Ending Balance After Tax Beginning Balance and After Tax Ending Balance You can view the report in the ALL tax and book tax basis views and sort by the different types The report displays the After Tax Temporary difference and a different vew for deferred balances to track book tax basis balances Consolidated Deferred Book Tax Detail By Temp Diff USD Poniente co C EST SUMMARY il hybrie 2010 Provision Acme Incorp ALL current non current EXPANDED contracted Difference Book Tax Temporary Difference E Adjusted Balance Lu Adjusted Balance Pre Tax Pre Tax AfterTax After Tax Beginning aras Ending Beginning ists 2 Ending cres abs Code Name PYAdj Beginning Activity Deferred Sheet PY Adj Beginning Activity Deferred Sheet Beginning Ending Beginning Ending Dmm Bal
279. cluding Federal needs to be formatted in Jurisdiction Management for data to compute and flow to the Federal Estimated Payments and State Estimated Payments reports To import jurisdiction management complete the appropriate fields on the J Jurisdictions sheet in the Import Numbers template FEDERAL All Federal data is entered and stored in the Federal area A unit must have a record in order to enter data Federal has up to thirteen areas Administration Active Workpapers Unit Details Flow Through Factors Permanent Differences PermDiffs Tax Basis Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Tax Adjustments NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Payable Entry Inter Company Transaction Entry Trial Balance Tax Basis Administration Administrators can access unit dataset parameters which control some unit level features and Journal Entry mappings Unit Dataset Parameters Unit Dataset Parameters are defined in the Navigator under Data Entry gt Federal gt Administration gt Unit Dataset Parameters in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Administration for an Interim dataset Administrators use unit dataset parameters to change how data is treated or represented within a unit in a dataset 2011 Thomson Reut
280. crunch Parameter SCRUNCH TAG 40 44 Self Reconciling Reports 224 Separate Attribute Basis 357 Sequential Reporting Datasets 50 Shortfall 331 Single RTP adjustment 339 Software upgrade 36 Source 123 Source Codes 29 Sourcetag 44 Source Tags 29 Source Unit 364 366 367 Special Characters 37 389 Spreadsheet Import 24 208 Spreadsheet Import Dataset 208 209 212 215 SQL 123 2011 Thomson Reuters SQL Server Utility BCP 212 215 SqlLdr 212 215 SQL Statements 123 State 161 196 State After Apportionment Temporary Differences 196 State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis Import 202 State After Tax Temporary Differences 196 State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Import 204 State Codes 372 State Details 196 Automation 197 198 Rates Apportionments 197 State Payable Entry 196 Import 206 State Permanent Differences 196 Equity Adjustments 199 Import 199 P amp L Adjustments 199 State Provision 31 State Record 196 State Reports Deferred Balances 222 Legacy Tax Provision 222 Payable Detail 222 Payable Rollforward 222 State Est Pymt 222 Tax Provision 222 State Summary 261 State Summary Reports Deferred Balances 222 Expected Deferred Rate 222 Forecasted State Rate Report 222 Provision Summary 222 State Est Pymt Summary 222 State Unit Summary 222 State Tax Adjustments 196 Add 64 Cash 205 Delete 64 Import 64 205 Non Cash 205 State Tax After Apportionment Temporary Differ
281. cy translation adjustment is automatically computed based on the entered foreign exchange rates for the unit and displays on appropriate reports Deferred Rollforwards The expanded view of the deferred balances and NOL balances reports has user defined columns to which data can be mapped e Each of three types of deferred events can be mapped by a tag letter to a column in the deferred balances and NOL balances reports e There can be up to 26 user defined columns e Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining the Manage Deferred Rollforwards and Manage NOL Rollforwards screens e The deferred balances report can be configured in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen so that the activity displays in user defined columns Rollup Codes Certain provision activity can be mapped and rolled up to user defined grouping lines on the deferred balance and the effective tax rate reports e The deferred rollup maps the temporary NOL temporary after tax temporary state after tax temporary and state after apportionment differences e The effective rollup maps all the items in the deferred rollups plus the permanent difference tax adjustments and deferred provision only adjustments e The trial balance rollup maps all the trial balance sub lines There can be multiple user defined rollup mappings They display in the upper right corner of the Deferred Balance Effective Tax Rate Tax Basis Balance Sheet and Tax Basis Income Statement
282. d aAciviy Rate Chas baw Cur Dird On Adis Imoact Provision BEMLCFX CTA on CTA on b CTA on c CTA on d Total CTA 7 400 10 000 600 0 10500 18000 14141 673 909 55 0 15778 7 400 10 000 600 0 10500 18000 14141 673 909 55 0 15778 D 2 G 0 0 e o o Deferred Provision Currency Translation Adjustment D 7400 10000 05737 Q 14 141 100000 7 353 0 56 100000 7 35 0 95 2 10 000 100 000 0 5 40 35 673 10000 37 0 55 10000 37 0 5 3 600 1000005 40 37 909 100 000 40 35 0 55 100 000 40 35 0 5 a O Deferred Only Activity 05 40 o 56 10 000 40 37 0 55 10 000 40 37 0 5 10 600 GA o O Def Only Act 40 0 55 Def Only Act 40 0 5 13 00 A GA Q 1573 9 8 0 0 6 CTA Amount Displayed on the Tax Provision Report 314 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Begin Deferred Tax Per B S 77 778 Bal Sheet Only Adjustment 0 Ending Deferred Tax Per B S 80 000 ES CTA 15 778 Deferred Provision Only 0 Deferred Tax Provision 18 000 Combining Units with Different Currencies e On a Unit level all reports can be viewed in Local Currency e Viewing sub consolidated or consolidated level reports in Local Currency is available if all Units have been assigned the same currency A Unit s currency designation can be modified if necessary by an Administrator in the Manage U
283. d rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area Line by Line Balance Sheet Displays trial balance lines designated as asset liability or equity in Manage Trial Balance mappings Column by Column Book Balance Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Book Adjustments Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset e Tax Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset e Adjusted Reclassified Book Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Book Tax Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Other Adjustments Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Tax Basis Income Statement Reporting Levels pnt _ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt __ Subconsolidation Trial Balance Tax Basis Available Views default Roll Ups detail summary expand contract The Tax Basis Income Statement report for Provision datasets displays Income Statement accounts in the trial balance The report layers on the book tax adjustments to P amp L to arrive at taxable income on atrial balance basis The trial balance ending book basis and related adjustments are populated in the Trial Balance Tax Basis scree
284. d Deferred Provision Only lines Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total Federal Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines Total State Provision Total State Tax Provision from State Summary Provision Summary Total Tax Provision Sum of the Total Federal Provision and Total State Provision Effective Tax Rate Total Tax Provision divided by Pre Tax Book Income 230 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Tax Provision Estimated Payments The Tax Provision Federal Est Pymt report for the Estimated Payments dataset displays an overview of the current tax calculation Supporting detail for some calculations can be viewed in this report while underlying support for other items is detailed on separate reports Parameters can change the view of this report Provision Items e Current Federal Tax Expense Report Views Defaults to a summarized view of report details The View detail option displays available underlying detail Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Unit Details gt PTBI Deductible State Tax Current state tax provision from State Summary Provision Summary after applying each unit state s Current Federal Deductibility rates Permanent Di
285. d Tobago Dollars Tunisia Dinars Turkey New Lira Turkmenistan Manats Tuvalu Tuvalu Dollars Uganda Shillings Ukraine Hryvnia United Arab Emirates Dirhams United Kingdom Pounds United States of America Dollars Uruguay Pesos Uzbekistan Sums Vanuatu Vatu Venezuela Bolivares expires 2008 Jun 30 Venezuela Bolivares Fuertes Viet Nam Dong Yemen Rials Zambia Kwacha Zimbabwe Zimbabwe Dollars REFERENCE ITEMS SHP WST STD SAR SPL RSD SCR SILL XAG SGD SKK SBD SOS ZAR LKR SDG SRD E SEK CHE SYP TWD TJS IZS THB HOR TTD TND TRY TMM TVD UGX UAH AED GBP USD UYU UZS VUV VEB VEF VND YER ZMK ZWD 377 ONESOURCE 378 Date ee Codes Ql Q2 Q3 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Full Year 1st Quarter Only 2nd Quarter Only 3rd Quarter Only 4th Quarter Only First Month Only Second Month Only Third Month Only Fourth Month Only Fifth Month Only Sixth Month Only Seventh Month Only Eighth Month Onl M10 MTI M12 2M YTD 4M YTD 5M YTD 7MYTD 8M YTD 10M YTD TIM YTD 2Q YTD 3Q YTD Ninth Month Only Tenth Month Only Eleventh Month Only Twelfth Month Only First Two Months First Four Months First Five Months First Seven Months First Eight Months First Ten Months First Eleven Months First Two Quarters First Three Quarters REFERENCE ITEMS 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESO
286. d a unit temp diff or perm diff that exists i e has been created in import categories but for which no record has been created in import numbers import NOL temporary differences D2000 NOL1000 D no parent record gt Go to import numbers and input the information for that unit in the appropriate page e g U Unit to create a unit record ZUPDZ Unit Temp Diffs for a temporary difference etc 390 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Where to Enter Items in Onesource Tax Provision Yes Item impacts the Item impacts the Taxes Payable Effective Tax Rate Temporary Diff NOL Activity Column Yes Temporary Difff NOL Deferred Only Column Is the item Pre Tax or Tax Effected Item impacts Ending Deferred Balances Item impacts the Deferred Provision No Temporary Difff NOL Sheet Only Item impacts Ending Deferred Balances No Item impacts the Taxes Payable Tax Adjustment After Tax Temporary Diff Activity Column Permanent Diff Equity Adjustment Permanent Diff P amp L Adjustment Item impacts the Deferred Provision After Tax After Tax Temporary Temporary Diff Diff Deferred Balance Only Sheet Only Column Column Balance Column Current Tax Deferred Tax Ending Deferred Effective Tax Entry Column Provision Provision Balance
287. dditional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields The data entry screen has a grid that allows you to select a cell for a component and use the arrows on your keyboard to scroll through a list or use the drop down to make your selection You can use the tab key to move between the fields much like an excel worksheet To create a new adjustment on the new row at the bottom of grid select a Code Description Source Adj Type and enter the Amount You can select the Save button or Ctrl S to save the adjustment Altmnts Y Code Description Y Source Y Ad Type jg P1000 Club Dues T Import aE aa PL Adjustment 10 000 00 kd Click on Attmnts icon to supplement the detail with attachments and or Active Workpapers You have the ability to select multiple rows by holding down the Ctrl key and hitting the delete key to delete them all at one time Columns can be sorted by clicking on the column headers By dragging and dropping the columns they can be re arranged organized to view the grid in the format that works best for you The column can be hidden if you right mouse click on a header and select the header This removes the check mark and the column is hidden on the grid To restore the column right mouse click on a header and select the header to add the check mark Reset all saved settings will put the selections back to the original set up Drag a column header here to group by that column allows you to group
288. deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Beginning Balance The cumulative temporary difference balance rolls forward from the prior dataset The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES BOOK TAX BASIS 2010 PROVISION ELIMINATION UNIT UNDETERMINED UND UNDETERMINED Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Deas Analysis Altmnts v Da Y Code Description Y Sub Type Y Tag V Begin Bal v Activity v 2 gj A T8000 Bad Debt R NC Nom B Br 12000 0 D Activity e Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances e Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated to reporting currency using the unit s weighted average FX rate Deferred e Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as deferred balances e Typically this entry type is used for the impact of valuation allowances or adjustments on prior year balances Balance Sheet Only e Balance only impacts deferred balances e Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income items 2011
289. der each rollup set are rollup buckets that define how data should be tiered on reports On reports the rollups are sorted alphanumerically based on rollup bucket codes To import rollup information complete the appropriate fields on the CRU Component Rollup Sets sheet in the Import Categories template Note For more information on importing refer to the mporting Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Component Rollup Sets Name each rollup set Keep in mind that the name displays in the upper right hand corner of reports e The code must start with R and can be any code from R10 R99 that is not being used to identify 122 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP another rollup set e For the rollup set select whether this rollup is a 1 Deferred Rollup DEF on the Import template 2 Effective Rate Rollup EFF on the Import template or 3 Trial Balance Rollup TB on the Import template e On the Import template use the code CRS when creating a new component rollup set Rollups e Name each rollup bucket The name can be edited after it is created The rollup name displays on reports e The code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters e The rollup name and code displays on reports On the Import template use the code CR when creating a new rollup bucket Associations e Each component that is
290. dger system Example of a 4 Column file 2011 Thomson Reuters 217 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Beginning Balance Ending Balance Unit Code GL Acct Code D1000 AQ1000 100390 890 457756457 23 D1000 AQ1003 0 000 17693619 72 D1000 zWi005 648660 30 81656265 99 Di 00 ZW1006 220777 70 91646792 69 D1000 AQ1007 2138384110 122540901 25 D1000 BY1008 2087 400 16079571 74 F2000 BP1009 4797331 70 0 00 F2000 TR1010 182512 210 1098036 08 F2000 A01011 0 000 308410 20 F2000 ZE1015 11436401 0 1170955 98 x2000 TR1020 24214662 0 0 00 2000 I01030 71448480 0 0 00 x2000 PI1035 0 000 0 00 ADJ4 IO1036 1649102 0 0 00 ADJ4 TR1040 0 000 0 00 ADJ4 EF1041 3061806 70 0 00 218 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Example of a 6 Column file st User GL Co Beginnin Endin Unit Center Specific Account i 3 Code Code P Code Balance Ki D1000 Ao1000 100390 890 457756457 23 D1000 AQ1003 20 000 17693619 72 D1000 ZW1005 648660 30 81656265 99 D1000 ZW1i006 220777 70 91646792 69 D1000 A QO1007 2138384110 122540901 25 D1000 BY1008 2087 400 16079571 74 F2000 BP1009 4797331 70 0 00 F2000 TR1010 182512 210 1098036 08 F2000 AQ1011 0 000 308410 20 F2000 ZE1015 11436401 0 1170955 38 x2000 TR1020 24214662 0 0 00 x2000 I01030 71448480 0 0 00 x2000 PI1035 0 000
291. dit Trail Light e Once Data Source History is enabled consider abbreviating what the existing Audit Trail captures e Adding System parameter LIMIT AUDITTRAIL with the param value of 1 will 120 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Discontinue the Audit Trail capture display changes to the amounts Original Value amp Changed Value All Data will be captured in the Data Source History log v More streamlined way to capture display data Use of the Audit Trail Light potentially will optimize the speed of the software for both processing data and generating reports Set Region Settings The GlobalRegion system parameter with a paramvalue of US EUROPE or CANADA determines the regional settings of the system Sample terminology changes gt The US and CANADA paramvalues format amounts using a comma to separate thousands and a period to separate decimals The EUROPE paramvalue formats amounts using a period to separate thousands and a comma to separate decimals gt The US paramvalue uses the term Pre Tax Book Income The EUROPE paramvalue uses the term Profit Before Taxes The CANADA paramvalue uses the term Earnings Before Income Tax The US and CANADA paramvalues use the term Federal The EUROPE paramvalue uses the term National The US paramvalue uses the term State The EUROPE paramvalue uses the term Sub National The CANADA p
292. dmin Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Deferred Balances State Level Formatting APIC Pool Other Export to CCH Yes No Export to CorpTax C Yes No Export to ONESOURCE Income Tax C Yes No Export to Vertex C Yes No In the Deferred Balances tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Enhanced View Select Yes activates additional views of the Deferred Balances report e When using this parameter use the Subtotal Column Placement and Subtotal Column Name parameters to display adjusted beginning balances e The expanded view displays onscreen instead of exporting to Excel Subtotal Column Placement Activates an enhanced view of the Tax Provision report The consolidated and sub consolidated level reports display the Unit Breakout onscreen instead of requiring an export of data to Excel Subtotal Column Name Activates the text entered in the Value field displays as the column header for the sub total column Typically this sub total represents adjusted beginning balances However it could be used for any Sub total Notes e The Subtotal Column Placement parameter only works when the Enhanced View parameter is activated and the Subtotal Column Name parameter is defined e The parameter al
293. e CSTA State Tax Adjs sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name e The State Tax Adjustments code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created e The State Tax Adjustments code and name display in reports 64 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP MANAGE BRIDGE Bridge mappings are created and managed in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area for Unit Mapping e Pre Tax Book Income e Tax Accounts e Permanent Differences Temporary Difference Activity Tax Basis Temporary Difference BSO Adjustments Amortized Permanent Differences Temporary Difference Activity Book Tax Basis e Trial Balances Bridge Functionality requires the establishment of these mappings to transfer data from the general ledger format to the provision Unit Mapping You can use the Bridge Unit Mapping to map the legacy unit codes from the general ledger to the ONESOURCE Tax Provision unit codes You use the Unit Mapping screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area to map these codes Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import unit code mappings complete the appropriate fields on the BUM Bridge Unit Map sheet in the I
294. e Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 0 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 500 000 lt NOL reclass gt 1 548 000 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 500 000 lt BBal gt 0 lt DO gt 600 000 lt Bal O gt 500 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 600 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book 2 000 000 09 Income 5000 00 P1000 10000 00 P2000 Total Permanent 15 000 00 _ Difference 3100000 T1000 0 3000000 111 000 00 _ 2 000 00 T2000 0 5000000 9765200 Total Temporary Difference 33000 00 Taxable Incarne Pre 2048 000 00 NOL 500 000 00 580200000 NOL Reclass 0 600 000 00 600 000 00 Federal Taxable Income Posl 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 353 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 8 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 0 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 40 000 the NOL Reclass is the total NOL Beginning Balance 10 000 because you cannot use more NOL than you have in the beginning balance 10 000 NOL Beginning Bal 10 000 lt NOL Reclass gt Note The NOL Reclass takes the total NOL Beginning Balance b
295. e 346 Current federal loss 346 Current Provision 334 339 341 343 344 345 Current Tax Expense 331 Custom JE 283 Custom Sub consolidations 361 Customization 308 D Data 208 DataBackup 219 Data Collection tool Data Entry 37 Data Entry Policy 173 Data Export 24 219 326 Datalmport 24 208 326 Data Review 24 132 208 Dataset 40 132 368 Forecast 207 Provision 343 Return 343 41 42 44 43 343 Dataset Parameter CTA ALT CALC 316 322 323 Rollover 40 RTPTAG 345 SCRUNCH TAG 40 44 USE OLD AMTESTIMATOR 358 359 132 142 297 358 32 368 Rollover Target Dataset Parameters Add 132 AdvLiabPosting 384 BSORTPTAG 384 CASENUMBER 384 CountryRates 139 143 CTA_ALT_CALC 384 CurrencyRates 138 143 DEF RF SUMMATION COLUMN 384 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Dataset Parameters 132 142 297 358 DEF RF SUMMATION NAME 384 DEFAULT TD TAB 182 185 188 189 191 200 202 204 384 DefEndBalDefault 153 384 Delete 132 DORTPTAG 341 344 345 384 EstPymtFranchiseType 384 EstPymtPctCushion 384 EstPymtRoundFactor 384 EstPymtType 384 FATTD_Prefix 384 FEDBENEFITOFSTATE 225 226 384 HOLDSDORTP YYYY 34 344 HOLDSRTP YYYY 341 344 Import 132 NOLAUTO BSO EXCLUSIONYYY 384 NOLAUTO DEFONLY EXCLUSIONXXX 384 PAYABLE CPROV DOM BUCKET 384 PAYABLE CPROV DOM STATE BUCKET 384 PAYABLE CPROV FOR BUCKET 384 PAYABLE CPROV FOR STATE BUCKET 384 PAYABLE FXRATE CALC 384 PAYABLE RTP DOM
296. e Base NOL Allowance do not affect the NOL Reclass This occurs because the negative Taxable Income is considered a loss and is added to the NOL Balance Sheet If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 0 52 000 TI Pre NOL gt 52 000 NOL Reclass gt 0 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 10 000 lt BBal gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 52 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 62 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book 00 000 00 income P1000 Total Permanent Difference 000 T1000 i 1910000 T2000 97 65200 Total Temporary Difference Taxable Income 52 000 00 Pre NOL T 1000000 5200000 NOL Reclass Federal Taxable Income Post NOL Current Issues Currently there are two issues with the Federal NOL automation e f you manually enter the Activity in the NOL Temp Differences when the NOL automation is used the NOL Allowance Rate is set lower than 10096 and the Base NOL Allowance is set to 0 the Tax Provision report will have incorrect NOL Reclass and Federal Taxable Income Post NOL amounts e n the Tax Provisi
297. e Date Range ONo 9 Yes Designate Calendar Fiscal Year for Posting Payable Reclass Functionality 7 Months Payable Reporting There are two payable report types Payable Rollforward and Payable Detail Each displays payable 2011 Thomson Reuters 295 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY information in a different format and has various views to further adjust the report s format Exchange Rates All amounts entered in Payable should be in Local Currency The Payable Entry screen allows for the Weighted Average FX rate to be entered on a transaction by transaction basis Automatic Postings are pre populated with the Unit s Weighted Average FX rate but can be modified The Currency Translation Adjustment CTA is computed on a transaction by transaction basis using the transaction s Weighted Average FX rate and the Unit s Ending Spot rate Note You cannot enter a zero FX rate CTA amounts display on both the Payable Rollforward and Payable Detail reports The Payable Rollforward and Payable Detail reports can be viewed in both Local Currency and Reporting Currency 296 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Automatic Payable Posting An Administrator can add a Dataset Parameter which allows the provision to automatically post to the Payable section Cash Activity Dataset Year Calculated minus 1 True Up SEER Ee Ss NC_RTP_YEAR
298. e an error message However the manual calculation will provide a warning which can be ignored by the user This warning message provides a list of the units that have an unknown FX rate so this data can be corrected by the user The source unit to target unit Flow Through will not calculate nor store a currency translation adjustment CTA on the target unit The CTA is only calculated and shown when going from local currency to reporting currency The CTA reported on the target unit may not match the CTA shown for the source unit that fed the target unit The correct CTA will only be in the 2011 Thomson Reuters 367 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY original source unit ASSOCIATED ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CORPORATE EDITION PRODUCTS e There are associated ONESOURCE Tax Provision products that can be licensed to support the overall provision e Global Access formerly iTaxStream is a data collection tool designed to guide remote users The UTP Uncertain Tax Positions application tracks the uncertain tax positions IAS 12 tax reserves and generates annual disclosures Global Access Global Access formerly iTaxStream is a web based data collection tool that streamlines the process of populating data and ultimately assists in the consolidation of provision information Unlike tax packages in Excel that require data manipulation once information is entered in Global Access the system populates the d
299. e case sensitive The Key Type and Value have specific designations for each parameter Deleting parameters is not recommended because they may be required for the system to function properly It is recommended that you de activate a parameter rather than deleting it To import a new dataset parameter complete the appropriate fields on the DP Dataset Params sheet in the Import Numbers template 132 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ADMINISTRATION MANAGE DATASET PARAMETERS 2010 PROVISION WARHING CHANGES MAY IMPACT YOUR CALCULATIONS WARHING Drag a column header here to group by that colurrr Parameter Name Y PaameterT v Parameter Value Y p FEDBENEFITOFSTATE Alphanumenc STATE ADYLIABPOS TING Alphanumeric Ns CASENUMBER Alphanumenc 7777 DefEndBalDefault Alphanumetic AA AUTO TAX ADJ PAY POST Alphanume c 1 Manage Deferred Rollforwards You can manage Deferred Rollforwards in two ways e At the system level by using the Administration area and clicking Administration gt System gt Manage Deferred Rollforwards e At the dataset level by within a Provision dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Manage Deferred Rollforwards or a Interim dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Actual gt Dataset gt Administration When new datasets are created deferred rollforward information is populated from the system level Click the Copy
300. e operating server Oracle or SQL needs to be known and identified when bridging e The extracted file from General Ledger can have four or six columns of data and be either a comma or tab delimited file type Screen Entry Fields 1 Verify Target Dataset The dataset name defaults to the dataset selected in the Control Center To select a different dataset change the dataset in the Control Center The display reflects the new dataset 2a Select the target areas to be loaded Check the areas that should be populated with data 2b Select tag and units e The tag designates the bridged data in the system Consider setting up a tag to specifically identify the data as coming from a bridge file Select whether the data in the extract is for a single unit a group of units in a sub consolidation or the consolidated group To select a different unit or sub consolidation change the Control Center Changing the Control Center refreshes the screen and other selections are lost The ability of users to select units sub consolidations and consolidations can be limited with the system parameters BRIDGE_ALLOW_UNIT_SELECT BRIDGE_ALLOW_SUBCON_SELECT and BRIDGE_ALLOW_ALL_UNITS You can add these system parameters in Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations gt Advanced Functionality gt Bridge 3 Select format s and file s of legacy data e The extract file needs to be defined to explain the underlying format There are two databa
301. e parameters for restrictions need to be created by an administrator in the Dataset Parameters screen for the Provision dataset in the system A read write user cannot set up parameters The Parameter Value is the first part or entire string of the Tag or Tax Adjustment Code that becomes restricted for Read Write users The Parameter Type is Alphanumeric Note Parameters can be created before or after entries are created If a user is working in the system while parameters are being created the user needs to refresh the system in order for the parameters to take effect Because the RestrictTA parameter was set to D the entry for D1000 is marked as Restricted Read Write users cannot edit the entry nor can they create a new entry with a tax adjustment code beginning with D D will not be available in the Code Description drop down list Note The restricting character in this case M must be the Parameter Value as well as part of the Parameter Type Because the RestrictTag M was created the entry with the tag M is marked as Tag Restricted Read Write users cannot edit the entry nor can they create a new entry with any M tag Using the Restrict TAG X Parameter The RestrictTag X parameter controls which tags Read Write users can modify and limits the entries they can create The Parameter Value can end with any letter from B Z Notes 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 137 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e A sho
302. e statement to display the components of the CTA calculation Change Columns The columns that explain the change in deferred balances are user defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforward section Each tag and item can be defined to up to 15 columns Adjusted Beginning Balance A sub total column can be inserted in the report to define adjusted beginning balances There are several options depending on the version and parameter settings Ending Balance Total of beginning balances and all items that occurred during the period 264 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Expected Deferred Rate Reporting Levels po Subconsol aion Consolation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset ut Subconsoiidation Source Data State Details PEN Ele maa haw The Expected Deferred Rate State Summary report in the Provision and Interim datasets displays the state expected deferred tax rate for units that have states with active records The expected deferred rate is computed by multiplying each state s ending deferred rate times the ending apportionment factor The rate does not take into consideration the federal deductibility percentage This report is activated by adding the system parameter To activate the Expected Deferred Rate functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameter in Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations In the Reporting
303. e status ONESOURCE Tax Provision s contact information for General Customer Support Software Upgrades and the Support Website Click About then ONESOURCE Tax Provision to view information about the version of the system that is installed Areas Areas allow you to navigate to the various parts of the system The areas that display vary based on your rights and license type The areas divide the different workareas Typical areas are Data Entry Data Transfer Reporting Administration and Help DATA ENTRY Upon selecting the dataset the navigator is refreshed with the correct dataset type The types of datasets available are Provision Used to manage all aspects of a standard provision dataset Provision data is gathered stored and is used to calculate and generate provision reports Estimated Payments Used to manage all aspects of a standard compliance dataset Compliance data is gathered and stored in this area The data is used to calculate and generate estimated payments and extension reports Interim Used to manage all aspects of an interim dataset Interim provision data is gathered and stored in this area The data is used to calculate and generate the forecasted rate to arrive at the interim provision reports The actual data gathered is used to compare contrast with the forecast data Data Entry Screen To add an adjustment select the row and click on the column A drop down will appear to
304. e temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Select the Adj Type by clicking on the drop down Important With v 8 0 of the application the Default Type will default to NC Non Current e A Default Type can be set by your System Administrator and you may not have the ability to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The System Administrator may have allowed the ability to deviate from the Default Type and allow you to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report will be available to review the Temporary Differences Tax Basis that have been overridden and deviate from the default type set up by the administrator e Please contact your Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type set up 2011 Thomson Reuters 183 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES TAX BASIS 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Temporary Differences Tax Basis Detail Analyses Drag a column header here to group by that columr Attmnts Y Da Y Code Description Y dj Type Y Tag Y Begn Bal VY Activity m E E T1000 Depreciation NC Non Current M Manus 134 500 112 500 JE 5 T8000 BadDebtReserve NC N
305. e the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section Data entered in the Detail section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and displays in the Analysis section For information on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page All datasets The Activity Deferred and Balance Sheet Only column amounts impact the tax provision differently e The after tax temporary difference should be entered on a post rate basis The appropriate federal benefit of state is computed based on these balances To import information to the After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the UATTD U AfterTx TDs Tax Basis sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation f you wish to adjust the same after tax temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the after tax temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary differences balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Tag The tag letter identi
306. e the appropriate fields on the CTA Tax Adjustments sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name e Tax Adjustments code is user defined and can be any combination of aloha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created e The Tax Adjustments code and name display in reports e Codes that begin with NC_ are treated as non cash on the provision Intercompany Transactions You can add InterCompany Transactions in the InterCompany Transactions screen of the Manage Units folder of the Administration area An existing InterCompany Transaction name and state treatment can be modified Only an InterCompany Transaction that has no record in any dataset can be deleted To import a new InterCompany Transaction complete the appropriate fields on the ICOTXNT Inter Co Txn Types sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The InterCompany Transaction code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created The permanent difference code and name display in reports Receiving and Paying State Treatment Determine whether or not this InterCompany Transaction fede
307. e when creating Interim Datasets Selecting the dataset designation approach enables the application to advance from Period Type to Period Type and maintain an Isolated Basis approach or build a YTD Basis Year to Date approach Data Entry Dataset Name Interim Approach Group Tax Rate Interim Rate Basis New Interim Dataset YTD Basis v 0 0000 Overall Fiscal Year Period Type Unit by Unit 2011 v Quarters vi a gog Read Only True Up Unit Unit01 Promise Inc e Isolated Basis 46 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Selecting the Isolated Basis approach creates a copy of the previous quarter and rolls over the data to the next quarter The Isolated Basis takes the ending balances in the current dataset and populates the beginning balances of the next period Actual dataset e YTD Basis Selecting the YTD Basis approach creates a copy of the previous quarter and advances the data to the next quarter The YTD Basis time period is a continuum When the current dataset is advanced to the next period instead of seeing an isolated subset of data YTD Basis will be built of the Actual data Date Entry Dataset Name Interim Approach Group Tax Rate Interim Rate Basis YTDBasis w 0 0000 Overal TO Basis Fiscal Yeer Period Type Isolated Basis bj Bret 2011 Quarters v 4 Y J Read Oniy True Up Unit 000 Elimination Unit Period Type You c
308. ecause the Base NOL Allowance of the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL is greater than the available NOL Deferred Tax Asset If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 0 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 10 000 lt NOL reclass gt 2 038 000 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 10 000 lt BBal gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 10 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 0 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book 2 00 0000 Income 5000 00 P1000 Total Permanent 15 000 00 Difference 8000600 3190000 T1000 0 3000000 11100000 45 65200 200000 T2000 0 5000000 9755200 Total Temporary 33 000 00 Difference Taxable Income 2 048 000 00 Pre NOL 10 000 00 10000000 NOL Reclass Federal Taxable Income Post NO 354 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 9 When the NOL Allowance Rate is set to 10096 the Base NOL Allowance to 0 and there is another NOL Temporary Difference with Activity 500 000 the NOL Reclass is the sum of 100 of the Federal Taxable Income 2 048 000 00 and the NOL Tempora
309. ecommended and select Yes e Automatic posting from the calculated provision to the payable is activated with a dataset arameter To import information to the Payable Entry screen complete the appropriate fields on the FL Fed 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 193 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Liability Txns sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Fiscal Year The fiscal year should be the year to which the payable entry relates Jurisdiction The jurisdiction defaults to FED when data is entered at the unit level Txn Type The options that display are established by an Administrator for transaction types Txn Bucket The options that display are established by an Administrator for transaction buckets Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Amount Negative amounts increase and positive amounts reduce the taxable payable account Amounts should be entered in local currency Date The options in the drop down list are limited to dates within the dataset year Dates for other years can be imported or a system parameter can be activated to remove the single year restriction In Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations gt select Yes for Adjust Payable Date Range e FX Rate The weighted average rate on the date of the entry can be entered Description Each ent
310. ective Tax Rate i Deferred Balances 17 ForeigniDomestic Summary e Deferred Support 8B Flow Through 5s Trial Balance H E Other Reports 5 3 State Support 5 Payable Payable Roliforward Payable Detai in Tax Adjustments Payable M JOURNAL ENTRY Reporting Levels Filing Group Subconsolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unit _ Sub consolidation Source Data 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Provision Expense Available Views expand contract The Journal Entry report section for Provision and Interim datasets displays the default Provision Journal Entry old report Note You can also view journal entry JE reports with configurable JE or custom JE functionality Report Views e Defaults to a contracted view of the simple journal entry report with eight columns Federal Current Provision Difference Federal Deferred Provision Difference Federal Deferred Bal Difference State Current Provision Difference State Deferred Provision Difference State Deferred Provision Difference Federal Liability Bal Difference and State Liability Bal Difference e Select the Expand view to display underlying Book amounts and components that make up the report Line by Line There is a line for each unit in the sub consolidation consolidation Column by Column e Federal Current Provision Difference ONESOURCE Tax Provision Federa
311. ed Only USD Leur E 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing License D1000 ABC CORP al c nc Cole Mame Beginning Balance Deferred Provision Currency Translation Adustment Balance Sheet Endina Balance Ads Current Provision Rate impacting tems S Effect Rate Diffs macwy SERES c Efect Bate DAS 4 Dird Only Adie Total Rate Inpact Total Deferred Provision BBal CIFX CTA on a CTA on b CTA on c CTA on d Total CTA Unassigned Unassigned T1000 Accrued Bonus 3 000 3 333 333 1 333 0 1 667 5 000 1 500 833 83 333 0 2750 0 250 3 000 3 333 333 1333 0 1 667 5 0000 1 500 833 83 333 0 2750 0 5250 Total 3 000 3 333 333 1 333 0 1 667 000 1 500 833 83 333 o reo 0 250 CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY 2011 Thomson Reuters 321 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Expanded US Beginning Spot FX 1 Weighted Average FX 15 Ending Spot FX 2 Beginning Balance Begenmng Balance Bhal CIEX Beginning Dafered Beginning Deferred 10 000 30 Rate 3 000 00 10 000 IW Rate 3000 00 1 500 00 Li D 1 Beginning Spot FX 2 Ending spot FX 300000 1 500 00 Current Actmty Current Actmly CIA ona pu 25 Current Tax Rate pm o 7000 25 Current Tax Rate 50000 gaa 33 i LS Weight Average FX Rate 2 Ending spot FX 333333 2 500 00 29 Endri Deterred Rote 29 Regnning Dertered Rote Beginning Balance W Degnning Dettered Rate Begnning Balance IIR Lnr Deterred Rote CTA ont 10 900 5 Daf
312. ed View Add State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Report Limit Units on State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout Hide state report details when no states 2011 Thomson Reuters 107 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Formatting Add Report Footer Client Name in Reports Treat Codes as Text in Excel Number of Decimal Places for Rates APIC Pool Data Entry Report Allow Multiple Local Currencied on Reports Add Year to Date YTD Reports UK Proof and P L Reports In the Temporary Differences tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen Temporary Differences the administrator will have the ability to designate a default Adj Type of C Current N Non Current to a Temporary Difference The drop down may be disabled and you will only see the default Or it may be set up so you can override the default Please see your System Administrator if you have questions about the Adj Type default that has been set up There are cases when the Current Non Current should be overwritten and some cases when they should not There are options you can select to allow the Read Write users the ability to modify the Default Data Types you have the ability to activate system parameters for reports and
313. ed levels Provision Items 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 289 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING m H BMBRE MP UU e e NEEEEIL LL LELXLLEXILLLLLLLIEZIZEZZZZLLLLC L ZI NEUMLLLLLLLLLLLIIEZLLLEZUULLLLLLGG LL LALLLLLMLMLLLLLLLLELLLLLLLLLLNLLLDZIZJ e Payment Amount Report Views e Default is the only available view The Payment breakout option on sub consolidated and consolidated reports details the unit by unit Federal Est Pymt report breakout Line by Line Unit by unit summary of Federal Est Pymt by Income Tax or F Franchise tax UNIT SUMMARY Reporting Levels P ing Group Sub consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Sub consolidation Source Data All Data Entry Screens PNE Ele maa haw The Unit Summary report for Provision and Interim datasets displays an overview of key data for the units in the dataset filing group or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items e Total Tax Provision e Effective Tax Rate Report Views e Defaults to a unit by unit view Line by Line e There is a line for each unit in the sub consolidation consolidation Column by Column e Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBl in a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI in an Interim dataset e Federal Taxable Income
314. ed to the second quarter before any data can be entered in the second quarter The second must be advanced to the third quarter before data can be entered for the third quarter e When a quarter is advanced it locks the prior quarter and opens up the entry fields for the next quarter The Forecast data in the prior quarter is copied into the next quarter The Actual ending rates and balances roll forward from the prior quarter to the next quarter All prior quarter data entry screens and all reports can be reviewed but edits are not allowed unless the quarter is rolled back to the prior quarter 2011 Thomson Reuters 329 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Roll Back to Prior Quarter e f a prior quarter was advanced in error and needs to be adjusted there is the option to roll back to the prior quarter If entries have been made in the current quarter be sure to export any data so that it is preserved Note Changes made in the prior quarter do not migrate to the next quarter after Advanced is selected Amounts only move the first time the quarter is advanced Subsequent changes to the rolled back quarter that should go forward to the previously advanced quarter need to be migrated by the user Forecasted data can be exported and re imported into the previously advanced quarter The Actual data that had changes to an ending balance temporary difference NOL payable etc must have the beginning balance adjusted
315. ederal or State deferred rate on reports The determination is made on a dataset by dataset basis and rolls over when a dataset rolls over The benefit or deduction of the current state provision in the federal provision can automatically flow at 10096 It can be limited if it is not based on a method other than the current year s accrual of tax On a state by state basis you can enter the appropriate Federal Deductibility rates for the unit and for the specific state The designation is made with a FEDBENEFITOFSTATE dataset parameter with a paramvalue of FED or STATE which is established by an Administrator for the dataset Note That this parameter cannot be deleted Tax Provision Reports The benefit of state taxes displays in the Federal Tax Provision in the line called Deductible State Tax To view the underlying states that generated the deduction view the report in the Detail view The amount that displays is computed after the Federal Deductibility rate for the Current default setting is 100 The Federal Deductibility rate for the Current Provision can be set to zero if you do not wish to take the State tax deduction Effective Tax Rate Report Depending on the parameter the Effective Tax Rate report displays different lines By selecting the Detail view of the report it shows the underlying amounts that build the state line and the Local Income Taxes line e FEDBENEFITOFSTATE dataset parameter set to STATE There are four
316. ee n enne 257 Effective Tax Rate Detail mm me Rennen nn rehenes 258 APIC Pool SUFDBISEY cette tetas atu ts udo acest tatu e as ER Rita oce nte 258 Attachments ReVIQW cca oer sings e Tuve uoce sg rE e bic nV ev aaa rea auus d re es da etes at 260 STATE SUPPOR RRERRREREM A AMMMMM 261 PTOVISIOR SUMMA eegenen pauci peeiuu onera nuo EUREN nte EE TERT T reta dar EU ser xesbU s RTEA 261 State AB Mik SUMMA PEE ER 261 J Deferred Balances RETE TTE 263 Expected Deferred Rate eene enr ene emen nnne nsn rreren erener eret 265 C State Estimated Payments ssssssssssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene meme ene 266 Forecast State Rate eene nnn enne en n enhn nnns e ness EEEE EEEn nnns 266 SII NEWER ONERE OU NND TEE 268 Tax oizlenem T ERE 268 Legacy Tax ProviSlO ns sicus seq sssudievend 269 Deferred Balances ssk a a ae eE a ae e EE EEEa S A EIE TOEA AAEREN ERARE 272 Payable gas lare Tav qo E 2 4 Payable Detak E P 2 5 Tax Provision Estimated Paytmielibs sucus ooo eire Ernte ee toan rte SEE EISE SERT exp Eod erts Ere DE e pRA UE ERER 2 6 Legacy Tax Provision Estimated Payments 0 0 cccccccccceessccececssseeeceesseeseeeesseeeeeeees 277 State Estimated Payments isses a aAa rh nenne REE EE 2 8 lite ibo EOVISIOTL orea a a EEE E EGE EAE ERN etin EU aS TR GU 279 i0 s uu
317. eet Only If Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only are defined the Type posts as Deferred Only Tax Basis Mapping The Tax Basis Mapping screen is located in a Provision dataset under Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration The temporary difference and trial balance sublines are set up in the Trial Balance SubLines screen in the Administration area All trial balance sublines display in the Debit and Credit drop down lists They remain in these lists even after they are assigned to a temporary difference Multiple temporary differences can map to the same trial balance sublines The same trial balance subline can be entered as a debit and credit for a single temporary difference Once a temporary difference is added with a mapping it no longer appears in the Temporary Differences drop down list If data is associated with a specific mapping the mapping cannot be changed or deleted unless the data is removed from the dataset Mapping is available for Component Types of After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences Permanent Differences and Temporary Differences Ability to set one account as the offsetting Contra Account when both sides post to the Balance Sheet TAX BASIS MAPPING 2010 PROVISION Control Center Dataset x 2010 Provision Component Type Y Difference Y Debt Y Cek V Con indice aig lcd gt o ANO reo NOL Temporary Dflecences NOL 2003 FBOS for NOL 350000 Retained Earnings 015000 Det
318. eferred Repot O Yes No 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 97 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Advanced Functionality The following is a reference chart for Advanced Functionality tab Payable Functionality Recommended Simple Liability Functionality Not Recommended Limit Payable Date Range Payable Reclass Functionality Designate AMT Functionality Approach Journal Entries Enable Configurable Journal Entry Display Zero Book Calcs on JE Output Reports Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 1 9 Show Delete All button on Journal Entry Screen Journal Entry Tag Group 1 9 Name Journal Entry Rollup Set Journal Entry State Group 1 9 Sub National s a eer Alternative Provision Calculations Alternative Provision Calculations 000000 Ist Scenario Calculation Posts and Scenario Calculation Posts 0000000000 BBC Calculation Posts Bridge into Sub Consolidation Level 98 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Additional Foreign Exchange Adjustment Amount Dataset Relations In the Payable tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The fol
319. efined groupings that allow detail level component data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area For example a Rollup may assist in generating the footnote while another may explain results for management reporting Detail Displays underlying detail by the selected rollup code or the default rollup by component type Expanded Displays additional columns for the pre tax amount the effect of rates different from statutory rate changes from period to period and any deferred only adjustments that may impact the overall taxable rate for each item Breakout all On Sub Consolidated and Consolidated reports displays underlying unit data that 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE Use Unit Tax Rate On Unit level reports displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING made up the total result A single column can be expanded by selected Brkout To collapse data select Non breakout Expanded results display on the screen or export to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Group Rate selected for the dataset or the Unit s current tax rate This option displays only in certain versions with a parameter setting Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI Impact of Difference in Forecast vs Actual Accommodates for t
320. efit of State impact is represented as a component of either the Federal or State rate Ending Balance Pre Tax Displays combined amounts populated in the beginning balance activity deferred only and balance sheet only fields in Data Entry Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis for a Provision dataset Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal State gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis for an Interim dataset Tax Effected Displays above listed Pre Tax amounts times either the Unit Ending Deferred Rate or the Override End Rate as well as amounts populated in the beginning balance field in Data Entry gt Federal State gt Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Data Entry Actual Federal State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset e Effective Rate Displays the combined rates applied to each item to go from pre tax to tax effected Depending on the dataset parameter the Federal Benefit of State impact is represented as a component of either in the Federal or
321. eginning balance rolls over from the prior period and should represent the remaining temporary differences for book and tax that should be allocated The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Enter Activity Enter Ending Select the Enter Activity or the Enter Ending balance radio button e Enter Activity The system automatically calculates the Ending balance which is Read Only e Enter Ending The system automatically calculates the Activity which is Read Only Activity e The activity is the appropriate amount of the beginning balance based on the months entered In 186 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY a dataset that was not rolled over you must populate this field Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated using the unit s weighted average FX rate to the reporting currency Deferred Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as the deferred balances Balance Sheet Only e Balance only impacts deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income
322. ehensive income items e The Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision report removes the BSO Adjustment from the Deferred Provision Override unit rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Override unit rates check box Note e For v 8 0 the Default Type will default to NC Non Current e A Default Type can be set by your System Administrator and you may not have the ability to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The System Administrator may have allowed the ability to deviate from the Default Type and allow you to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report will be available to review the Temporary Differences Tax Basis that have been overridden and deviate from the default type set up by the administrator Please contact your Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type set up Payable Entry Payable Entry information is managed in the Payable Entry screen under Data Entry Federal in the Provision dataset and under Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal in an Interim dataset To maximize the payable functionality ensure that the payable set up reflects the activity in the taxes payable account e The payable functionality is activated with a system parameter in Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations Advanced Functionality with the Payable Functionality R
323. emplate For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 175 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Federal and State Current Provision Amounts on Trial Balance for the current provision tax expense Federal and State Deferred Provision Amounts on Trial Balance for the deferred provision tax expense Federal and State Deferred Balance Amounts on Trial Balance for the deferred tax assets and liabilities Federal and State Liability Balances Amounts on Trial Balance for the taxes payable Miscellaneous Miscellaneous options can be entered in the Miscellaneous section under Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details in a Provision dataset and under Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Interim Unit Details in an Interim dataset Custom options display on this screen For example you may have fields for Liability Balances and Unit Dataset Extensions UserNum9 Estimated Payments Estimated payment items are entered in the Estimated Payments section under Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details in an Estimated Payments dataset Items entered on this screen are added to the provision when calculating estimated payments To import information to the Estimated Payments screen complete the appropriate fields on the U Unit sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates docume
324. en C Current and NC Non Current e The System Administrator may have allowed the ability to deviate from the Default Type and allow you to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report will be available to review the Temporary Differences Tax Basis that have been overridden and deviate from the default type set up by the administrator Please contact your Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type set up After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis The After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets Provision dataset only e There are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section The system computes the Tax Book Difference using the book and tax amounts entered in the Detail section This information also displays in the Analysis section e For information on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page Provision and Estimated Payments datasets e The Activity and Deferred column amounts impact the tax provision differently e To import information to the After Ta
325. ences Add 63 Delete 63 405 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index State Tax After Apportionment Temporary Differences Import 63 State Tax After Tax Temporary Differences Add 63 Delete 63 Import 63 State Temporary Differences 196 After Apportionment Tax Basis 202 State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Import 200 States 22 24 145 265 268 Add 60 Delete 60 Import 60 Statutory Tax Rates 328 Stock Based Compensation 331 Stock Based Compensation Amortization 331 Stock Options 178 331 Style sheets 77 XSL 123 Sub consolidations 22 29 361 Add 52 Child 361 Delete 52 Import 52 Parent 361 Summarize Detail by Tag 366 Summary 34 Support 36 Symbols 37 System Codes 28 System Files 77 System Parameter 29 CC DISABLE STATES 60 ENABLE APICPOOL 178 FISCAL MONTHS OFFSET 297 SHOW EXPECTEDDEFERRED 265 SHOW PAYABLERECLASS 298 USE OLD AMTESTIMATOR Default 358 359 System Parameters 81 308 331 358 Add 82 ALLOWMULTICURRENCYREPORT 315 Delete 82 DISABLE DEFERREDPROVONLY 173 EFFRATEBRKOUT 233 235 ENABLE APICPOOL 258 332 FEDNOL SYSTEM 346 FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS AUTOCALC 363 406 FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS MANUALCALC 138 363 FLOWTHROUCHFACTORS USE FX 367 GAAPTOSTAT4 229 GLOBAL XSL 77 gstags 229 Import 82 JE COMPONENT ROLLUP SET CODE 307 JEFILTERZ 307 JE FILTER NAMEZ 307 JE STATE GROUP 96 STATE 307 JE STATE GROUP NAME 4 307 JE TAG GROUP NAME 307 JE TAG GROUP TAGS 307 LIMIT PAYABLE DATES 301 POST BSO 337
326. entation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name e The rollup code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The rollup code and name can be edited after the code is created e The rollup code and name displays in reports Note Do not delete the BBAL and PRV codes Manage Payable Buckets You can add Payable Buckets in the Manage Payable folder of the Administration area An existing payable bucket name can be modified Payable buckets that have a record in any dataset cannot be deleted To import a new payable bucket complete the appropriate fields on the CPYBK Payable Buckets sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name e The bucket code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The bucket name can be edited after it is created e The bucket code and name displays in reports 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 7 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Export Payable Categories Payable Mapping items can be exported to an Import Payable template They can also be imported using the Import Category functionality This generates a file with three sheets CPYRL Payable Rollups CPYTP Payable Types and CPYBK Payable Buckets Exporting before items have been e
327. entered 2011 Thomson Reuters 323 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Provision Report USD E t a 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing License D1000 ABC CORP UPTBI Unit level Pre Tax Book Income 666 667 Pre Tax Book Income 666 667 Deductible State Tax 0 Permanent Differences 0 Financial Taxable Income 666 667 T1000 Accrued Bonus 13 333 Temporary Differences 13 333 Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL 680 000 NOL Reclass 0 Federal Taxable Income Post NOL 680 000 Unit Tax Rate 30 0000 Federal Tax Current 204 000 After Tax Temp Differences 0 Cash Tax Adjustments 0 Return Basis Provision 201 500 Non Cash Tax Adjustments 0 Total Current Federal Provision 201 500 Begin Deferred Tax Per B S 3 000 Bal Sheet Only Adjustment 0 Ending Deferred Tax Per B S 4 500 CTA 0 Deferred Provision Only 0 Deferred Tax Provision 1 500 Equity Adjustment O 324 n Reuters Total Federal Tax Provision 200 000 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Additional CTA After the SHOW CTA system parameter has been added in Manage Configurations additional CTA can be entered by selecting the Provision dataset clicking Data Entry Federal Unit Details and selecting the Misc tab The SHOW CTA parameter also automatically generates an After Tax Temporary Difference labeled CTA SYS The information entered in the Additional
328. ents section of the State Details screen Permanent Differences Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Financial Taxable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Deductible State Tax and Permanent Differences lines Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL Sum of Financial Taxable Income and Temporary Differences lines NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Federal Taxable Income Post NOL Sum of Taxable Income Pre NOL and NOL Reclass lines Unit Tax Rate Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Unit Details Only displays at the Unit reporting level Federal Tax Current Taxable Income Post NOL times the current unit tax rate s After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry
329. eport will be displayed Note You can write or copy and paste the SQL Statement for the corresponding report in the large workspace under the Query Details section Run Query Clicking this button runs the query and displays the data returned by it in the Results section Save When complete click Save at the top of the screen to ensure the report is saved and published Once saved the report can be edited by selecting it from the Queries drop down list View Data Source History Phase of the View Data Source History allows you to get all the data that has been captured in View Audit Trail View Data Source History captures all items on a single row to allow filters sorting as well as Export to Excel You have the ability to filter by Dataset Component Type Unit From To User and State The data will be returned in a grid format to easily review Note e View Data Source History is not available to Read Write users for Phase I e A field for All Component Types will be available in Phase Il ADMINISTRATION VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY Dataset Ab Unt Alb User Alb M State Alb v Component Type From amp 1 203 vw To 6 amp 170 v After Tax Temp Dilis Book Tax Basis _ After Tax Temporary Dilferences Book Trial Balance Liabilty Transactions NOL Temporary Differences Perm Differences Book T ax Basis State Aftei hpo Temp Dilfs 124 2011 Thomson Reuter
330. er defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters Dataset names can be changed e The dataset name displays in the control center and in the header of reports Type Select PROV Provision Dataset or COMP Compliance Dataset from the drop down list Provision datasets are used when calculating the tax provision Compliance datasets are used when calculating estimated payments Read Only R O e When the data entry process is complete data can be secured by marking datasets as Read Only Data and reports in Read Only datasets can be viewed but cannot be edited Entry screens have the warning No Edit Allowed and a gray font Fiscal Year Date Range or Fiscal Period Fiscal Year and Date Range or Fiscal Period must be assigned to a dataset when it is created This shows whether the data in a dataset represents a month multiple months a quarter or a year Group Tax Rate The group tax rate is used in the Effective Tax Rate report as the statutory rate to which the provision reconciles ID The ID is a system generated ID assigned to the dataset This field is not used in the creation of a dataset and is not editable Case Number The case number is an optional field that is used primarily when exporting data to compliance software Read Only Select the Read Only check box if the dataset should not be modified 38 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISI
331. ers 161 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Pre established unit dataset parameters can be added modified or deleted When adding or modifying parameters use care as they can potentially change calculations across all the units in the dataset Parameters are pre defined and are case sensitive The Key Type and Value have specific designations for each parameter Deleting parameters is not recommended because they may be required for the system to function properly It is recommended that you de activate a parameter rather than deleting it To import a new unit dataset parameter complete the appropriate fields on the UDSP UDS Params sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Journal Entries Journal Entries are defined in the Navigator under Data Entry Federal Administration in a Provision dataset and under Data Entry Actual Federal Administration in an Interim dataset When Journal Entries have been activated this area allows for mappings to be configured The Journal Entries screen defines how amounts computed in the provision can flow to journal entry reports Journal Entry Mappings are done on a unit by unit basis and can be created in one unit and cloned to other units via an import spreadsheet To import Journal Entry Mappings complete the appropriate fields on the JES Journal Entries and JETAX JE Tax Calcs sheets in
332. ertainment M Manua P P amp L Adjustment 135 808 P13 Penalties M Manual P P amp L Adjustment 3 000 E Important Adding Event does not make the row a unique entry A unique Code Description and Tag are required 2011 Thomson Reuters 73 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Sub Event Types are User defined fields The following is an example list of Sub Event Types that may be created and modified ADMINISTRATION MANAGE SUB EVENT TYPES Urag lumn header here to group by that columr Code v Name Y Event Type Y pi TB SAP TBF Feed From Trial Balance T82 Oracle TBF Feed From Trial Balance T83 JD Edwards TBF Feed From Trial Balance In Data Entry Sub Event Types may be selected for an adjustment for additional usability when tracking an event PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Drag a column header here to group by that columr Amnis Y DataSou V Code Descipi Y Tag v AdType T Amount Y EvertType v SubtvenTwe Y Gi ig BB PI Disalowe B Bndoe P PiLAdusmen 120 7527 v y FAW E A POS00 Other Per W Worldw P P amp L Adjustment 60 000 E Fj E E dh P1000 Meals an Import P P L Adjustment 464 503 ri E E P1000 Meals an B Bridge P P amp L Adjustment 10 587 SYSTEM The following screens are located in the System folder of the
333. et with the total current year s data Note Each true up item needs to be entered in a dataset Permanent Differences and Tax Adjustments e The true up for these items should impact the current tax expense and the taxes payable This can be achieved by entering the permanent true up amount as a permanent difference with an R tag and tax adjustments e The impact to the current tax expense is computed based on statutory rates Temporary and After Tax Temporary Differences e The true up for these items should impact the deferred and current tax expense the deferred tax asset liability and the taxes payable e The current and deferred tax expense deferred tax asset liability and taxes payable true up can be achieved by entering the true up amount as activity with an R tag e The impact to the current and deferred tax expense is computed based on statutory rates Net Operating Losses If the true up is to a year in which the provision was in a Net Operating Loss position the NOL should be offset instead of the taxes payable account 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 333 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY RTP Posting Previously clients needed to manually adjust their Tax Provision for Return to Provision RTP true ups Now however Dataset Relations allows you to automatically update the Tax Provision through the calculation and posting of RTP true ups For RTP adjustments to be posted a dataset with Tax Return dat
334. etween the 2008 Provision and 2008 Return and generates them on the 2009 Current Provision as Non Cash Tax Adjustments to true up the Current Provision 344 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES Navigator AMUS U Drag a column header here to group by that column GY Administration i Manage Datasets Code N Name Y Included for State Y j Datasets NC HTP 2008 PERM 2008 Return to Provision Perm v Toggle Reporting Datasets MC RTP 2008 TEMP 2008 Return to Provision Temp M Toggle E Interim Datasets HC RTP 2008 PERM 2009 Return to Provision Perm v Toggle View Reporting Dataset L NC RTP 2008 TEMP 2009 Return to Provision Temp B Manage Units T1000 Accrued Bonus v Toggle i ae T10000 Accrued Vacation v Toggle um age seme ir11000 Accrued Workers Compensation v Toggle be ig inal 712000 Amortization of Fees v Toggle gl NOL Temp Differences T13000 Bad Debt Reserve v Toggle ied After Tex Temp Difference 1 T14000 Book Depreciation v Toggle 5 Tax Adjustments i T15000 Capitalized Software Dev Cost v Toggle ig intercompany Transaction sul T15000 Deferred Compensation lvl Toggle Temporary Difference Adjustments The system automatically calculates the differences between the 2007 Return Temporary Differences and 2007 Provision Temporary Differences and generates them on the 2009 Current
335. euters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Adjusted Beginning Beginning Temp Diff Bal in Local Currency 100 000 100 000 Tax Effected Temp Bal in Local Currency 35 000 40 000 FX Rate 0 5 0 5 Tax Effected Temp Bal in USD 70 000 80 000 Rate Change 10 000 Unit Deferred Balances Fed Only USD Test TaxStream Test Code Name Beginning Balance nt Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only Ending Balance T1000 Bad Debt Reserve 70 000 10 000 8 000 0 0 88 000 total 70 000 10 000 8 000 0 0 88 000 Example of a Change in the FX Rate from 5000 to 4500 Adjusted Beginning Beginning 100 000 100 000 35 00 35 00 35 000 Temp Diff Bal in Local Currency Deferred Rate Tax Effected Temp Bal in Local Currency 35 000 70 000 77 778 7 778 Tax Effected Temp Bal in USD Rate Change Unit Deferred Balances Fed Only USD Test TaxStream Test Current Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only Ending Balance Code Name Beginning Balance JR T1000 Bad Debt Reserve 70 000 7 778 0 0 85 556 total 70 000 7 778 0 0 85 556 2011 Thomson Reuters 311 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY E Example of Change in the Deferred Rate from 35 to 40 and the FX Rate from 4500 to 5500 Adjusted Beginning Beginning Temp Diff Bal in Local Currency 100 000 100 000 Tax Effected Temp Bal in Local Currency Tax Effected Temp Bal in USD 77 778 72
336. ew this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit breakout Tax Before Credits Apportioned Income line times the current State Tax Rate line After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry State State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry State State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC e Cash Provision Sum of Federal Tax Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Current State Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments State Estimated Payments The State Estimated Payments report in the Estimated Payments dataset displays the quarterly estimated payments calculation There must be data in a Compliance dataset The Provision dataset can be copied to create the Compliance dataset with the final Provision data The Unit s to be included in the calculation must be designated as Included for Estimated Payments Calc The information in the Tax Provision Estimated Payments the configuration from jurisdiction management and the dataset s Data Range generate report data Parameters can change this report view
337. f 1 has been added Screen Entry Fields Code If the file being uploaded relates to a style sheet then the code must match the code given for the report When you are given the file from the system you are provided with this code File Click Browse to locate the file Once you select Add or Update the file is stored in the database Any future changes to the system do not affect the style sheet being used by the system Description Enter a description of the file being uploaded Notes The Browse and Update Attachment and Attachment Save As buttons only display if the GLOBAL XSL BROWSEUPDATE and GLOBAL XSL SAVEAS system parameters respectively have been added with a parameter value of 1 You will need this parameter to view the Audit Trail created when working with the Enhanced Integration transfer For more information on Enhanced Integration see the Enhanced Integration User Manual Login History This report displays the most recent date and time that a user logged in Manage Countries Currencies Country and currency codes are assigned to a unit for reporting purposes The ISO Country and Currency codes are pre populated in the system and can be updated and deleted using the Manage Countries and Manage Currencies screens in the System folder of the Administration area Additional countries and currencies can be added as necessary To import country and currency codes complete the appropriate fields on the CUR Currencies
338. ferences State NOL Temporary Differences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences PNEV Ele Mas hace Custom Rollups Summary Hybrid Detail Unit Pre Tax Pre Tax post app State FBOS state fed FBOS All current non current Contracted expanded balance sheet expanded income statement The Deferred Balances State report in the Provision and Interim datasets displays the beginning and ending cumulative temporary difference balances When it is expanded it shows the amounts that made up the change The default view is pre tax Balances can also display at various tax effected levels by selecting options in the upper right corner Note The State name displays in the report s header Provision Items e State Deferred Tax Expense e State Deferred Tax Asset Liability e Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Report Views Defaults to the pre tax and contracted view of the report details e Rollups are user defined groupings that allow detail level component data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area For example a Rollup may assist in generating the footnote while another may explain the results for management reporting The Summary Hybrid Detail and Unit options display either rate effected or pre tax balances with various levels of detail To view the summary first select a rollup code then select Summary The
339. ferences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Differences PETE ble Views Custom Rollups Federal State FBOS Fed State FBOS state fed FBOS Summary Detail Hybrid Total By Country By Unit The Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities report for Provision and Interim datasets nets temporary and NOL differences by jurisdiction and displays ending deferred balances in their current and non current designations The report considers current and non current balances separately It then nets all units with a common country designation from the Administration area in Manage Units folder gt Units If there is more than one Jurisdiction netting concept in a country you can create another country in the Administration area in System gt Manage Countries Currencies e g if there are two UK netting groups you could have two countries UK1 and UK2 The Temporary Differences Summary report lists current assets and liabilities as well as non current assets and liabilities Note In order for the Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities report to display at the Sub consolidated level all entities associated with each country represented in the sub consolidation must be included If they are not included you will receive a Unit does not consist of complete country cannot display report error message Provision Items Deferred Tax Asset Liability Report Views Defaults to the Default
340. ferences and Temporary Differences e Apportionment Rate Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Details e Apportioned Income Pre NOL Allocable Income times Apportionment Rate e NOLs Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis e Apportionable Income Sum of Apportioned Income Pre NOL and NOLs e State Tax Rate Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit reporting level e Tax Before Credits Apportionable Income times State Tax Rate e After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis e Cash State Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC_ e Non Cash State Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Forecast gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ e Current State Provision Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences Cash State Tax Adjustments and Non Cash State Tax Adjustments e Deferred State Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines e State Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Forecast gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Di
341. ferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Interim Provision gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total Federal Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines Total State Provision Total State Tax Provision from State Summary Provision Summary Total Tax Provision Sum of the Total Federal Provision and Total State Provision Effective Tax Rate Total Tax Provision divided by Pre Tax Book Income EFFECTIVE TAX RATE Reporting Levels Filing Group Subconsoliiation Control Center Configurable Options Sub consolidation Source Data All Data Entry Screens Available Views Custom Rollups Summary Detail Contracted Expanded Use Unit Tax Rate Use Group Tax Rate Use Blended Rate Use Group Tax Rate State Component Breakout Effective Tax Rate Display The Effective Tax Rate report for Provision datasets displays an overview of the reconciliation going from each component at the group rate designated for the dataset and the effective tax rate calculated in the provision calculation Supporting detail for some calculations can be viewed in this report while underlying support for other items is on separate reports Parameters can change the view of this report To add the parameters go to the Administration area gt System gt
342. fferences e Total State Tax Provision Sum of the Total Current State Provision Deferred State Tax Provision and State Equity Adjustment lines e State Forecasted Rate Total State Tax Provision divided by Pre Tax Book Income Annual Estimate 2011 Thomson Reuters 267 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING STATE State level reports are on a single state level based on the state selected in the Navigator for a dataset Tax Provision Reporting Levels Punt Subconsolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unit Sub consolidation The Tax Provision State report in the Provision dataset displays the state tax provision calculations for the state selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items e Current State Tax Expense e Deferred State Tax Expense e State Equity Offset to Current Expense Total State Tax Provision Report Views e Defaults to a detail view e Selecting Unit breakout generates an Excel spreadsheet that details the unit by unit underlying calculations for the state s provision expenses Note The Total Effective Tax Rate does not tie to the Effective Tax Rate report and the mix of Federal deducibility causes this report to not tie to other reports e The Unit breakout comparison view option allows you to create a side by side comparison of two datasets The result is a to
343. fferences Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Financial Taxable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Deductible State Tax and Permanent Differences lines Temporary Differences Data Entry Tax Provision Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL Sum of Financial Taxable Income and Temporary Differences lines NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Federal Taxable Income Post NOL Sum of Taxable Income Pre NOL and NOL Reclass lines Unit Tax Rate Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Unit Details Displays only at the Unit reporting level e Federal Tax Current Taxable Income Post NOL times the current unit tax rate s After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry Tax Provision After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Tax Provision gt Tax Adjustments Only cash items with
344. fies each line entered in the originating source Beginning Balance The cumulative after tax temporary difference balance rolls forward from the prior dataset The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import 188 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Activity Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated using the unit s weighted average FX rate to the reporting currency Deferred e Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of valuation allowances or adjustments to prior year balances Balance Sheet Only e Balance only impacts deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income items e The Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision report removes the BSO Adjustment from the Deferred Provision Note e For v 8 0 the Default Type will default to NC Non Current e A Default Type can be set by your System Administrator and you may not have the ability to select betwe
345. from Admin button to copy information from the system level to a particular dataset Note Information from the Dataset level is used to populate the Deferred Balances report column breakout the Deferred Analysis screen and the Analysis section of Temporary Difference screens for data entry for temporary differences Here are guidelines for managing deferred rollforwards at the dataset level The setup for new datasets is copied from the Administration area Datasets that are copied or rolled over use the setup of the dataset from which they are copied rolled over You can reset these datasets to the Administration area by clicking Copy From Admin Select the number of columns You enter amounts according to defined Column Names Therefore for each column name you can only have one Type Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only Be sure to click Save when you finish entering information The letters on the right side of the screen are the tag letters Check the Active box if the Column name should display as a data row in the Analysis section of Temporary Difference screens Note If information for a Column name is entered in the Detail section the Column name will display as a data row in the Analysis section of Temporary Difference screens even if the Active box is not checked in the Analysis section e Ifa column name is associated with multiple tags amounts associated with that name become Read Only e f more than one Type
346. ftware Version Customer Service sssssssssssss CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE DATASETS sse MANAGE UNITS neern MANAGE TRIAL BALANCE MANAGE TAX BASIS RETURN 2011 Thomson Reuters 19 20 21 22 24 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 30 3 3 32 32 32 32 33 34 34 34 34 35 36 3 37 37 51 58 59 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Contents MANAGE STATES t 60 MANAGE BRIDGE ES 65 MANAGE PAYABLE c ccccccsesceccceceeeee see eeeeeeeeee ceases eeeeeeeeeeseaseseeeeeeeeessaseaeeeseeeeeesaaaeaees 70 MANAGEIEVENT WY PIES sirme n E N E E EEE E NR EE 72 SN EM era E E senna bean tos AE E E EE EEA E A 74 mpor Categorie S enrsesiren nean E Aa E A EA E E REEE 129 Importing Reporting Datasets 0 ececeeececcceeceeeeeeeeececeaaeeeeeseeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeanaaeeteesereees 130 View Last Import Log Cat gories 2 5 iscnccissaverscstavecraacacivaarnoiastadeenigs antiantueeeaneaieenareaae 130 OO ME ALE ON ISS Mc 130 CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY 192 A Bae E E A abs ascites E EE E AA 132 Recale Payable Reclasses e eios rtiy phat tt En Reese ARTANIS EE E e Mes 132 AJM TAO eea m 132 Deferred Anal C HMM 153 POST Reb Ome OV Tm 154 Tax Adjustment Payable Mappings sssssssss mee 155 ACNE VV OT KO ADCS estare AAA 158 Jurisdiction Management innnan eee ette sentes ca
347. g and By Unit displays country balances by underlying units Line by Line Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Column by Column Temporary differences are netted on a jurisdiction basis by looking to the unit s country code designation to arrive at the asset or liability determination The Temporary Differences Summary report considers only temporary differences entered for each unit when netting The Temporary Differences Summary Fed Filing Group report nets balances across units in a filing group Current Assets Temporary differences identified as C current that after tax rate have an asset balance when summed with all activity for units with the same country designation Current Liabilities Temporary differences identified as C current that after tax rate have a liability balance when summed with all activity for units with the same country designation Non Current Assets
348. g Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Description The name is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created The name displays in the Report Level of the Control Center and the header of reports for sub consolidation There is no limit to the number of sub consolidations that can be created e CSC Sub Consolidations have specific naming requirements Member Each unit must be assigned to the Sub Consolidation either by clicking the Member check box or by creating a new line on the Import template 52 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE SUB CONSOLIDATIONS Member Unit Code Unit Name Description Domestic C utooo ABC Corp D Add U2000 DEF D Domestic REPORTING x Foreign REPORTING Permanent Differences You can add Permanent Differences in the Permanent Differences screen of the Manage Units folder of the Administration area An existing Permanent Difference name can be modified Only a Permanent Difference that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new Permanent Difference complete the appropriate fields on the CPD Permanent Differences sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields
349. g are the parameters and descriptions Add Tag to Tax Basis Subline Drop down Menu ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Reporting P Advanced Functionality L3 Data Entry ap Global amp ccess Admin General ADS Col Type Switch Pers Temps Payable TBS Add Tag to Tax Adj Drop Down Menu X Add ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS G Reporting g Advanced Functionality 9 DataEnty GlobalAccess gf Admin Add Tag to Tax Basis Subline Drop Down Menu X Add Admin The following is a reference chart for Admin tab Admin Parameters aM Section 2011 Thomson Reuters 117 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Administer User Section Information Password Expiration Time Minimum Length of Password Maximum Failed Login Attempts Before Lockout Deferred Provision Only Data Entry In the User Options you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Administer User Section Information Adds additional information fields Email phone number etc about a user in the Administer User Section under System Set User Restrictions Activates the user restriction assignments for Batch Printing and Import Numbers to only assigned Units and Sub consolidations ADM
350. g of negative numbers Example 859 621 should be shown as 859621 in the extract file Once the file reaches a blank line the system considers it a dead line and ends the import If there is more information found after the blank line it will not be imported A blank line at the end of an import file may cause the import to fail There should not be any commas used as separators in large numbers This can throw off the import file or cause information to be rejected Example 2 598 758 should be shown as 2598758 in the extract file Column Definitions 4 or 6 column format Unit Code The unit code to which the GL Account Code corresponds This code must be in the System Cost Center Code 6 column format only User defined code associated with a level of 2011 Thomson Reuters 213 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER information found in the general ledger system If tracking beyond the Unit level this column should simply have a wild card to hold its place User Specific Code 6 column format only A further level of detail based on a user defined code As with the cost center code use a wild card as a placeholder if this column is not in use General Ledger Account Code The actual book code kept in the general ledger system When bridge mappings are created this code is assigned to a component code Beginning Balances The beginning balances found in the general ledger system If you are pulli
351. g the Excel functionality of formulas mathematical logic can be built using additional information to create either Ad Hoc reports or to populate the results back to one or many unit s data entry fields in the dataset Users who have externally maintained Excel spreadsheets that track or calculate historic items such as Capital Loss Carryovers 382 or SRLY NOL Limitation State Margin Tax can upload those spreadsheets Each period a cell references can be adjusted to choose that year s allowable portion The functionality also allows for data to be reclassed from one unit to another for reporting purposes or to simulate or branch relationships Workbooks populated with data and mappings can be attached to a Dataset Unit State or Component depending on the level of detail with which the user is working A subset of state calculated values can now be pulled into AWPs in both Local and Reporting currencies at the Unit Sub Consolidated and Consolidated levels Cell highlighting colors depending on AWP action e SET gt Orange e GET gt Blue e SYN gt Green GET Amounts Added 158 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e Payable Pay Payable Entry amp State Pay State Payable Entry Choose Beginning Balance or Ending Balance by Payable Transaction Bucket by Year for each Jurisdiction State GET SET SYN Amounts Added e Alternative Minimum Tax gt AMT AMT Automation Choose A
352. gins with NC The cash provision is the amount of current tax liability that is expected to be represented on the tax return The non cash provision is any current taxes that should be accrued for prior years or for amounts that are not represented on the tax return The Cash and Non Cash are segregated on separate lines of the Tax Provision report To import information to the State Tax Adjustments screen complete the appropriate fields on the STA State Tax Adjs sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note If you wish to adjust the same state tax adjustment more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 205 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Code Description e The code and description are established by an Administrator for the state tax adjustments e Entries with codes beginning with NC_ designate the tax adjustment as a non cash tax adjustment Type Select E Equity Adjustment or P P amp L Adjustment from the drop down list Tag Select a value from the drop down list Amount Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated to reporting currency using the unit s weighted average FX rate State Payable Entry State Payable Entry information is managed in
353. gq Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Falkland Islands Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Guyana Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Germany Ghana Gibraltar Great Britain Greece Greenland Grenada Guadeloupe French Guam USA Guatemala Guinea Guinea Bissau Guyana Haiti Heard and McDonald Islands Honduras Philippines Pitcairn Island ES Poland pl Polynesia French pf Portugal pt Puerto Rico pr Qatar qa Reunion French re Romania ro Russian ru Nationaleration Rwanda rw S Georgia and S gs Sandwich Isls Saint Helena sh Saint Kitts and Nevis Anguilla Saint Lucia Saint Pierre and Miquelon Saint Tome Sao Tome and Principe Saint Vincent and Grenadines Samoa San Marino Saudi Arabia Senegal Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Slovak Republic Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa South Korea Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Tadjikistan Taiwan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tokelau Tonga Trinidad and Tobago REFERENCE ITEMS 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS Country Name Country Name Code Code hk tn Hong Kong Tunisia Hungary hu Turkey tr Iceland i Turkmenistan tm ndia i Turks and Caicos tc Islands Indonesia i Tuvalu tv ran i Uganda ug Iraq i Ukraine ua reland i United Arab Emirates ae Israel i United Kingdom uk taly i Uruguay uy Ivory Coast Cote i Uzbekistan
354. gs in Manage Deferred Rollforwards 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 153 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY cu H can JHJ TH 7 J ADMINISTRATION MANAGE DEFERRED ROLLFORWARDS Columns Number Columns 39 v Activity Def Only BS Only Activity Def Only BS Only Column 1 Name Current Activity A 1 9 3 N 8 9 9 Column 2 Name Imported Activity B 9 3 3 o 9 9 3 Column 3 Name RTP True Ups c3 3 3 P 9 3 3 Column 4 Name Purchase Accounting D 4 3 3 Q3 3 3 Column 5 Name Audit Adjustments E 5 3 3 R 3 i 6 Column 6 Name Other Adj to Balance Sheet F 8 3 3 s 9 3 3 Column 7 Name Other Adjto Deferred Expense e 9 3 3 T 9 3 3 Column 8 Name Corporate Adjustments H 8 3 3 u 9 3 9 Column 9 Name All Other 2 8 6 v g 3 g J 8 3 3 wid 3 3 Kk 8 3 3 x 3 3 3 X E 3 3 Y 8 3 3 M 8 3 3 z 3 3 3 DEFERRED ANALYSIS DEFAULTS 2009 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars Deferred Analysis Defaults Colu
355. gt PTBI Forecast Rate Reports gt Unit Consolidated gt Forecast Rate e PTBI at Forecast Rate Pre Tax Book Income times Forecast Rate e Permanent Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry where includable status is Yes e Modifications Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Permanent Differences 2011 Thomson Reuters 2 9 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Temporary Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis where includable status is Yes Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Temporary Difference Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Discretes pre Rate Permanent Differences includable for State Modifications Temporary Differences includable for State and Temporary Difference Adjustments lines State Apportionment Percentage Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit level Apportioned Discretes Pre NOL Discretes pre Rate line times State Apportionment Percentage line NOLs Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State After Apport
356. h Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC Return Basis Provision Sum of Federal Tax Current After Tax Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC Total Current Federal Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Begin Deferred Tax Per B S Deferred Balances report Total Beginning Balance column with the Fed view option Bal Sheet Only Adjustment Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates plus Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Ending Deferred Tax Per B S Deferred Balances report Total Ending Balance column with the Fed view option CTA Deferred Balances report Total CTA column with Fed or Fed FBOS and Expanded income statement view options Deferred Provision Only Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt PTBI Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA an
357. he ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Add Tag to Payable Drop down Menu ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting P Advanced Functionality A Data Entry Global Access e amp Admin General ADS Col Type Switch Perms Temps Payable Tax Adis Tes Add Tag to Payable Drop Down Menu X Add In the Tax Adjs tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Add Tag to Tax Adjs Drop down Menu 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Reporting P Advanced Functionality L3 Data Entry ag Global Access e Admin General ADS Col Type Switch Pers Temps Payable Taw Adg TBS Add Tag to Tax Adj Drop Down Menu X Add In the TBS tab you have the ability to activate system parameters for Global Access features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The followin
358. he difference between the Forecast rate and Actual on Pre Tax Book Income PTBI times the Forecast Rate minus PTBI times Actual Rates State and Local Income Taxes Provision from State Summary Provision Summary plus the Federal Benefit of State impact Effect of Rates Different from Statutory Accommodates differences in the current tax rates and the dataset s group tax rate as defined in Administration gt Manage Datasets The difference of the unit current tax rate and the group rate is multiplied by the Pre Tax Book Income and Permanent Differences to arrive at an adjustment to account for unit rates different from statutory Permanent Differences Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only or when there was a change in the deferred tax rate NOLs Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only or when there was a change in the deferred tax rate Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Tax Adjustments After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only Deferred Provision Only Adjustments Data Entry gt Unit Details Actual gt Federal gt PTBI Col
359. he system Each entry is identified by user and given a time and date stamp The View By filtering option allows the data to be scoped to a manageable output level The report generated details the changes that occurred by displaying the original entry and the changed amount Each change has the following columns of detail Transaction Type User Component Type Field Component Original Value Component Changed Value and Date Although it is not advised the categories audit trail can be truncated to clear historical data Screen Entry Fields View By Username Defaults to all users but any user can be selected from the drop down list 128 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Component Defaults to all components but can be any component type can be selected from the drop down list From Defaults to the current date but can be changed to any date by either entering a date or selecting the Calendar drop down menu To Defaults to the current date but can be changed to any date by either entering a date or selecting the Calendar drop down menu Journal Entry Summary You can create custom groupings of journal entries in the Journal Entry Summary screen in the System folder of the Administration area When you enter JEs on the Journal Entries screen you can select the JE Type then select one of the custom groups you ve created from the JE Summary drop down Scree
360. heet to understand what s in the rows columns 210 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER eee Ine simplified example EM M UEM 5650 Pre Tax inc foo po ooo NENNEN T Tm mm aan SR Perm2 Fines p p b b BENI m 1 1 L asm L1 M mL NL NN ETT The special values or annotations go in marker rows and columns e Specify marker row with mark in 1st column e Specify marker column with mark in 1st row The unit annotations indicate that there is unit information in columns 2 3 and 4 The perm annotations indicate that rows 3 and 4 contain Permanent Differences values The Rolling Pin could process the sheet and use the annotations to produce an import numbers UP spreadsheet The macro iterates through each row and column building the list of permanent difference amounts in the format required by the standard import numbers UP sheet format Rolling Pin Category Codes e Unit code is read from row annotated by ucode e Permanent code is read from column annotated by code e Full set of annotations and markers to produce the import categories UPD are P MM units bets unc NN h B c pee MIE qereTaxing goo soo oo ooo NNNM Emo mop o P Pem2 fms p p p b MI ee pe e he poe ME Inc raxRate pe Co 54 5 5 25 ANE hmar code _ l unit Punit put Rolling Pin Extra Features e
361. his occurs but system is not prevented from clearing the data Exclusion tags have two functions Prevent data associated with selected tags from being cleared from the target unit Prevent data associated with selected tags from being copied from the source unit to the target unit Copy and Summarize Data is cleared from the target unit as the first step Then data is copied from the source unit to the target unit There are two options for copying data from the source unit to the target unit Copy Detail by Tag and Summarize Detail by Tag Copy Detail by Tag Each component tag combination from the source unit is copied to the target Source Unit Tag Target Unit Tag Component 1 A gt Component 1 A Component 1 B gt Component 1 B Component 2 A gt Component 2 A Component 2 B gt Component 2 B If data exits in the target unit for a component tag combination it will be overwritten unless the target tag is defined on the Exclude Clearing the Data for These Tags on the Target Unit list When data is included on the Exclude list it will be incremented on top of the data that already exists This is undesirable if the flow through calculation process is to be run more than once because the source data will increment on top of itself on each run Summarize Detail by Tag Each component from the source unit is summarized into the Summarization Tag before it is copied to the target 366 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESO
362. i D Beginning 2 Ending spot FX 1 Sparx Beginning Balance Change in FX Rate 1 500 00 Current Current Activity Activity Current Tas Current Tas 20 000 25 Rate 5000 00 20 000 25 Rate 5 000 00 D D Weight Average FX Base CTA on Effect Rate DifizbiwCur Differences biw Dhd Current and Deferred The CTA calculation can be viewed in the Deferred Balances Report cir expanded b s 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Standard Rollup default Expanded B S Summary hybrid detail unit pre tax Beginning 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing Federal State FBOS Federal State FBOS State FBOS Balance sgan License D1000 ABC CORP contracted BSEC cir expanded us eis 10 000 Batence 1 0 Deferred FX Rate 10 000 00 contracted cir expanded b s expanded Ws ering p 2 Deterred Rate Beginning Rate Current AdiBeqRTPTrue Purchase Audt oie M m Balance Change Activity Balance Ups Accounting Adjustments Unassigned Unassigned T1000 Accrued Bonus 3 000 1 250 3 500 5 250 0 0 0 3 000 1250 3 500 5 250 0 0 0 Beginning 10 Deferred Fx Rate 10 000 00 x Total o J Begnning 30 Deterred Rate Expanded I S In the Expanded I S report you can view the impact of the CTA through Activity the Deferred Rate Change the Rate Difference between Current and Deferred and Deferred Only Adjustments Deferred Balances Report F
363. ics including payable functionality valuation allowance automation journal entry configuration foreign currency issues interim reporting return to provision exporting to return and tax basis balance sheet 2011 Thomson Reuters 293 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY USER STATUS Reporting Levels FT Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options E E E RR RR Source Data Administration Available Views The User Status report for Provision and Interim datasets displays all users for the client s instance Report Views Defaults to a listing view Line by Line Each user is listed by action Column by Column e Action Options are Added and Deactivated e Audit Log Username Username assigned in the Administration area gt Administer Users e Current Username Username assigned in the Administration area gt Administer Users e Time Date and time when the action occurred 294 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY PAYABLE Payable functionality tracks payments refunds and other adjustments in the taxes payable account Activating the Payable Several system and dataset parameters can be activated to change the Payable functionality The Payable functionality is recommended and is the system default Payable The Payable is a component of the Provision dataset e Users who previously used Liability tab function
364. iews contain pre calculated report ready results Views contain both local and reporting currency numbers Query filters must be used In versions prior to 6 0 the TS Database Analyzer option was available by default In version 6 0 and higher the Navigator does not display this option unless the SHOW DATABASEANALYZER parameter is added with a paramvalue of 1 Reset Report Data An Administrator can select Reset Report Data to refresh report data This recalculates all system calculations Although this function is rarely necessary it does ensure users that all reports have the most current data Reset Report Data is available for the Provision Estimated Payment and Interim datasets FORECAST RATE Reporting Levels Filing Group Subconsolidation Control Center Configurable Options Sub consolidation Forecast Data Entry Screens Available Views Foreign Domestic Unit Breakout Q1 Q2 Variance Q2 Q3 Variance View Overview View Summary View Detail The Forecast Rate report for Interim datasets displays an overview of the calculation of the Federal and State forecasted rate It uses the information entered for each component in the Forecast section The rate calculated in this report carries over to the Tax Provision report for Interim datasets 2011 Thomson Reuters 285 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Note When exporting to Excel create sub consolidations of a maximum 250
365. ign exchange rate does not impact the deferred tax expense It is treated as an equity item View the report in Expanded income statement to display the components of the CTA calculation Change Columns The columns that explain the change in NOL balances are user defined in the Manage NOL Rollforward section Each tag and item can be defined to up to 15 columns Ending Balance Total of beginning balances and all items that occurred during the period 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 249 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING NOLs Expiration Reporting Levels Filing Group Sub consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset Unit __ Subcconsolidation The NOLs Expiration report for Provision and Interim datasets displays Federal NOL temporary differences by the year in which they expire The first year in the report is the latest expiration year for any NOL in the dataset for any unit NOL balances can display either summarized or with underlying detail Note NOL amounts remain on this report indefinitely They are not automatically removed after the year in which they expire To remove NOL amounts from reports zero them out manually in the NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen Provision Items e Pre Tax Balances e Deferred Tax Asset Liability Report Views e Defaults to the Summary view Click Detail to display specific NOLs with their expiration years Line by Line NOL Data Entry g
366. ility Balance Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book State Liability Balance Difference Corporate Edition State Payable Entry for entries with a years prior to the dataset year Book State Liability Taxes Per Book and State Liability Balance Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book 284 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Administration An Administrator can Reset Report Data and query a dataset with TS Database Analyzer functionality TS Database Analyzer TS Database Analyzer is available in the Provision Estimated Payment and Interim datasets in the Reporting area Administration folder To use this functionality you must agree to the following statement ONESOURCE Tax Provision does not support or warrant the accuracy or validity of any numbers produced by this tool You must agree that you will not rely on the results of queries run within to support any tax provision calculations The functionality is designed for users who have a working knowledge of database and database queries SQL The query analyzer gives you the ability to run ad hoc queries against the database It does not allow database data to be changed Query scripts cannot contain DELETE UPDATE CREATE INSERT ALTER or TRUNCATE statements Query results can be exported to Excel by selecting Export Excel from File on the upper left side of the Menu Bar Report Ready v
367. ility balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Temp Diffs Discrepancy The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report is a new report that shows when a user deviated from the Default Type set up in Manage Configuration for the C Current N Non Current Adjustment Type You can use this report to see when users have deviated from the default For example if a Temp Diff has the Default Type set up as C Current and a user selects NC Non Current for the Temp Diff the report would reflect the following results 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 243 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Note The Default Type set up in the Administration area Manage Configurations Data Entry tab is the Default Value in the Temp Diffs Discrepancy report Consolidated Dataset Temp Diff Discrepancy 2010 Provision Acme Incorp jurisdichton Unt Code Unttame Code Name Source Defaut Value Value intable Begh Balance Activity Deferred Balance Sheet Ending Balance FED D1000 ASC Corp 710000 Accrued Vacation M Non Current Current 0 100 000 0 0 100 000 244 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities Reporting Levels pnt P Subconsol aion Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset Unt _ Subconsolidation Source Data Unit Details Temporary Differences After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Dif
368. impacts the deferred provision as well as the deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of valuation allowances or adjustments to prior year balances Balance Sheet Only Balance only impacts deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income items The State Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision State report removes the BSO Adjustment from the State Deferred Provision Override Unit Rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details State Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Check to override unit rates check box Note For v 8 0 the Default Type will default to NC Non Current e A Default Type can be set by your System Administrator and you may not have the ability to select between C Current and NC Non Current The System Administrator may have allowed the ability to deviate from the Default Type and allow you to select between C Current and NC Non Current 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 203 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report will be available to review the Temporary Differences Tax Basis that have been overridden and deviate from the default type set up by the administrator e Please contact your Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type set up State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis The
369. in reports State After App Temp Diffs You can add a State After Apportionment Temporary Difference in the State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen in the Manage States folder of the Administration area An existing State After Apportionment Temporary Difference name can be modified Only a State After Apportionment Temporary Difference that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new State After Apportionment Temporary Difference complete the appropriate fields on the CSAATD St AfterApp TempDiff sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 63 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The State After Apportionment Temporary Difference code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The name can be edited after it is created The State After Apportionment Temporary Difference code and name display in reports State Tax Adjustments You can add a State Tax Adjustment in the State Tax Adjustments screen in the Manage States folder of the Administration area An existing State Tax Adjustment name can be modified Only a State Tax Adjustment that has no entry in any dataset can be deleted To import a new State Tax Adjustment complete the appropriate fields on th
370. in the categories displays in the Component column Component types for Deferred Balances Effective Tax Rates and Trial Balance differ To associate a component select the item in the Association list Available rollups that have been created for the rollup set displays in the drop down list e f a component is not associated with a rollup it displays as part of an unassigned rollup on the reports When new components are added in the system they default to unassigned in all rollups e On the Import template use the code CRR when creating a new rollup association Manage Tags You can create tag letters in Manage Tags in the System folder within the Administration area Tag letters display in the tag source drop down lists in data entry screens Tags allow you to isolate and identify the originating source of the information entered in the dataset for a component of a unit Screen Entry Fields Description and Tag The description is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The description cannot be edited because it will change globally in the system The tag can be deleted and re added with a new description if desired The tag can be any single letter of the alphabet and it can be modified TAGS can be repurposed with the version 8 0 Plugin Reports You can use the Plugin Reports screen in the System folder of the Administration area to query data stored in the
371. in the next quarter Home Data Review Forecast 1 Actual Q1 Current Quarter Q2 Roll Back to Q1 Advance to Q3 1 Interim Multi States In version 5 0 58 and higher you can generate an interim state forecasted tax rate based on multi states When the system generates a Forecast State Rate it includes the impact of the forecast state apportionment Actual Apportionment Totals 100 for All Units e In the Actual section of the software if the Apportionment for a unit adds up to 100 then the system properly allocates 100 of the Actual PTBI and multiply it by the Forecasted State Rate post forecasted apportionment Actual Apportionment Is Greater Less than 100 for Any Unit e In the Actual section of the software if the Apportionment for a unit is less than or more than 100 the system does not accrue the correct amount and an adjustment must be made The software first apportions the PTBI by the Actual Apportionment and then apply the Forecasted State Rate which already has the impact for the Apportionment from the Forecast included e The program warns you that less than 100 of the PTBI was allocated by displaying the following Allocated Actual PTBI for States Differs From Total next to the Total State Tax Provision line on the Tax Provision and on the Current State Tax Provision line on the State Provision Summary To allocate 100 of the PTBI and remove the warnings from re
372. ing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Deactivate Unit Button Found in the upper right hand corner of the screen Clicking Deactivate deletes the record which erases all information for this unit for the current dataset It also deletes all states that have been populated for this unit for the dataset It does not affect any other unit in the dataset or any unit in any other dataset in which the unit is included There are cases where deleting a child unit from a Filing Group can effect certain entries that appear in Data Entry and in Reports Note You cannot deactivate a unit if it is the designated parent of a filing group Filing Unit A filing unit provides the ability to group units The Filing Unit is considered the Parent unit Units that are grouped with the parent unit are referred to as Child units Currently the system does not permit multiple tiered filing groups All units with a common Filing Unit are treated as a single entity when applying the automated NOL AMT and netting of assets and liabilities calculations Pre Tax Book Income e PTBI Data Entry Policy There are five options for entering Pre Tax Book Income which are determined by the data entry policy From the PTBI Data Entry Policy drop down menu select the desired PTBI method Pre Tax Book Income Depending on the Data Policy either the Pre Tax Book Income Local and or Pre Tax Book Income USD are editable If the field is gr
373. ing Tax Accounts e Ending balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file Perm Diffs Tax Basis You can add Perm Diffs Tax Basis bridge mappings in the Permanent Differences screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MPD Perm Diffs sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC 66 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP e The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Permanent Difference and Type e The Permanent Difference bridge mapping options are the established permanent difference codes e The Permanent Difference Type bridge mapping options are either E Equity Adjustment or P P amp L Adjustment e This mapping posts to the Permanent Differences screen Begin and End Fctr e Beginning balance factor is typically zero because it is ignored when computing Permanent Differences e Ending balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial bal
374. ion Type Sorts payable data on Fiscal Year then Jurisdiction type Unit Jurisdiction Year Sorts payable data on Unit then Jurisdiction then Fiscal Year Jurisdiction Type Jurisdiction Year Sorts payable data on Jurisdiction type then Jurisdiction then Fiscal Year Year Bucket Sorts payable data on Fiscal Year then Payable Bucket 2011 Thomson Reuters 281 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Column by Column Fiscal Year The Fiscal Year selected in the Payable Entry screen Unit Code Unit Name The Unit where the Payable Entry was made Jurisdiction The Jurisdiction Federal State or user defined jurisdiction where the Payable Entry was made Bucket The Payable Bucket selected in the Payable Entry screen Jurisdiction Type Amounts are classified as either Federal or State depending on the Unit where the Payable Entry was made Beginning Balances Amounts in the Payable Entry screen for the years before the dataset year Transaction Amounts by Rollup Each payable transaction has an assigned payable rollup Amounts are filtered into columns by rollup code Ending Balances Sum of Beginning Balances and Transaction Amounts by Rollup The Payable Rollforward Payable Detail Reporting Levels Filing Group Subconsolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt __ Subconsolidation Provision Calculations Payable Entry Available Views Fed Only State Only Txn
375. ion Types broken out by Current year and Prior year broken out by Unit Txn Types Totals displays payable data by Transaction Types broken out by Current year and Prior year broken out by Bucket Line by Line e Beginning Balances Amounts in the Payable Entry screen for the years before the dataset year Transaction Amounts by Rollup Each payable transaction has an assigned payable rollup Amounts are filtered and sub totalled by rollup code Ending Balances Sum of Beginning Balances and Transaction Amounts by Rollup Current Year and Prior Years Depending on the view of the report a Total for current and prior years or the Current Year s data appears on the top and the Prior Year s data on the bottom of the report Column by Column Totals All entries made in the Payable Entry screen for the Unit Sub Consolidation or Consolidation selected in the Control Center e Unit Breakout Payable Entry amounts broken out by Unit and totalled Bucket Payable Entry amounts broken out by the Payable Bucket assigned to each entry 2011 Thomson Reuters 2 5 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Tax Provision Estimated Payments Reporting Levels pnt __ Suconsclidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt _ Sub consolidation Source Data All Data Review Screens Available Views The Tax Provision State report in the Estimated Payments dataset displays state tax prov
376. ion and Estimated Payments datasets To import information to the Automation section complete the appropriate fields on the S States sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields NOL Automation e The automation posts an amount as a NOL Temporary Difference with the system code NOL SYS and the tag of A The NOL automation posts a reclass that creates the NOL 198 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Temporary difference when the unit has a taxable loss It draws down an available NOL Temporary Difference when the unit has taxable income e Selections made in the NOL Allowance rate and Base NOL Allowance impact the amount of the reclass to NOL that is posted The NOL Allowance rate is the percent of taxable income loss that should be considered when computing the NOL that should be reclassed for the specified unit e The Base NOL Allowance e g 382 limitation limits the amount of NOL that is considered If there is no Base NOL Allowance the default value of zero should remain the same Important In Consolidated State reports the total NOL will not be reduced by entities that have income To make this reduction adjustment an elimination entity should be created with the NOL entry only Estimated Payments Estimated Payments items are entered in the Estimated Payments section under Data Ent
377. ionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis Total Apportioned Discretes Sum of Apportioned Discretes Pre NOL and NOLs lines State Tax Rate Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit level Tax Before Credits Total Apportioned Discretes line times the current State Tax Rate line After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC_ Cash Discretes Sum of Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Current State Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Begin Deferred Tax Per B S The Total Beginning Balance column of the Deferred Balances report with the State view option Bal Sheet Only Adjustment Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis plus Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates and apportionment Percentage plus D
378. ions e Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining sub consolidations Filing Group A filing group allows the attributes of a child unit to roll up to a parent unit In the unit details and state details screens the unit can remain a parent or it can be designated as a child of another parent unit As achild of a parent the automation selections and resulting attributes are those of the parent When a unit becomes a child of a parent the Automations listed in the Unit Details screen are disabled and the entire screen is blocked for that unit Only parent units have the ability to set the automations There are filing group specific reports that show the results of the relationship with other units Once a unit is designated as a parent unit it cannot be deactivated Tag Letters Tag letters are used to designate data as originating from a specific source Tags are often referred to as source tags or source codes Any letter of the alphabet can be assigned a description The letter A is used by the system for automation It is recommended that you not use the letter A for any other purpose because it could lead to misleading results Administrators can assign a tag name to any letter so that it appears in the drop down list of 2011 Thomson Reuters 29 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW data entry screens You can use a tag letter to identify transferred imported and or bridged data
379. is NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis plus Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates and apportionment Percentage plus Data Entry gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates plus Data Entry gt Federal gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis plus Data Entry gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Ending Deferred Tax Per B S The Total Ending Balance column of the Deferred Balances report with the State view option CTA The Total CTA column of the Deferred Balances report with State or State FBOS and Expanded income statement view options Deferred Provision Only Data Entry gt State gt State Details Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Federal gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total State Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines Legacy Tax Provision Reporting Levels Punt _ Subconsolidation Control Center Configurable Options
380. is multiplied by the unit s Pre Tax Book Income and Permanent Differences to accommodate for rates different from statutory Effect Deferred Rate Changes Provides for the impact of restating beginning deferred balances if the beginning and ending deferred tax rates found in the unit s Unit Details screen differ Effect Rate Differences between Current and Deferred Provides for activity in deferred balances that is rate effected at a current tax rate that differs from the ending deferred tax rate found in the unit s Unit Details screen Deferred Provision Only Adjustments Displays overrides to the deferred tax provision made in the Unit Details deferred only adjustment or any Deferred Only Adjustments entered in the Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis or After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screens Effective Tax Rate Interim The Effective Tax Rate report for Interim datasets displays an overview of the reconciliation going from each component at the group rate designated for the dataset and the effective tax rate calculated in the provision calculation Supporting detail for some calculations can be viewed in this report while the underlying support for other items is detailed in separate reports Parameters can change the view of this report Provision Items Total Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Report Views 236 Defaults to the summary and contracted views Rollups are user d
381. ision calculations for the state selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for the calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Current State Tax Expense Report Views Defaults to a detail view of the report Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Unit gt Unit Details gt PTBI Permanent Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Unit gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry where includable status is Yes Modifications Data Review State State Permanent Differences Temporary Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Unit gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis where includable status is Yes Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Temporary Difference Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Allocable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Permanent Differences includable for State Modifications Temporary Differences includable for State and Temporary Difference Adjustments lines State Apportionment Percentage Data Entry gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level se
382. ision RTP xls Step 2 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Return from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Transfer gt Spreadsheet Import 4 Import the following file 2008 Return RTP xls Dataset Parameters In order for the system to distinguish the 2008 Temporary Difference True ups from the 2009 Temporary Difference True ups the tags for the Dataset Parameters HOLDSRTP 2008 and HOLDSDORTP 2008 must be different from the HOLDSRTP 2009 and HOLDSDORTP 2009 tags To configure tags 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Return from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Entry Dataset Administration Dataset Parameters Enter the Parameter Name Parameter Type and Parameter Value 4 Enter the following e Parameter Name DORTPTAG e Parameter Type Alphanumeric e Parameter Value Z 5 Repeat Step 4 and enter the following e Parameter Name RTPTAG e Parameter Type Alphanumeric e Parameter Value X Activation To activate the RTP posting 1 and HOLDSDORTP_2008 now have the tags X and Z respectively Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Return from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Post Ret to Prov HOLDSRTP 2008 Non Cash Tax Adjustments When the Post Ret to Prov menu option is selected the system automatically calculates the differences b
383. it has been activated Jurisdiction State specific data is separated by folders so that it can easily be entered or modified e When you change the Dataset and or the Unit in the Control Center the state folders will change depending on which states you have created for that Dataset Unit For example as you Switch between the units the only state folders available are the ones that have been created To search in the jurisdiction state list type the first character of the state jurisdiction to filter the list STATE All the State Jurisdiction data is entered and stored in the individual Jurisdiction State folder Each jurisdiction must have a record in order to enter data Jurisdiction has up to nine areas depending on the licenses in place Administration Active Workpapers Details State Permanent Differences State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Tax Adjustments State Payable Entry Administration Administrators can access unit state dataset parameters which control some unit level features Unit State Dataset Parameter Unit State Dataset Parameters are defined in the Navigator under Data Entry gt State gt Administration in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Actual gt State gt Administration in an Interim dataset Administrators use unit state dataset parameters to
384. item are applied Either the State FBOS or the Fed FBOS option displays depending on the Federal Benefit of State dataset parameter that is selected The All Current and Non current options allow the report to be filtered by balance sheet status The Contracted Expanded balance sheet and Expanded income statement options allow you to view beginning balances period change and ending balances in different ways The balance sheet view can display both pre and post rate while the income statement view only displays when a rate option is selected Rate effected views support the Deferred Tax Asset Liability when Expanded balance sheet is selected or the Deferred Tax Expense and CTA when Expanded income statement is selected User defined columns that display in the Expanded views are defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen in the Administration area 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING 263 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING e Any single column can be expanded to see underlying unit by unit data by selecting Brkout Expanded results either display on the screen or export to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Line by Line Temporary Differences Data Entry Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences
385. ith certain functionality in the software The notes field will pre populate with the originating source All notes fields are editable by all users Included are e Copy Dataset Rollover Dataset FlowThrough Active Workpapers Return to Provision Integration Global Access Automation RTP InterCo Txn ADMINISTRATION PARAMETERS Manage Configurations Additional Parameters have been added to Manage Configurations to allow easier configuration of the software These parameters were previously only available in Manage Restricted Features Reporting Regulated e Expanded FERC View Export to Returns e Export to ONESOURCE Income Tax Deferred Balances e Ending Def Balance Post Tag and Event Type State Level e Hide state report details when no states Formatting e Client Name in Reports e Number of Decimal Places for Rates e Number of Decimal Places for FX Rates Other e Add Year to Date YTD Reports e Enable Advanced Plug In Reports e UK Proof and P L Reports e Enable VA Contra Accounts for the Net Deferred Report 2011 Thomson Reuters 11 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES Advanced Functionality Payable e Enable Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Functionality Alternative Minimum Tax e Disable the AMT Automation Feature Dataset Relations e Allow Return to Provision Flow Through e Activate Flow Through e Automatically Calculate Flow Through Factors e Display the Calculate Flow Thr
386. itha long list that you may want to sort The following example was filtered by Date and Change Type Each column displays the same headers as the application c7 bd NEG 0 1 6E 0 G em Las 4 Pooch suu Date 6 1 2011 5220 AN 1 tem 2 Change Type Add 1 item Data Source user Tag Adj Type Expense mount j Evet Type Sub Type Event Notes B Pet 1 3 4 EI 5 6 Bridge Inport admin 1284751 82 8 Right mouse click allows the ability to Select or De select columns and Reset all saved settings HS Data Source History 2220 Date LL Change Type Data Source Y User ag Ad Toe S Date 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM 1 item Reset all saved settings amp Change Type Add 1 tem Change Type E Bridge Import admin Event Type Sub Type Event Expense Amount Data Source View Audit Trail The View Audit Trail captures and displays all the data that is entered adjusted or deleted in the System Each entry is identified by user and given a time and date stamp The View By filtering option allows data to be scoped to a manageable output level The report generated details the change that occurred by displaying the original entry and the changed amount The report can be exported to Excel by right clicking the report and selecting Export to Excel Each change has the following columns of detail Transaction Type Component Type Dataset Component Type Field Unit Original Value
387. k OK To open a report that has been exported to Excel Click Yes when prompted Locate the target point of the file that was created and double click the file Note You will not be receive a message that the export is complete after you have selected File gt Export to Excel name the file and click Save There is no indication that the export has been completed To toggle certain parts of the Control Center screen Click View then Toggle Sliding The parts slide up and down instead of automatically displaying Click Data Entry and Administration to see the difference between the areas Click View then Toggle Status Bar hides the status bar at the bottom of the screen Click View then Toggle Headers hides the headers control center and navigator on the control center screen Click View then Toggle Full Screen Mode gives additional workarea space to view and edit Click View then Toggle Control Center completely hides the control center To manage the license password and settings or view information about the version Click About then Import License to update the license file 20 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Click About then Change Password to manage the password Click About then Refresh Settings select if you cannot find something that you recently added in the administration area Click About then Contact Information Displays the user s licens
388. k Tax Basis 185 Temporary Differences Tax Basis 182 Trial Balance Tax Basis 195 Unit Dataset Parameters 161 Unit State Dataset Parameters 196 Import Reporting Dataset Reporting Dataset 45 Import Return Maps template MBAL Balance Sheet Mappings 60 130 MBAL Map Balance Sheet 59 MINC Income Statement Mappings 60 130 MINC Map Income Statement 59 Import Rolling Pin 208 209 Import Spreadsheet 208 Import Update Rates Template GSTD Generate State Temp Diff 200 SRATES State Rates 197 Apportionments 197 Rates 197 State Temporary Differences Tax Basis 200 mported data 29 mporting data 208 ncentive Stock Options 331 nclude for State 31 nclude In Copy 364 ncome Statement 309 ncome Statementitems 362 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE Inter Company Transaction Entry 161 Intercompany Transaction Entry Import 194 Intercompany Transactions Add 56 Delete 56 Import 56 Interest 368 Interim Dataset Overall basis 288 Unit by Unit basis 288 Interim Datasets 46 326 328 Interim Methodology 231 Interim Process Advance to Next Quarter 329 Prior Full Year to Quarter 329 Roll Back to Prior Quarter 329 nterim Provision 328 nternational Financial Reporting Standards 315 RS 368 SO 331 SO Country Codes 51 SO Currency Codes 51 Journal Entries 175 388 Journal Entry 303 Journal Entry configuration 293 Journal Entry Mappings 161 Import 162 Journal Entry Parameters JE COMPONENT ROLLUP SET CODE 307 JEFILTERZ 307
389. l Permanent Dilferenc 2010 Provision D1000 ABC Cor 3E Bridge Import Delete admin 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM P1300 B Permanent Dilferenc 2010 Provision D1000 ABC Cor E Bridge impot Delete admin 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM P1000 B Permanent Dilferenc 2010 Provision D1000 ABC Cor S Bridge Import Add admin 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM P1300 B P4L Permanent Dilferenc 2010 Provision D1000 ABC Cor Bridge Import Add admin 6 1 2011 9 52 20 AM P1000 B Pal Note One benefit of the Data Source History is the ability to filter Utilizing the smart filter within the application by dragging column headers such as Component Type Unit Change Type Date and Code to the area Drag a column header here to group by that column Then you can export to excel In this example you can see the Data Source Active Workpapers and Data Source Bridge Import separately You could then export the items to Excel ADMINISTRATION VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY Dataset Alb Unt Alb User Ab State Alb v Component Type Permanent D ferences From 5 1 2011 v To amp l 2011 w DataSource Component Type F Dataset V Unit Y Change Type Y User F Date F Code Y Tag ViAdType Y 8 S Data Source Bridge Import 4 items 2011 Thomson Reuters 125 ONESOURCE 126 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Once the data is set up with the desired display Due TERT v User Data Source v
390. l Current Tax Provision Book Federal Current Provision Taxes Per Book and Federal Current Provision Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book Federal Deferred Provision Difference Corporate Edition Federal Deferred Tax Provision Book Federal Deferred Provision Taxes Per Book and Federal Deferred Provision Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book Federal Deferred Balance Difference Corporate Edition Federal Deferred Balances Book Federal Deferred Balances Taxes Per Book and Federal Deferred Balance Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book e State Current Provision Difference Corporate Edition State Current Tax Provision Book State Current Provision Taxes Per Book and State Current Provision Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book State Deferred Provision Difference Corporate Edition State Deferred Tax Provision Book State Deferred Provision Taxes Per Book and State Deferred Provision Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book State Deferred Balance Difference Corporate Edition State Deferred Balances Book State Deferred Provision Taxes Per Book and State Deferred Balance Difference difference between Corporate Edition and Book Federal Liability Balance Difference Corporate Edition Federal Payable Entry for entries with a years prior to the dataset year Book Federal Liability Taxes Per Book and Federal Liab
391. l Entry Supplemental Field Name 3 m Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 8 ue c Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 4 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 9 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 5 Rounding of Journal Entry Values Show Delete all Journal Entries Menu Option OYes ONo ban Malata All libe am lerne Debe Carnan NYa Aha Kaj i E a The SHOW JE and SHOW_OUTPUTJE system parameters with a paramvalue of 1 activate the configurable journal entry JE The simple journal entry is available by default A The configurable journal entry provides User Configurable screens to map calculations and other items in the system with general ledger accounts A This parameter generates the Output JE Base report found under Output Journal Entries in the reports list Simple Journal Entry JE Report The simple JE report information is the default view of the Provision Journal Entry simple old report 2011 Thomson Reuters 303 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Configurable The Journal entry report can be configured to an expanded version Each of the provision calculations in the system and data in either the taxes per book fields or trial balance lines can be combined to create a journal entry report Several parameters need to be added to use configurable JE functionality The Journal Entries configuration screen allows Administrators
392. l be system generated in the 2009 Current Provision once the Post Ret to Prov menu option has been activated in the 2008 Return The value entered for the dataset parameter RTPTAG sets the tag used in HOLDSRTP YYYY and the value entered for the dataset parameter DORTPTAG sets the tag used in HOLDSDORTP_YYYY If tags are not specified in RTPTAG and DORTPTAG HOLDSRTP_YYYY will default to R and HOLDSDORTP_YYYY will default to Q Note If you are using multiple RTPs you should manage tags through the RTPTAG and DORTPTAG dataset parameters so that the system distinguishes the adjustments separately See the Example of Multiple RTP Adjustments section for more information 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Example of Multiple RTP Adjustments This section walks you through an example of using the RTP posting for multiple RTP adjustments Note Be sure to keep all the data from the Single RTP Adjustment example To make the example easier to follow Balance Sheet Only and State RTP True ups are not included in the example Balance Sheet Only and State True ups use the same calculations mentioned throughout this document Creating Datasets To create datasets for the previous year Provision and previous year Return Previous Year Provision N Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New Enter the following
393. lAccess eB Admin Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Retums Deferred Balances j State Lev Formatting APIC Pool Other Enhanced View Yes C No Add Expected Deferred Report Yes C No Add State Tax Prov Apt Breakout Report C Yes C No Limit States on State Tax Prov Apt Breakout Add Limit Units on State Tax Prov Rpt Breakout v Hide state report menu when no states C Yes No Hide state report details when no states Yes No 94 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP In the Formatting tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen Note Both the header and footer can have up to 65 characters The following are the parameters and descriptions Add Report Header Allows the text entered up to 65 characters will display as a Header on all reports when they are printed Add Report Footer Allows the text entered up to 65 characters will display as a Footer on all reports when they are printed Set Print Pages Wide Allows to enter the number of pages wide that reports should print to If no amount is entered the reports will shrink to fit into one page Client Name in Reports Allows the text entered up to 200 characters will display in the header of reports a
394. lances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income items The Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision report removes the BSO 184 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY E Adjustment from the Deferred Provision Override Unit Rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Override unit rates check box Analysis The Analysis section of Tax Basis Temporary Differences screens is optional for data entry It uses the Dataset level Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen to set a default tag and type when data is entered Data entered in the Analysis section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and posted in the Detail section with the appropriate Tag and Deferred Type e Click the Expand link to display a preview of the Deferred Balances report pre tax The column headers are those established in the Dataset level Manage Deferred Rollforwards Screen e Beginning balances are read only e Important The OTHER ENTRIES row populates with all items entered in the Detail section that cannot be uniquely classified because of multi tags or multi type entries in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen e To display the Data Entry section click Create New or Edit Screen Entry Fields Analysis Section Code Description The code and descri
395. lculated adjustment displays in the deferred balances report as a separate column If the Current Tax rate and the Ending Deferred Tax rate differ for the unit the system automatically calculates the necessary impact of the rate difference for activity entered for temporary differences The impact of the rate difference can be viewed in the Effective Tax Rate report Deferred FX Rates In the Beginning and Ending fields enter the specific Beginning and Ending Spot rates for the unit for the period covered by the dataset Enter the rate using the ratio of what 1 unit of the reporting currency would equal in the local currency The Beginning and Ending Spot rate is used to convert entries for the unit that have a Balance Sheet provision impact Enter 1 if the local and reporting currency are the same Deferred Provision Only Adjustment e The adjustment to the deferred tax provision expense is a separate line item on the tax provision report It impacts the Effective Tax rate The deferred expense amount does not have a related 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 177 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY deferred tax asset or liability associated with it Be sure to use this field appropriately because additional support may be required to justify the expense on the provision Flow Through Factors Flow Through is used to transfer a percentage of data from one unit to another It is useful for partnerships To enable Flow Through
396. le Unit Level C Yes G No Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Bridge into SubConsolidation Level C Yes G No Bridge into Consolidation Level C Yes No Activate Unit Mapping Screen Yes C No In the Currency Translation you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameter and description Additional CTA Amount Enables the ability to enter a reporting currency only adjustment on the Unit Details Miscellaneous tab ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cor B Reporting Advanced Functionality fa Data Entry Global Access amp Admin Payable Alternative Minimum Tax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Journal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge i j Dataset Relations Additional CTA Amount C Yes No In the Dataset Relations you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Balance Sheet Only RTP True Ups Posts Enables the amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only to be considered when the RTP posting functionality is launched Deferred Only RTP True Ups Posting Enables the amounts entered
397. lect Unit breakout Apportioned Income Pre NOL Allocable Income line times State Apportionment Percentage line NOLs Data Entry gt State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis Apportioned Income Sum of Apportioned Income Pre NOL and NOLs lines State Tax Rate Data Entry gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit breakout Tax Before Credits Apportioned Income line times the current State Tax Rate line After Tax State Temporary Differences Data Entry gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC_ 2 6 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Cash Provision Sum of Federal Tax Tax Before Credits After Tax State Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Non Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Current State Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Adjustments Legacy Tax Provision Estimated Payments Reporting Levels Punt __ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Config
398. lick Yes when prompted 10 Another pop up message displays Click Yes when prompted With Scrunching enabled the system will show the total Ending Balances in the Temporary Difference screens in the original dataset as the Beginning Balances in the Rollover dataset Beginning Balances are shown as single entries in corresponding screens The system scrunches data items with the same Temporary Difference Code and Current Non Current designation Some Temporary Differences have additional requirements in order to be scrunched NOL Entries must have the same Ending Rate Year Generated and Year Expired Book Tax Basis Entries must have the same Ending Rate Book Months and Tax Months After Tax Book Tax Basis Entries must have the same Book Months and Tax Months Federal State Entries must have the same Ending rate State After Apportionment Entries must have the same Ending rate State State After Apportionment Entries must have the same Ending Federal rate 42 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP This area contains a scenario and the outcome that result when the Scrunch feature is used 1 000000 50 000096 50 000096 50 000096 1 000000 1 000000 IIT NN mm HEN 1 000000 E E f 50 0000 1 000000 f 1000000 a Important Before using the Scrunch feature verify that the necessary categories are already in the system and that the necessary data is fou
399. lidations and Units in the Res drop down list You then select specific datasets sub consolidations and units from the options provided The Check All button select all components listed The Uncheck All button de selects all the components listed The Toggle All button toggles between the Check All and the Uncheck All lists You can use the Copy From User button to give a user access to the same unit sub consolidation and reporting dataset as another user Security access rules can be assigned to users using the CUC User Component Access sheet in the Import Categories template The user and the Components Type Code must be entered for each related component code along with the related Action type There are two action codes G Grant and D Deny A wildcard can be used to assign rights to all users by entering an 76 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP J asterisk Users who have been denied access to a unit can no longer view the unit Global Attachments The Global Attachments screen allows you to upload style sheets and other system files that have various purposes within the program Once a file is uploaded it deploys to all users who have access to the system Note This screen is not available until the GLOBAL XSL system parameter with a parameter value o
400. lity YTD Sum of Q1 Q2 Q3 and Q4 Requirement and Extension Payment lines PY Overpayment Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Payments populate with entries ADJ ADJ F 1ES 1ES F 2ES 2ES F 3ES SES F 4ES and 4ES F payable transaction codes in the Payable from a Provision Dataset when the dataset is designated with the dataset parameter PULL PAY FROM DATASET and the data is refreshed by triggering Reset Report Data If the PULL PAY FROM DATASET parameter is not used the system will take all payments from all Provision datasets with the same year as the Estimated Payment dataset Total Payments YTD Sum of PY Overpayment Q1 Q2 Q3 and Q4 Payment lines Rounded Payment Due Total Required Liability based on the dataset Date Range minus Total Payments YTD times rounding set by an Administrator in Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration Dataset Parameters rounding parameter Override Calculated Income Payment Data Entry Federal Unit Details Estimated Payments Income Payment Override Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt Estimated Payments Income Payment Due Either Rounded Payment Due or Income Payment Override Franchise Payments Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt Estimated Payments Total Payment Due Sum of Income Payment Due and Franchise Payments Summary The Federal Estimated Payments Summary report for Compliance datasets used for Estimated Payments displays only at the consolidated and sub consolidat
401. ll overwrite the data for the current dataset Here are guidelines for managing deferred rollforwards at the system level To delete a column decrease the number of columns The deferred rollforward column assignments to tag letters can be modified Ensure that every column is referenced at least once in the assignments and that columns that were deleted are not referenced in the assignments To import the Deferred Rollforward mappings complete the appropriate fields on the CDRF Def Rollforwards sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Number of Columns Select the number of columns These columns display in the expanded view of the Deferred Balances report Column Name The column name is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The column name can be edited after it is created Assignments Activity Def Only BS Only Each tag letter B Z needs to have the three types of deferred events Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only assigned to a column Column names and associations with events display in reports Be sure to click Save Note A should not be used as a Tag Letter It is reserved for system automation Manage NOL Rollforwards You can manage NOL Rollforwards in two ways e At the system level by using the Administration area and clicking Admini
402. low Through Factor Results The following message displays Are you sure you would like to calculate unit factor results WARNING This will erase all data not tagged with the Manual Adjustments Tag and Exclusion Tags in each target unit Click Yes Automatically during the report data regeneration process 2011 Thomson Reuters 365 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Notes Be sure to enter the appropriate parameter e lf astate is not activated in the target unit the state from the source unit is activated in the target as a result of Flow Through The state can then be deactivated Data Clearing Details Normally all data in the target unit except for the manual adjustments tag data is cleared out prior to processing This ensures that the flow through factor procedure can be executed multiple times resulting in the same answer The flow through factor procedure increments the data for each source unit on top of the data in the target unit If the target numbers do not start at zero the flow through factor procedure will add numbers on top of themselves Caution If existing data is not cleared first from the target unit and a tag is selected for both exclude from clearing and summarization its detail in the target unit will be deleted as an override to the clearing tag exclusion The summarization tag designation takes priority over the clearing exclusion The user is prompted with a warning when t
403. lowing are the parameters and descriptions Payable Functionality Recommended Activates the Payable functionality which includes the data entry posting and reports This functionality will only work properly if the Simple Liability Functionality is not activated Select Yes for Payable Functionality Recommended to activate Notes To use the Payable Functionality the simple liability and the liability tabs should be de activated by modifying the system parameters SHOW SIMPLELIABILITY and SHOW LIABILITY from a paramvalue of 1 to 0 f you were previously using the Liability tab the data needs to be migrated from that tab before using the Payable module For more information contact your client manager or ONESOURCE 2011 Thomson Reuters 99 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Tax Provision Support Call 877 829 5969 option 2 or email provisionsupport thomsonreuters com Simple Liability Functionality Not Recommended Displays the Simple Liability Report This functionality will only work properly if the Payable Functionality is not activated Limit Payable Date Range Removes the date restriction to allows data entry in the Payable with dates that are outside the dataset period e g 2010 full year dataset would not be restricted to just entries from 1 1 2010 to 12 31 2010 Designate Calendar Fiscal Year for Posting for the FISCAL MONTHS OFFSET system parameter with a paramva
404. lows you to designate the position for the sub total column in the Deferred Balance report This column adds beginning deferred balances with rate changes and prior columns in the expanded b s view It uses the columns as defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards screen This parameter only works when the Enhanced View parameter is activated and the Subtotal Column Placement parameter is defined The text entered in the Value field displays as the column 92 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP header for the sub total column Typically this sub total represents adjusted beginning balances However it could be used for any Sub total Ending Def Balance Post Tag and Event Type Enter the Post Tag and Event Type for the Deferred Balances Add CSC Breakout View Activates the CSC brkout view option for the Deferred Balances report in the sub consolidated reporting level This option allows you to see the CSC breakout in addition to the unit by unit breakout for each column in the report This report defaults to non current positions Select the all view option to see current and noncurrent positions Notes e For this functionality to work you must create sub consolidations using a coding convention starting with CSC Use CSC X for the parent sub consolidation and CSC _ for the child sub consolidations Every unit in CSC X must be assigned to a CSC _ sub consolidation e The cust
405. lue of 0 designates an instance as a calendar year when the dataset parameter is set to auto post This parameter is used when the auto posting dataset parameter has been activated and the posting should be based on a fiscal rather than a calendar year Entering a paramvalue of 1 to 11 adjusts the auto posting date to reflect a fiscal year The paramvalue should be the fiscal month minus 12 Ending balances roll over to create beginning balances with the code BBAL and a date of fiscal year end plus 1 day For example If the paramvalue is 3 CPROV posts with a date of 9 30 CY and BBAL posts with a date of 10 1 CY Payable Reclass Functionality allows for the Payable Reclass functionality which uses the Dataset configuration to determine how the payable computed on unit s should be reclassed and posted on a different unit Enable Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Functionality By selecting Yes for Enable Tax Adjustments Payable Mapping Functionality dataset level mapping is made available to designate posting in your payable rather than using the system defaults Configure on a dataset by dataset basis ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cor amp Reporting P Advanced Functionality fa Data Entry Global Access B Admin Altemative Minimum Tax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Joumal Entries Altemative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations P
406. lue of 1 To activate the Tax Expense on I S functionality an Administrator needs to add the system parameter in Manage Restricted Features APIC Pool Summary a INTR a tt 777777708 258 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING The APIC Pool Summary report for Provision and Interim datasets displays the Rollforward of Additional Paid In Capital APIC Pool balances including Unit Breakout of the APIC by entity as well as the APIC Pool Summary of the Beginning APIC activity in APIC and the Ending APIC Note This report is only available when the system parameter is enabled To activate the APIC Pool Summary functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameter in Manage Configurations In the Reporting area select APIC Pool then APIC Pool Data Entry Report then Yes Report Views Defaults to the APIC Pool Activity Unit Breakout and the APIC Pool Summary Line by Line APIC Pool Activity Unit Breakout Unit by unit APIC detail Displays each unit s entered data to arrive at the Ending APIC Balance Column by Column APIC Pool Activity Unit Breakout Unit Code Displays the Unit s code identifier Unit Name Displays the Unit s name Beginning Balance Displays the Beginning APIC pool balance Pre Adoption APIC Adj Displays entered adjustments to APIC balances established pre adoption Tax Benefit Detriment Displays the entered impact to the API
407. me in Reports NEN Number of Decimal Places for Rates 5s mj Number of Decimal Places for FX Rates pss ml In the APIC Pool tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following is the parameter and description APIC Pool Activates the APIC Pool Data Entry and the APIC Pool report which allows the movement in the Additional Paid In Capital Pool to be tracked ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Reporting P Advanced Functionality L3 Data Entry Global Access r3 Admin 1 Other Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Returns Deferred Balances State Level Formatting t APIC Pool APIC Pool Data Entry Report Yes C No In the Other tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and description Other Remove Sequential RDS Constraints Removes the consistency constraints when creating a sequential reporting dataset You can then 96 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP create sequential datasets in which the ending balances and rates in the first dataset do not agree with those of
408. ments Summary 289 Filing Group level 24 Flow Through 253 Footers 361 362 Forecast 293 Forecast Rate 285 328 Forecast State Rate 266 Forecast True Up 222 288 Forecasted Rate Report 222 Forecasted State Rate Report 222 Foreign Domestic Summary 222 240 328 Headers 361 362 Import 197 Interim Provision 231 279 328 Journal Entries 283 Journal Entry 175 304 308 328 Journal Entry Reports 222 Legacy Tax Provision 222 Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities 222 245 NOL Balances 32 34 222 248 NOLs Expiration 222 250 Output Journal Entries 304 Payable 328 Payable Detail 34 222 282 296 Payable Rollforward 34 222 281 296 301 Printing 20 Provision 339 Provision Journal Entry simple old 303 Provision Summary 222 Provision Summary State 261 Settings 82 Simple JE 303 State Deferred Balances 272 State Est Pymt 222 State Est Pymt Summary 222 State Estimated Payments 161 278 State Estimated Payments Summary 266 State Legacy Tax Provision 269 277 State Payable Detail 275 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index State Payable Rollforward 274 State Tax Provision 268 276 State Jurisdiction 222 State Unit Summary 222 261 Sub Consolidated 308 315 Sub consolidated level 24 Tax Basis Balance Sheet 34 222 253 362 Tax Basis Income Statement 254 Tax Provision 82 191 205 222 225 227 231 266 285 310 315 318 320 323 326 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 361 Tax Provisio
409. ministrators to select the Reset Report Data option and launch the TS Database Analyzer 26 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Control Center Dataset v 2008 Provision Report Level ABC CORP Currency DEF CORP D2000 Unit Domestic Corp 1000 Uniti 000 Unit Ne Domestic Sub Consolidation Foreign Sub Consolidation Grouping 10 Sub Consolidation 1 consolidated Consolidated ABC CORP D1000 Filing Group Y Tip The reporting datasets sequential and additive only have sub consolidation and consolidated types ADMINISTRATION A company s specific configurations in the system are known as categories Category items are created in the Administration area which is only accessible by an administrator Navigator Manage Datasets Ez Manage Units H Manage Trial Balances H Manage Tax Basis Return H E Manage States H Manage Bridge H Manage Payable H E System Import Categories 5 Import Reporting Datasets ic View Last Import Log Export Categories HELP You can select the Help area to review the ONESOURCE Tax Provision manual Also there are additional documents available in the navigator such as Enhanced Integration Active Workpapers and Importing Templates 2011 Thomson Reuters 27 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CONCEPTS This area defines terminology and concepts used in ONES
410. mport Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note This screen is only available when the SHOW BRIDGEUNITMAP system parameter is entered with a paramvalue of 1 Screen Entry Fields Legacy Code Enter the code for the unit from which you want to bridge mappings Unit Select the unit from the drop down list to which you want to bridge your mappings Pre Tax Book Income You can add Pre Tax Book Income bridge mappings in the Pre Tax Book Income screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MPTBI Pre Tax Book Income sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in a field applies account rules across all units Ledger Account Code 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 65 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file PTBI The PTBI bridge mapping options are LOC Local Currency PTBI or USD US Dollar PTBI Note Be sure the currency you select here Local or USD matches the PTBI policy in the Unit Details screen for the units you want to
411. mport Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the trial balance sublines Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Ending Book Balance Populates the trial balance ending balance data for the period Book Adjustments Book adjustments to the ending balances can be made to generate the adjusted ending balances Tax Reclass Tax reclasses can be made to the adjusted ending balances Other Adjustments Other adjustments can be made to the adjusted ending balances ADD A NEW JURISDICTION STATE JURISDICTION Add a new Jurisdiction on in Data Entry allows you to add Jurisdictions to the Navigator To enter Jurisdiction State Data Select Add a new Jurisdiction button Add a new Jurisdiction thon select the non activated State s The state s are activated and state folders are created for the states you selected State Types display when adding a Jurisdiction 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 195 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY p U pe m fat Provision Please Select Tax from List Below and cick Add E La Dataset SEANU L Federal OA cori fed ETIDTENTITI S 12 Combined S aj Blended Site 14 Canadian Prov s AI Other e The state is no longer in the non activated State s list once
412. mvalue of the state group name and JE STATE GROUP 96 STATEZHt with a paramvalue of a state code need to be activated to use state groups State groups add items to the Tax Calculation drop down list on the Journal Entries screen Customized JE Report e The journal entry report can be customized based on a user s specifications e Each of the calculations in the system as well as data in either the taxes per book fields or trial balance lines can be combined to create a journal entry report Please contact either your Client Manager to have report customization done FOREIGN CURRENCY ISSUES Each unit is designated a currency type as well as exchange rates that are used to convert the unit s local currency information to reporting currency Enter 1 for the exchange rate if the local and reporting currency are the same currency In converting currency there are several potential issues that can occur The Pre Tax Book Income PTBI provided may be converted at different exchange rates On a unit basis the PTBI policy can be selected so that the correct exchange rate is used to convert The interplay of the Weighted Average and Spot rates may require that a Currency Translation Adjustment CTA be posted to account for the difference in rates The system automatically posts the CTA as an equity adjustment to the deferred tax asset liability There is only one reporting currency concept in the system This allows the combination of unit
413. n 254 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Report Views e Defaults to the Summary view of trial balance lines e Select the Detail view to display trial balance lines with sub line detail e Select the Contract view to display total amounts per activity e Select the Expand view to display temporary difference activity e Rollups are user defined groupings that allow trial balance sub line data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area Line by Line Income Statement Displays trial balance lines designated as income statement in Manage Trial Balance mappings Column by Column e Book Balance Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset e Book Adjustments Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Tax Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Adjusted Reclassified Book Data Entry Federal Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset e Book Tax Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Other Adjustments Data Entry Federal Trial Balance Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Trial Balance Reporting Levels Punt Suosonoidaton Consolation opua unt Subconsoldation Cunenoy Trial Balance Tax Basis Available Views
414. n English US Espanol America Latina Frangais CA Frangais FR Nederlands Note Data that is entered by a user is not translated such as Dataset and Unit names 2011 Thomson Reuters 221 ONESOU RC ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW OF REPORTS CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Overview of basic reports and available reporting levels Click a link to view information about a specific report Fea O Forecast Rate Y Forecast True Up Tax Est Provision Pymt Tax Provision GAAP STAT Prov Intrm Tax Provision Interim Federal Est Pymt Est Pymt Effective Tax Rate Prov Intrm Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout Deferred Balances Prov Intrm Deferred Workpaper Prov Intrm Expected Deferred Rate Prov Intrm NOL Balances Prov Intrm NOLs Expiration Prov Intrm Y Temporary Difference Summary Prov Intrm Y v Bs 3 Pee EET EEE ET ME v v v v v v v v Temporary Difference Summary 222 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOU RC ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Fed Filing Group Net Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities Prov Intrm v v Y Unit Summary Prov Intrm Foreign Domestic Summary Prov Intrm Payable Rollforward Prov Intrm Payable Detail Prov Intrm AMT Prov Est Estimator Pymt Tax Basis Balance Sheet Prov Intrm Tax Basis Income Statement Trial Balance Balance Sheet Trial Balance Income Statement Flow Through A
415. n Tax Adjustments Only cash items with codes that do not start with NC Cash Discretes Sum of Discretes at Actual Rate After Tax Temporary Differences and Cash Tax Adjustments Cash Provision Sum of PTBI at Forecast Rate and Cash Discretes Non Cash Tax Discretes Adjustments Data Entry gt Interim Provision gt Tax Adjustments Only non cash items with codes that start with NC_ Total Current Federal Provision Sum of Cash Provision and Non Cash Tax Discrete Adjustments Begin Deferred Tax Per B S Deferred Balances report Total Beginning Balance column with the Fed view option Balance Sheet Only Adjustment Data Entry gt Interim Provision gt Temporary Differences Tax 232 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Basis and NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates plus Data Entry Actual Federal After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Ending Deferred Tax Per B S Deferred Balances report Total Ending Balance column with the Fed view option CTA Deferred Balances report Total CTA column with Fed or Fed FBOS and Expanded income statement View options Deferred Provision Only Data Entry gt Interim Provision gt Unit Details gt PTBI Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending De
416. n Interim 222 Tax Provision GAAP STAT 229 Taxes per Book 308 Temporary Difference Summary 32 222 328 Temporary Difference Summary Fed Filing Group 222 Temporary Differences Summary 24 Temporary Differences Summary Fed Filing Group 242 Trial Balance 34 Trial Balance Balance Sheet 255 Trial Balance Income Statement 257 Trial Balance Reports 222 Unit level 24 Unit Summary 222 290 User Configurable JE 303 User Status 75 222 294 Reset Report Data 24 285 Restrict Users Parameteres RestrictTA 137 138 RestrictTag X 137 Retained Earnings 362 Return 339 341 344 345 Return Dataset 338 344 Return to Provision 293 334 Multi Dataset Approach 332 Return to Provision true ups 40 Single Dataset Approach 332 Roll Back to Prior Quarter 207 Rolling Pin Category Codes 209 Features 209 Input 209 Output 209 Simplified Example 209 Rolling Pin Template 209 Rollover Dataset 40 44 Rollup Codes 403 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index Rollup Codes Defferred 34 Effective 34 Payable 34 TrialBalance 34 Rollup Temporary Differences 367 Rollups Create 122 Deferred 122 Effective Rate 122 Import 122 Trial Balance 122 Roll ups 362 RTP 332 Adjustments 334 Posting 334 RTP adjustments 40 RTP true ups 40 True ups 334 RTP calculation 345 RTP Parameters DORTPTAG 341 344 345 HOLDSDORTP YYYY 34 344 HOLDSRTP YYYY 341 344 POST BSO 337 POST DO 337 POST STATE 337 RTPTAG 337 341 344 345 RTP p
417. n 28 132 161 196 Administrators 21 24 28 29 32 34 37 75 81 129 130 132 137 161 191 193 195 196 205 206 208 212 215 285 297 304 305 315 330 361 362 Advance to Next Quarter 207 After Tax Temporary Differences Add 55 Delete 55 Import 55 32 161 After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Import 189 After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Import 188 After Tax Temporary Difference CTA SYS 325 326 Aggregated Attribute Basis 357 Alternative CTA 315 316 322 Alternative Minimum Tax 174 291 358 Calculation 359 Local Currency approach 358 Local Currency Method 359 Reporting Currency approach 358 Alternative Minimum Tax Estimator Calculation 358 Reporting Currency approach 358 Aministrators 28 Amortized After Tax Temporary Differences 161 Amortized Compensation 178 Amortized Permanent Differences Import 180 Amortized Temporary Differences 161 68 161 345 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index AMT 174 291 358 359 AMT Liability Recapture 358 APIC Pool 178 331 332 APIC PoolAmounts 178 APIC Pool Parameters ENABLE_APICPOOL 258 332 Apportionment Actual 330 Forecast State 330 Apportionment Percentages 197 Beginning 197 Ending 197 State 197 Audit Trail 32 127 368 Automation 29 AMT 174 291 NOL 174 198 Valuation Allowance 174 293 B Balance Sheet 309 Balance Sheet Only 133 134 337 346 Balances Actual Ending 207 Beginning
418. n Entry Fields Journal Entry Summary Code Enter the code for the custom grouping of journal entries Journal Entry Summary Name Enter the name for the Journal Entry Summary code Note A License is required to activate the Journal Entry feature must be entered in the Administration gt Manage Licenses The Journal Entry functionality requires an additional license to use If you are interested in this functionality and have not yet seen a demo please call your Account or Client Manager to set up a demo Import Categories Category items can be imported when data is populated in the Import Categories template The template is an Excel workbook containing multiple sheets Each sheet corresponds to a screen found in the Administration area Only Administrators can import the Import Categories template After the template is imported the Import Log captures any errors that occurred during import Import Categories Template e The Import Categories template is typically stored in the C Program Files Thomson Reuters YTax Provision 7 0 0 Templates folder You can also export categories by selecting the Export Categories option at the bottom of the Navigator within the Administration area The Import Categories template contains the following sheets CATTD AfterTax TempDiffs CD Datasets CDSR Dataset Relations CRD Reporting Datasets COU Countries CUR Currencies CDRF Def RollForwards CNOLTD NOL TempDiffs CNRF NOL RollF
419. n allowances or adjustments to prior year balances Balance Sheet Only Balance only impacts deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other comprehensive income items The State Balance Sheet Only BSO adjustment on the Tax Provision State report removes the BSO Adjustment from the State Deferred Provision Note For v 8 0 the Default Type will default to NC Non Current e A Default Type can be set by your System Administrator and you may not have the ability to select between C Current and NC Non Current e The System Administrator may have allowed the ability to deviate from the Default Type and allow you to select between C Current and NC Non Current The Temp Diffs Discrepancy report will be available to review the Temporary Differences Tax Basis that have been overridden and deviate from the default type set up by the administrator Please contact your Administrator if you have questions about the Default Type set up State Tax Adjustments State Tax Adjustments information is managed in the State Tax Adjustments screen under Data Entry gt State in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual State in the Interim datasets State tax adjustments can be thought of as a post tax state permanent difference There are two types of Tax Adjustments depending on the code Cash and Non Cash Non Cash Tax Adjustments have a code that be
420. n of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The Trial Balance Subline name can be edited after it is created The Trial Balance Subline code and name display in reports Rollup Each Trial Balance Subline must be provided a rollup designation showing how it is rolled up to a Trial Balance Line JE Posting Account e When this box is checked the subline displays as an option in the Debit Credit GL Account drop down lists in the Journal Entry Data Entry screen 58 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP MANAGE TAX BASIS RETURN The Tax Basis and Tax Return mappings are created and managed in the Administration area gt Manage Tax Basis Return Tax Basis Return Mappings Tax Basis Return Mappings Tax Basis Return Mapping lines are used to map book tax differences to the Tax Basis Balance Sheet the Tax Basis Income Statement and the tax return compliance software An existing Tax Basis Retum mapping can be modified To create a Tax Basis Balance Sheet the accounts must be set up in Manage Trial Balance Note Do not use the Manage Tax Basis screen in the Administration area This screen will be removed in a future release Tax Basis Return Mapping allows dataset level mapping on the Tax Basis Mapping screen The mapping for the Tax Basis Balance Sheet is defined in the provision dataset The temporary differences are layered onto the Trial
421. n the Import Numbers template by state and update as needed For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Deactivate State Button Found in the upper right hand corner of the screen Clicking the Deactivate State button Deactivate State deletes the record which erases all information for this state for this unit for the current dataset It does not affect any other jurisdiction or unit in the dataset or jurisdiction or unit in any other dataset in which the jurisdiction was included 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 197 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Filing Unit A filing unit provides the ability to group units The Filing Unit is considered the Parent unit Units that are grouped with the parent unit are referred to as Child units Currently the system does not permit multiple tiered filing groups Important Although the system allows you to designate a filing unit at the Jurisdiction level no Jurisdiction Filing Group reports are viewable at this time Apportionment Percentages e Enter the Apportionment Pcts for the unit selected in the Control Center The State Apportionment percentage is applied to compute the apportioned current state taxable income The Begin Apportionment percentage is applied to the state beginning temporary differences e The End Apportionment percentage is applied to the state ending temporary differences Note The differen
422. nce of the unit current tax rate and the group rate is multiplied by Pre Tax Book Income and Permanent Differences to arrive at an adjustment to account for unit rates different from 2011 Thomson Reuters 235 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING statutory Permanent Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Temporary Differences Data Entry Federal Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Difference Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only or when there was a change in the deferred tax rate NOLs Data Entry NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only or when there was a change in the deferred tax rate Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry Federal Tax Adjustments After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only Deferred Provision Only Adjustments Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI Column By Column Effect of Rates Different from Statutory Accommodates for differences in current tax rates in the unit s Unit Details screen and the group tax rate defined by the dataset in Administration gt Datasets If a unit s current tax rate is different from the group rate the difference of the unit s current tax rate and the group rate
423. ncies are populated use Default rates Override Rate functionality is available in Read only mode e Units created after States Countries and or Currencies are populated use Dataset level rates and have Override Rate functionality available Example Read only mode UNIT DATA ENTRY 2009 PROVISION DOMESTIC CORP 1000 UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars h PTBI Automation Taxes Per Book Misc Filing Unit Unit1000 Domestic Corp 1000 Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Cale USD Pre Tax Book Income Local 26 247 303 Pre Tax Book Income USD Wightd Avg FX Rate 1 000000 Override rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate 35 000095 Override rate Beginning Deferred Rate 35 000095 Override rate Ending Deferred Rate 35 0000 Override rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning 1 000000 Override rate 1w Ending 1 000000 v Override rate Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj 2011 Thomson Reuters 147 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Before parameters and rates are set units that are created are populated with the Default rates of 096 for Tax and 1 for FX No Override Rate functionality is available UNIT DATA ENTRY 2009 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars PTBI Automation Taxes Per Book Misc Filing Unit
424. nd AMT Pre Tax Adjustments AMT Tax Rate or max Unit Details AMT Automation AMT Tax Rate AMT Tax Pre Credits AMTI times AMT Tax Rate AMT Credits Unit Details AMT Automation AMT After Tax Adjustments AMT Tax Sum of AMT Tax Pre Credits and AMT Credits Cash Provsion Before NOL AMT Reclass Tax Provision Report Cash Provision line minus the NOL Reclass and any AMT reclass in the After Tax Temporary Difference line e AMT Reclass If the AMT Tax line is greater than the Cash Provision Before NOL AMT Reclass line the difference is recorded It is posted to the tax provision as a tax adjustment increasing the provision and as a reclass to an After Tax Temporary Difference Column by Column A single column displays the calculation for the unit of the filing group Reporting Currency Approach Line by Line Regular Tax Calculations e Federal Tax Current Tax Provision Report Federal Tax Current e Federal FTC Tax Provision Report Cash Tax Adjustments e Reclass to FTC C O Tax Provision Report After Tax Temporary Differences identified with Dataset Parameter with FATTD Prefix e Adjusted Cash Provision Sum of Federal Tax Current Federal FTC and Reclass to FTC C O Alternative Tax Calculation Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL Tax Provision Report Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL AMT Preference Items Unit Details AMT Automation AMT Adjustments AMTI pre NOL Sum of Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL
425. nd Consolidation selected in the Control Center Provision Summary Reporting Levels Punt Sub consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset Sub consoliation Source Data All Data Entry Screens Available Views excel breakout States The Provision Summary State Summary report in the Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets displays an overview of the various elements of the state tax provision broken out by states for the dataset unit or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Note If there are more than 256 unit state combinations use File Export to Excel when exporting to Excel for the report to spill over to additional sheets Do not right mouse click Provision Items e Total State Tax Provision Report Views e Defaults to the state by state view of the current deferred and equity tax provision e Selecting Breakout States displays underlying detail calculations for state provision expenses Line by Line e Current State Tax Provision State Current Tax Provision line e Deferred State Tax Provision State Deferred Tax Provision line e Equity State Tax Provision State Equity Adjustment line State Unit Summary Reporting Levels Put __ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options StatStatee Sub consolidation Currency Source Data All Data Ent
426. nd in the original dataset to be rolled over The scenarios in this area used data imported from Excel templates To import categories 1 Go to the Administration area 2 Click Administration gt Import Categories 3 Select the ScrunchExportCats xls template To import numbers Go to the Data Transfer area Select the original dataset in the Control Center Click Import gt Spreadsheet Import Dataset Select the target dataset Click Next Select the format of the template Select the ScrunchTDTest xls template NOOR OD 2011 Thomson Reuters 43 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Scenario In this scenario the Federal Temporary Difference is calculated and modified Each entry has the same Code Current Non Current designation and Ending Rate but different Tags are used Rollover The total ending balance of 20 000 becomes the Beginning Balance of a single entry in the newly created Rollover dataset Note that the entry will have a new Source tag as designated when the Scrunch parameter was added Note The results of scrunching can also be seen in the Deferred Balances report Upon selecting the Reporting area in the Navigator select Consolidated from the Report Level drop down box in the Control Panel Select the Federal State Federal Benefit of State FBOS view The Ending Balance of the Original dataset s Deferred Balances report will be the Begin
427. nd will replace the name from the license file Reporting Currency for Name in Report Headers Allows the text entered up to 65 characters will display in the header of reports in parentheses after the report name when viewing in Reporting Currency Treat Codes as Text in Excel Converts any user defined codes that have numbers into text when they are exported to Excel This preserves leading zeros or where a code resembles a scientific notation instead of converting them where the leading zero is dropped e g 005335A to 553354 or the formula is converted e g 77E 00001 to 7 7 Client Name in Reports Add the Client Name in Reports that you wish to see on the reports Number of Decimal Places for Rates Select the number of Decimal Places for Rates from the drop down menu Number of Decimal Places for FX Rates Select the number of Decimal Places for FX Rates from the drop down menu 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 95 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting p Advanced Functionality La Data Entry Global Access amp Admin Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Returns Deferred Balances State Level APIC Pool Other Add Report Header 1 Add Report Footer Set Print Pages Wide DENEN E Client Name in Reports EE Reporting Currency Name in Report Headers uso Treat Codes as Text in Excel Yes C No Client Na
428. ne de shed aas Ense SE sey da nna ui 161 gba 161 Aramis trat ON e r E E EAE EE E TERE E tonne hence ES 161 Active Workpape S srs aee ian aieeaa Ee EEEE TA E A e EEES 162 Paa DION ON REESE 162 Uat YC TVS eisen EE AEE TEE AAT 170 Forecast interim Unit Detalls c cacecseasene caesdeecaseauededtaeane caeadeecadeeanes cee EETAS SERA 176 Flow Through Factors tu tete e di a Y vi eee iaa qub ei 178 APIC POl AMOUNTS EM 178 Permanent Differences Tax Basis e emen nen 179 Permanent Differences Book Tax Basis ssssssssssssee e emen 180 Temporary Differences Tax Basis meme e enne nenne 182 Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis sssssssssssseee meme nenne 185 After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis eren 188 After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis 189 I gels 191 NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis eee enne 191 zem 193 Intercompany Transaction EDU V s ua iere bett eh abor Ree RR PRSE ERR OPI MAR EEI XR POS RR EE 194 Triatsatancs TexBSsiS istos sem tiet EE adi ese veg itv ut Deovis ET E anise AEEY 195 ADD A NEW JURISDICTION STATE JURISDICTION Jesse 195 Mi 196 Acdmiristiallo set eee ien aee Eee ave peo ED erba pes a Eee A EAEE oiasned aed etes EERE 196 4 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Active V
429. ng in income statement items this column may be populated with all zero 0 balances However the column must still be in the extract file Note These amounts in the Bridge Import file will not override the beginning balances in the system They are used to calculate movement in temporary differences e Ending Balance This is the ending balance as found in the general ledger system Beginning Balance Ending Balance Unit Code GL Acct Code Dio00 01000 100390 8930 457756457 23 D1000 01003 0 000 17693619 72 D1000 zWi005 648660 30 81656265 99 D1000 ZW1006 220777 70 91646792 69 D1000 Q1007 2138384110 122540901 25 D1000 BY1008 2087 400 16079571 74 F2000 BP1009 4797331 70 0 00 F2000 TR1010 182512 210 1098036 08 F2000 AQ1011 0 000 308410 20 F2000 ZE1015 11436401 0 1170955 98 x2000 TR1020 24214662 0 0 00 x2000 I01030 71448480 0 0 00 x2000 PI1035 0 000 0 00 ADJ4 IO1036 1649102 0 0 00 ADJ4 TR1040 0 000 0 00 ADJ4 EF1041 3061806 70 0 00 Example of a 4 Column file Example of a 6 Column file 214 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Cost User GL ini um oone Spete Accam Sing on Code Code Code Code D1000 x AQ1000 100390 890 457756457 23 D1000 AQ1003 0 000 17693619 72 D1000 x ZW1005 648660 30 81656265 99 D1000 ZW1006 220777 70 91646792 69 D1000 x AQ1007 2138384110 122540901 25 D1000 BY1008 2087 400 16079571 74 F2
430. nges and re add it to the reporting dataset Additive Datasets Additive datasets are used to layer datasets from the same period together so that results can be seen on a single dataset view They are ideal when there are different types of data for a specific period that needs to be both isolated and combined with other data for the same period Additional Information e Additive reporting datasets can be used to view With and Without Stat to GAAP Current Year Only to With Adjustments for Prior Years True Ups and Without Tax Contingencies to Financial Basis reporting The reporting dataset can have as many datasets as necessary as long as they have the same year and period The rates and balances within each dataset are maintained and the reporting dataset displays the net impact of all the datasets in the reporting dataset Interim Datasets To create an Interim dataset go to the administration area and in the Manage Datasets folder select Interim Datasets Click on the Create New button Three options are available when creating an interim dataset An empty dataset creates an interim dataset that does not contain any data An existing interim dataset can be copied An existing provision dataset can be rolled over to a sequential period so that the ending balance and rates in the provision dataset become the beginning balances and rates in the new interim dataset Interim Approach There are two Interim Approaches availabl
431. ning Balance of the Rollover dataset The totals below reflect the Temporary Difference amount after the rate of 50 is applied Original RIP Coe Nams Balance Change Actvty TS Accounting Balance Unassigned Unassigned T1000 Accrued Bonus 2 000 0 4 000 0 2 000 8 000 2 000 0 4000 0 2 000 8 000 Total 2 000 0 4000 0 2 000 9 000 Rollover Beginning Code Name Saabs brkout Unassigned Unassigned T1000 Accrued Bonus 8 000 8 000 Total 8 000 Error Handling If you do not add the SCRUNCH TAG dataset parameter a pop up error message displays and the dataset is not created To create a dataset in which data is scrunched this parameter must be added in the Dataset Parameters screen of the original dataset This should be done before creating the Rollover dataset e Not using a proper character as the Parameter Value for the SCRUNCH TAG dataset parameter results in an error message To avoid this message a capitalized letter must be used Although the Value Type is labeled Alphanumeric entering a number also causes this 44 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP EE EE error Reporting Datasets You can combine multiple datasets into a single dataset view in the Reporting Datasets screen under Administration gt Manage Datasets in the Administration area e n an existing reporting dataset the name and the units assigned can be modified e When deleting a reporting data
432. nit X The reclassification payable transaction entries in the target unit X represent the aggregation of all the reclassification s from A B and C Unit State Dataset Parameter When a unit s auto generated payable transactions need to be reclassed to a parent unit on a state level a unit state dataset parameter needs to be created This parameter must be created for every child unit for which the payable is to be reclassed To create the unit state dataset parameter 1 Select the desired child unit in the Control Center 2 Click Data Entry gt State gt Administration gt Unit State Dataset Parameters 3 Enter the parameter name of PAYRECUNIT the parameter type as alphanumeric and the parameter value of the parent unit code It is possible to reclassify many units to a single target For example units A B and C may be reclassified to unit X The reclassification payable transaction entries in the target unit X will represent the aggregation of all the reclassification s from each of A B and C Posting the Payable Reclass After the setup is complete the provision is posted on the child unit level Review the provision amounts originally posted at the child level for accuracy Then click the Recalc Payable Reclasses menu option located under Data Entry gt Dataset in the Provision dataset The reclass uses similar but different transaction types to move amounts between entities Provision Reclass CPROV CPROV REC RTP RTP
433. nits folder The error message The Current Consolidation contains Units with multiple currencies Cannot display Local Currency Report displays when there are different currencies in the units being combined To view reports in the Local Currency view when the Units have different currencies you must add the system parameter ALLOWMULTICURRENCY REPORT to override the error message above and display the report Use care when activating the parameter The following message appears The report you are about to display contains multiple currencies The report data will not be consistent Currency Translation Adjustment The system can automatically calculate Currency Translation Adjustment CTA for all temporary differences The calculation takes into account the differences between the Weighted Average FX Rate Beginning Deferred FX Rate and Ending Deferred FX Rate It can also if applicable take into account any differences in Unit Tax Rates that have a foreign exchange impact CTA amounts can be viewed in three different reports Tax Provision Deferred Balances cir expanded b s and Deferred Balances expanded i s which is the most comprehensive report The Tax Provision report displays the total CTA amount while the Deferred Balances cir expanded b s report only displays the CTA for the Beginning Balance The Deferred Balances expanded i s report however displays CTA on Activity differences between beginning and ending t
434. not display by default e The system parameter must be added To activate the APIC Pool functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameters in System Manage Configurations In the Reporting Area select APIC Pool then APIC Pool Data Entry Report choose Yes APIC Pool Functionality e Allows balances in the APIC Pool to be tracked on a unit by unit basis The APIC Pool can track beginning balances and all activity that occurred during the period When the dataset is rolled over to a new period ending balances become beginning balances e APIC Pool reports can be viewed on Unit Sub Consolidated and Consolidated bases TRUE UP TO RETURN RTP Tax returns for the prior year are typically filed in the current year Once returns have been filed a true up must be booked for the difference between what was accrued in the prior year s provision and the actual amount on tax returns This true up must be booked in the current year s provision There are several approaches to representing true up adjustments Depending on how the true up should be represented in the current year s provision the true up can be entered using a single dataset or a multiple dataset approach Single Dataset Approach In the single dataset approach Return to Provision true up adjustments for Prior Periods are entered in the Current Period s Dataset There are pros and cons to this approach Pros e A minimal amount of information is needed
435. nsaction Entry and State All known Annualized Book Tax Differences that are expected to impact the effective tax rate e g permanent differences tax adjustments and temporary differences with deferred only activity should be entered e You can populate the dataset either by entering amounts directly in the system or by using the Import Numbers template Determining the Basis that the Annualized Forecast Effective Tax Rate should be Applied There are several ways to interpret the guidance in Interim Depending on your interpretation the Forecast Effective Tax Rate can be represented in the system either on an overall or unit by unit basis The interim rate basis is selected when an interim dataset is created Reviewing the Annualized Forecast Effective Tax Rate The Forecast Rate report displays the results of the entered data The report has several views to better understand how the rate was generated Actual Calculating the Interim Provision for the Quarter Populate the Actual section with the Actual Pre Tax Book Income that was generated for the quarter Statutory Tax Rates in effect during the quarter should be populated for each unit For state be sure to include the expected apportionment factors for states jurisdictions Extraordinary and Discrete Items that arose during the quarter should be populated in the appropriate area True up if necessary for the impact of a change in the forecasted annual effective tax rate on prio
436. nt should have the reverse sign and the two will offset against each other TAX BASIS MAPPING 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here ti y that columr Component Type w Difference v Debt VW Cedit VW Contia Account Y k v Alter Tax Temporary Differences Permanent Temporary Differences You may set up a Contra Account when you are setting up two Balance Sheet accounts and select a Credit or Debit balance for the entry 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY TAX BASIS MAPPING 2010 PROVISION Drag a column header here te group by that columr Component Type VY Difference v Debit VY Cedi VW Contra Account v k NOL Temporary Differen NOL 2003 FBO 170000 Accounts 230000 Accounts Pay hs of Credit Debit Restricted Read Write Users Parameters restrict the data entry and modification that Read Write users can perform However they do not affect Administrators who always have full privleges Read write users can view all data However they are limited in what they can create or modify depending on how parameters are set There are two main dataset parameters for restrictions for read write users RestrictTA Determines which tax adjustment codes cannot be used for editing existing entries or creating new ones e RestrictTag X Determines which tags cannot be used for editing existing entries or creating new ones Setup of Parameters Th
437. nt unit level views The four reporting levels are Unit Filing Group Sub Consolidated and Consolidated The unit level displays reports based on the unit selection in the control center e The filing group level displays reports based on the parent unit for the filing group selected in the control center e The sub consolidated level displays reports based on the subcon selection in the control center e The consolidated level displays reports based on all the units in the dataset Consolidated Reports all units P E ex i Filing Group eg Domestic units and Foreign Branch es SSeS RM a PM M EM 4 l Sub consolidated Reports eg Domestic units only i Single Unit 1 I I hi Reports i I el I ABC GHI JKL I German Ireland Corporation Corporation Corporation i HoldCo i Ltd Di uuu i E E a gr A 2011 Thomson Reuters 33 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Currency All entries made in the software are considered at a local currency level e Entries are converted to reporting currency by using the appropriate foreign exchange rates e Unit level reports can be displayed in either local or reporting currency by changing the currency in the control center when in the reporting area Consolidated and Sub Consolidated level reports can be displayed in either Local or Reporting currency as long as all the units have the same assigned currency code e A curren
438. nt view only displays when a rate option is selected The rate effected views support the Deferred Tax Asset Liability when Expanded balance sheet is selected and the Deferred Tax Expense and CTA when Expanded income statement is selected The user defined columns that display in the Expanded views are defined in the Manage Deferred Rollforwards section under the Administration area A single column can be expanded to see underlying unit by unit data by selecting Brkout Expanded results display on the screen or export to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Line by Line Temporary Differences Data Entry Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in the Provision section Data Entry Actual Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in the Interim section NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in the Provision section Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basisin the Interim section After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporar
439. ntation Screen Entry Fields Other Income Tax additive to Cash Provision Adds an additional amount to the provision liability in the estimated payments calculation Calculated Income Tax Pymt Override Overrides the calculated estimated payments Franchise Payments Additional amount of Franchise Tax that should be included with the provision liability in the estimated payments calculation Include for Estimated Payment calc Includes or excludes the unit for the estimated payments calculation Forecast Interim Unit Details Pre Tax Book Income and Rate information is managed in the Forecast Interim Unit Details screen under Data Entry gt Forecast gt Federal in an Interim dataset To import information complete the appropriate fields on the HORU Forecast Unit sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note You will find the unit detail screen for interim has a different format than the unit detail screen for provision 176 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Screen Entry Fields Pre Tax Book Income Estimated Pre Tax Book Income Pre Tax Book Income should be entered in local currency Estimated Pre Tax Book Income can either be entered as an annualized amount or in amounts for the four quarters that make up the annual amount when Enable Quarterly PTBI is selected Note When Enable Quarterly PTB
440. ntered generates a blank Import Bridge Map template MANAGE EVENT TYPES Event Types You have the ability to select an Event Type an adjustment however this is not a required field You may have just an Event Type You have the ability to assign Event Types to a line of data for permanent temporary and payable items This field allows you to add detail around a line of data to increase its usability Attmnts Y Data Source Y Code Description Y Tag Y Adj Type Y Amount VY Event Type Y Sub Event p Ej FI i a P09 Meals Entertainment M Manual P P amp L Adjustment 135 908 m d E B a P13 Penalties M Manual P P amp L Adjustment 3 000 Important Adding Event does not make the row a unique entry A unique Code Description and Tag are required The following is a list of the 10 pre loaded Event Types available which can be modified 1 RTP RTP Overseas Branch Overseas Branch Payable Payable Portfolio Portfolio Capital Capital 72 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP ADMINISTRATION MANAGE EVENT TYPES Navigator Drag a column header here to group by that columr Code Y Name Y Manage Units p AIP RIP Manage Trial Balances UTP UTP Manage Tax Basis Return Discrete Discrete Manage States NOL NOL Manage Bridge V VA SSE f AMT AMT Overseas Branch Overseas Branch j Payable Payable Porttoho Portfolio gt Import Ca
441. ntry provides User Configurable screens to map calculations and other items in the system with general ledger accounts Configurable Journal Entry Report Enhanced View Allows the parameter to generate the Output JE Base report found under Output Journal Entries in the reports list Display Zero Book Calcs on JE Output Reports Select Yes to Display Zero Book Calcs on JE Output Reports to add the JE SHOW ZERO BOOKCALCS and JE SHOW ZERO BOOKCALCS system parameters with a parameter value 1 of indicate that zero dollar Book and Tax calculations display on Output Journal Entries reports Display Zero Tax Calcs on JE Output Reports Select Yes to Display Zero Tax Calcs on JE Output Reports to add the JE SHOW ZERO TAXCALCS and JE SHOW ZERO TAXCALCS system parameters with a parameter value 1 to indicate that zero dollar Book and Tax calculations display on Output Journal Entry reports 102 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Journal Entry Supplement Field Name 1 9 Supplemental Labelz 1 9 Add the Field Name for the system parameters with a paramvalue of the desired header text configures headings on the configurable journal entry screens and reports There are nine supplemental information fields for entering journal entry data This parameter allows you to configure each field name which also displays as a header in reports Federal Component Filter Filters the Federal C
442. nts e The user who attached the file along with the date and time are displayed in the attachments and comments screen On the data entry screens an attachment icon Gia displays to the left of the code for entries with an attachment 30 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Documentation files roll over with datasets if you select the box With Attachments during the C With Attachments rollover process Active Workpapers automatically roll over with a dataset A list of all attachments can be viewed in the Attachments Review report Records Unit State Unit records are required to enter data in a dataset e Each unit has a unit record when it is activated in a dataset An activated unit can have a state record for each state that is activated under the unit Note Units must be activated with the Unit Details screen before adding information in the State Details screen e f there is no record a Create Record pop up message displays stating No data exists for this Unit DataSetld Combination Do you want to create a record Answering Yes creates a record Answering No does not create a record When a unit or state has a record data can be entered and the unit state appears in reports The unit state record can be removed from the dataset by deactivating the unit in the Unit Details screen or the state in the State Details screen Use caution when deactivating a unit bec
443. o activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Activate Flow Through Select Yes activates the Flow Through Automatically Calculate Flow Through Factors Select Yes to automatically calculate Flow Through factors Display the Calculate Flow Through Factor Results menu item Select Yes to calculate Flow Through Factor results menu item Displays FX Fields Select Yes to Display FX Fields Allow Audit Trail for Flow Through Select Yes to allow Audit Trail for Flow Through ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cor fa Data Entry Global Access Admin 1 Enhanced Integration Journal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Activate Flow Through Yes C No Automatically Calculate Flow Through Factors C Yes No Display the Calculate Flow Through Factor Results menu item C Yes No Displays FX Fields C Yes No Allow Audit Trail for Flow Through C Yes No In the Enhanced Integration tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen 2011 Thomson Reuters 101 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CAT
444. o enter different book and tax amortizable basis and amortization periods The resulting permanent difference between the basis is automatically computed The remaining balance of the basis and periods rolls over to future datasets when the dataset is rolled over To import information to the Amortized Permanent Differences screen complete the appropriate fields on the UPDAM Unit Perm Diff Amort sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note If you wish to adjust the same amortized permanent difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields Code Name The code and description are established by an Administrator for the permanent difference Sub Type 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e Type P results in a current tax provision expense offset in the payable account The result does impact the overall effective tax rate e Type E results in a current tax provision expense offset in the payable account as well as an equity contra expense that is offset in an equity account This does not impact the overall effective tax rate Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Months The months entered for both book and tax are used to compute the ratable amount applicable to the period Beginning Balance Rolls over f
445. o the State Permanent Differences screen complete the appropriate fields on the SPM State Perm Mods sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note If you wish to adjust the same state permanent difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields Code Description 2011 Thomson Reuters 199 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY c The code and description are established by an Administrator for the permanent difference Type Type P results in a current tax provision expense offset in the payable account The result impacts the overall effective tax rate Type E results in a current tax provision expense offset in the payable account as well as an equity contra expense that is offset in an equity account There is no impact on the overall effective tax rate Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered to the originating source Amount Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated to reporting currency using the unit s weighted average FX rate S
446. o track log messages Pre Defined States in Control Center The CC DISABLE STATES system parameter with a paramvalue of 1 removes pre defined states from the Control Center The State drop down list can be limited to user defined states created in the States screen in Manage States under the Administration area If a smaller selection of states that exists in the pre defined states should be viewed in the Control Center they should be added to the user defined states Allow Global Attachments Select Yes to have the ability to attach and view Global Attachments Browse and Update Attachment Button Select Yes to have the ability to have the browse and update attachment button made available Attachment Save As Button Select Yes to have the ability to have the Save As button made available Enable Database Analyzer Select Yes to enable the Database Analyzer Enable Audit Trail when Running Reports Select Yes No to Enable Disable the Audit Trail when running reports to optimize speed Enable Data Source History to be captured To add Data Source Icons amp Historyto be catured Select Yes to Enable the Data Source History to be captured Select Yes to Hide Data Source for Read Write users to remove the display for non Admin users ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS a Reporting Advanced Functionality Ca Data Entry w Global ccess User Options Password Options i Enable Data Source History S Yes ONo Au
447. ode However the Override Rate box for the Beginning Deferred FX rate is selected and the rate entered is 11 Filing Unit D1000 ABC CORP Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Pre Tax Book Income Local Pre Tax Book Income LISD VWahtd Avg FX Rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Deferred Rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning Ending Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj Enter Local FX Calc USD Override rate Override rate Override rate Override rate Override rate Override rate 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Additional Information Here are some important points to remember The Mass Update Rate process works the same for the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets All rates move with a dataset when it is rolled over or copied Deleting a dataset does not affect any rates including the Mass Update Rate for the remaining datasets When a PTBI Data Entry Policy is selected for Enter Local USD FX and the Override Rate box is not checked for the Weighted Average FX Rate even though the policy states you can enter a value the Weighted Average FX Rate remains Read only when Mass Update Rate parameters are applied Deferred Analysis Deferred Analysis defaults are accessed in the Data Entry area gt Provision gt Dataset and in the
448. ok general ledger data on an account by account basis as well as the tax treatment of that account Information that is bridged into the system can be assigned a Tag letter that identifies the source of the data as being bridged from general ledger information This allows you to segregate bridged data from amounts that were manually entered or populated via the Import Spreadsheet template in the data review screens e The bridge relies on either the SQL Server utility program BCP or the Oracle utility SqlLdr to load the general ledger extract file into a staging area database table This area is available for review of all imported information before updates are made to calculations The most common problem encountered when using the Bridge is that the BCP or SqlLdr utilities are not installed on the user s computer Please ask your internal IT person to verify the proper utility is installed before proceeding with the Bridge process The database operating server Oracle or SQL needs to be known and identified when bridging The extracted file from General Ledger can have four or six columns of data and be either a comma or tab delimited file type Screen Entry Fields 1 Verify Target Dataset The dataset name defaults to the dataset selected in the Control Center To select a different dataset change the dataset in the Control Center The display reflects the new dataset 2a Select the target areas to be loaded Check the a
449. om sub consolidation view of the Deferred Balances report allows the data of a parent sub consolidation to be broken into child sub consolidations Add Deferred Workpaper Report Activates the Deferred Workpaper report which displays details about beginning and ending deferred balances on a pre tax and post tax basis as well as the deferred tax rate for federal and state balances ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting amp Advanced Functionality A DataEnty GlobalAccess g Admin Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Regulated Export to Returns State Level Formatting APIC Pool Other Enhanced View Yes C No Subtotal Column Placement 1 v Subtotal Column Name Ending Def Balance Post Tag and Event Type AA Add CSC Breakout View Yes C No Add Deferred Workpaper Report Yes C No In the State Level tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Enhanced View Activates the Provision Summary report under State Summary report The enhanced view provides an alternate view and additional functionality gt For the Breakout States view on the Unit level the default view excel breakout states 2011 Thomson Reuters 93 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORI
450. omponent List for detail JE Configurations for the United States Europe and Canada ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cont amp Reporting Pall fa Data Entry Global Access amp Admin Payable Alternative Minimum T ax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Joumal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations Bridge Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Enable Configurable Journal Enty C Yes No Enhanced View C Yes No Display Zero Book Calcs on JE Output Reports C Yes C No Display Zero Tax Cales on JE Output Reports C Yes C No Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 1 Lo o o Joumal Entry Supplemental Field Name 6 4 Joumal Entry Supplemental Field Name 2 id Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 7 4 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 3 o y O Joumal Entry Supplemental Field Name 8 4 Joumal Entry Supplemental Field Name 4 Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 9 i E Journal Entry Supplemental Field Name 5 O Rounding of Journal Entry Values 2 Decimal Places Show Delete all Journal Entries Menu Option C Yes C No Show Delete All button on Journal Entry Screen C Yes C No Lock JE Type field on J E Screen C Yes C No Journal Entry Tag Group 1 Name id Journal Entry Tag Group 2 Name Journal Entry Tag Group 3 Name Journal Entry Tag Group 4 Name his Journal Entry Tag Group 6 Name Journal Entry Tag Group tt Name 4 Journal
451. on Current B Bridge 1111 774 150 P Ie z T19000 FAS 115 133 NC Non Current Bridge 0 5 150 172 e T10000 Accrued Vacal 0 0 Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Beginning Balance The cumulative temporary difference balance rolls forward from the prior dataset The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import Note The administrator has the ability to lock Beginning Balances and the Beginning Bal column data entry for Read Write users will not be allowed TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES BOOK TAX BASIS 2010 PROVISION ELIMINATION UNIT UNDETERMINED UND UNDETERMINED Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Detail Analysis Drag a column header here to group by that colur Altmnts 7 Da Y Code Description Y SubType V Tag V Begin Bal T Activity Y gH ii T8000 Bad Debt R NC Non B Br 12000 0 Activity Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances e Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency and are translated using the unit s weighted average FX rate to reporting currency Deferred e Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of valuation allowances or adjustments to prior year balances Balance Sheet Only Balance only impacts deferred ba
452. on N 2009 Q1 first quarter only 0 0000 PROV 3840 2008 Extension N 2008 FY Extension 35 0000 COMP 2497 2008 Provision N 2008 FY full year 35 0000 PROV 2499 1111 2008 G1 Estimates N 2008 G1 G1 Estimate 35 000096 COMP 2501 9999 2008 Q2 Estimates N 2008 Q2 Q2 Estimate 35 000096 COMP 2503 2008 Q3 Estimates N 2008 Q3 Q3 Estimate 35 000096 COMP 2505 E 2008 Q4 Estimates N 2008 Q4 Q4 Estimate 35 0000 COMP 2507 2008 Return N 2008 FY full year 35 0000 PROV 2509 2222 2008 True up N 2008 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2511 6666 Id Dataset Name Type Fiscal 2010 Current Provision PROV Prs w 200 v Fiscal Period Group Rate Case Number FY FY full year ve 35 0000 Read Only Cie Cae 5 When prompted select Roll over from existing dataset 6 Select the desired dataset from the drop down list 7 Check the Scrunch Temporary Differences box 8 Click OK 2011 Thomson Reuters 41 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Create new Dataset Please choose an option for your new dataset Empty dataset Copy existing dataset Roll over from existing dataset 2009FY 2009 Provision v With Attachments Copy existing dataset and filter deferreds Scrunchilemporary Differences oe ea Combine existing datasets Starting with Copy Security Access 9 A pop up message displays with the tag to be used for scrunching C
453. on report the NOL Reclass calculation adds the manually entered Activity amounts before multiplying by the NOL Allowance Rate This results in incorrect NOL Reclass and Federal Taxable Income Post NOL amounts 356 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY VALUATION ALLOWANCES Valuation Allowance amounts can be automatically posted for deferred tax assets based on a pre determined percentage Automation must be activated for the unit in the Automation section of the Unit Details screen by checking the box and entering the appropriate percentage s that should be applied to deferred tax assets The generated valuation allowances display as a contra asset in reports Automation can be determined on a Separate Attribute Aggregated Attribute or Aggregated Attribute Post Tax basis Separate Attribute Basis Separate Basis Valuation Allowance is the default calculation In the Automation section of the Unit Details screen there are three input fields in which percentages are entered for calculations for valuation allowance for After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences and Temporary Differences The functionality analyzes each of the three component types separately For example if balances in Net Operating Losses for the unit netted to an asset the system posts a valuation allowance contra asset at the entered percentage for Net Operating Losses However if balances
454. on required for data entry that occurs in the Administration area User defined options including general setup user rights parameters and querying the database are described in detail Note It is recommended that you avoid using symbols when creating item names because they can display incorrectly on reports Refer to the list of special characters for symbols that do display correctly ADMINISTRATION A company s specific configurations in the system are known as categories Category items are created in the administration area which is only accessible by an administrator Note Categories are universal to all datasets Any change to them affects prior year data MANAGE DATASETS The following screens are located in the manage datasets folder of the administration area e Datasets e Scrunch Functionality e Reporting Datasets e Interim Datasets e View Reporting Dataset Log Datasets There are five options for creating a dataset in the datasets screen under Administration gt Manage Datasets in the administration area Empty The new dataset does not contain any data Copy existing dataset An entire existing dataset is copied to a new dataset Roll over from existing dataset An existing dataset is rolled over to a sequential period Ending balances and rates become beginning balances and rates in the new dataset Note Before rolling over a provision dataset to an interim dataset be sure to turn off the VA and NOL
455. on system parameters for both the Tax Provision tab and Effective Tax Rate tab are set to Yes The Tax Provision and Effective Tax Rate reports at the sub consolidated level can be viewed showing Sub Consolidation rather than Unit detail There can be multiple CSC groupings For example one CSC could be defined to view units by region and another to view units by management lines Set up of CSC The Administrator is responsible for managing the following system parameters in Manage Configurations e Add CSC Breakout View in the Tax Provision tab e Add CSC Breakout Report in the Effective Tax Rate tab e Add Consolidated PTBI Reconciliation in the Effective Tax Rate tab To create the Sub Consolidations In Manage Units gt Unit Sub Consolidations create a parent sub consolidation beginning with CSC _X_ You can have multiple CSC breakout s by multiple parent Sub Consolidations e g CSC1 X Regions and CSC2 X Management In each of the parent sub consolidations include all units for the child Sub Consolidation To create a parent add a Code Name Unit Type Country Name and Currency Symbol In Manage Units gt Unit Sub Consolidations create as many child sub consolidations as you would like beginning with CSC _ e g CSC1 North America and CSC1 EMEA or CSC2 Corporate CSC2 Manufacturing All units defined for the Parent CSC should be included in only one Child sub consolidation to ensure that report results are meaningful
456. on to access The list is displayed only when in the reporting area Select the filter Y icon to group the items by name and type Click Name or Type to sort the list Quarter The drop down menu displays a list of quarters and is only available for an interim dataset Currency There are two types of currency views of reports reporting and local Currency is displayed only when in the reporting area Navigator The navigator determines what displays in the workarea and depends on the area and dataset that has been selected You use the workarea to enter modify export and view data in the reports Options are arranged in a tree like hierarchy that can be expanded or contracted For example clicking the beside provision reveals the dataset federal and jurisdictions trees Clicking the E beside an option contracts the sub option menus The navigator options are DATA ENTRY You will use the data entry area to view and modify data in Dataset Federal Jurisdictions Forecast Actual and Current Quarter 24 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Estimated Payments _interim Dataset Dataset Forecast Federal Federal Actual Add a Jurisdiction Add a Jurisdiction Current Quarter Q1 Add a Jurisdiction Dataset The following options are available for administrators to define in a dataset e Dataset Parameters Manage Deferred Rollforwards Manage NOL Rollforwards
457. op Down Menu Temps e Add Tag to Temp Drop Down Menu Payable e Add Tag to Payble Drop Down Menu Tax Adjs e Add Tag to Tax Adj Drop Down Menu TBS e Add Tag to Tax Basis Subline Drop Down Menu Admin Password Options e Make User Logins Not Case Sensitive Other e Track Log Messages e Allow Global Attachments Browse and Update Attachment Button Attachment Save As Button Enable Database Analyzer Enable Audit Trail when Running Reports AUDIT TRAIL A new Audit Trail feature is now available which you can elect to use on an Instance by Instance basis You have the option to continue to utilize the current audit trail however we recommend switching to the new one to optimize performance e First turn on the Data Source History in Manage Configurations Choose the Admin area and the Other tab then Yes for Enable Data Source History Next to achieve optimal performance discontinue using the prior audit trail by entering the parameter LIMIT AUDITTRAIL with the param value in Manage Restricted Features e After turning on this parameter the existing Numbers audit trail captures data Added Updated and Deleted the headers without underlying detail The new View Data Source History in Administration should be used to see detailed audit information 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 13 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES Note You have the ability to hide the Data Source icons and detail from the non admin users
458. or is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file Adjust the factor the bridge should post to an amount less than 10096 of the account balance Temp Diff Activity Book Tax Basis You can add Book Tax Basis Temporary Difference bridge mappings in the Temporary Difference Tax Basis screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the MATD Temp Diffs Bk Tx Basis sheet in the Import Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Temporary Difference Book Tax Basis and Type The Temporary Difference Book Tax Basis bridge mapping options are the established temporary difference codes e The Temporary Difference Book Tax Basis Type bridge mapping options are either C Current or NC Non Current This mapping posts to the Activity column on the Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Screen Overview e Beginning balance factor is typically 1 or 1 depending on the signs of the exported trial balance data file e Ending
459. ories then updating the spreadsheet and importing the Administration area For more information see the Importing Templates Guide FLOW THROUGHFACTORS_MANUALCALC A paramvalue of 1 displays the Calculate Flow Through Factor Results menu item in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets The FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS USE FX parameter needs to be entered with a paramvalue of 1 for the FXfields Use Fx Rates During Calculations Beg Fx Rate and Wgt Avg Fx Rate to display on the Flow Through Factors screen 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 363 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Terminology Here are terms used in this section Source Unit The unit from which numbers are pulled Factors are applied to source unit data before it is written to the target unit You can designate multiple source units Data from all source units is added by the system The result is placed in the target unit Target Unit The unit to which numbers are pushed or written Target Tag Determines to where data is written in the target unit Manual Adjustments Tag A target unit tag allowing users to make manual adjustments to existing numbers Data in the target unit in the manual adjustments tag is not deleted or zeroed out Exclusion Clearing Tag A target unit tag specifying that existing data should not be deleted or cleared out You can designate one or more exclusion clearing tags Exclusion Pulling Tag A source unit tag specifying that exi
460. orod Rate Dill 5D QU 10 00 4 Dolerred Rate Dill 500 00 quia 1 15 Weight Average FX Rate 2 Ending spot FX 33333 Etfoct Deferred Rate Changes 250 00 I9 Erari Dertered Rote 39 Lnoing Deterred Rate Current Actmty 25 Current Tax Rote Current Actmly 25 Begnnina Dettered Rate CTA on Ftloct Rate Dilis bw Elect Rate Dill bAw 70 900 10 Curr amp Did 2900 00 20 900 10 Curr amp Ofd 2 000 00 333 33 i 1 5 Weight Average FX Rate 2 Ending spot FX 1333 33 Effect Rate Diffs b w Curr Ofrd 1060 00 loa CIA MENNNENEENI Ending Balance 35 Ending Deferred Rate 10 500 00 Li 2 Weight Average FX Rate Option 2 Scenario A To enable the Alternative CTA calculation the dataset parameter CTA_ALT_CALC must be entered by selecting the Provision dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Dataset Parameters All calculations and deferred report data for the CTA amount are the same as for Option 1 However the placement of the CTA amount is before the Return Basis Provision in the Tax Provision report Unit Tax Rates are the Same 322 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY 1 000 000 566 667 1 500000 E J 100 000 Emm EE S E a 2A 300000 1 000000 f 2 000000 a The area highlighted in red is where the CTA amount was previously located The yellow highlighted area is where the CTA amount will be located after the dataset parameter CTA ALT CALC is
461. ort Bridge Map template The template is typically stored in the following folder C Program Files Thomson Reuters YTax Provision 7 0 0 Templates For hosted solutions you can export the mappings to generate the template The file can contain any of these sheets MPTBI Pre Tax Book Income MTA Tax Accounts MPD Perm Diffs MTD Temp Diffs Tax Basis MTDBOS Temp Diff BSO MAPD Amortized Perm Diffs MATD Temp Diffs Bk Tx Basis and MTBBB3 Trial Balance WARNING Importing bridge mappings clears all existing mappings If you append to existing mappings you should export them and add to that file rather than using a new file Export Mappings Bridge Mapping items can be exported to an Import Bridge Map template This generates a file with eight sheets MPTBI Pre Tax Book Income MTA Tax Accounts MPD Perm Diffs MTD Temp Diffs Tax Basis MTDBOS Temp Diff BSO MAPD Amortized Perm Diffs MATD Temp Diffs Bk Tx Basis and MTBBB Trial Balance Exporting before items have been entered generates a blank Import Bridge Map template MANAGE PAYABLE The following screens are located in the Manage Payable area of the Administration area e Manage Payable Transaction Types Manage Payable Rollups Manage Payable Buckets Manage Payable Transaction Types You can add Payable Transaction Types in the Manage Payable Transaction Types screen in the Manage Payable folder of the Administration area The system is pre popula
462. orting currency Enter the following APIC amounts e Beginning Balance e Pre Adoption APIC Adj e Tax Benefit Detriment e Intercompany Reclass e Other With DTA Impact Other Without DTA Impact e Posted to Deferred Only Enter the following Suspense amounts e Beginning Balance e Other With DTA Impact Other Without DTA Impact Enter the following tax rates 178 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e Federal Beginning e State Beginning Manage Attachments Button Click this button to open the Attachments and Comments window to add attachments 1 Click Browse to find the file 2 Enter a description 3 Click Add gt Close Permanent Differences Tax Basis Permanent difference information is managed in the Permanent Differences screen under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual gt Federal in an Interim dataset There are two types of Permanent Differences Equity Adjustments and P amp L Adjustments Select the appropriate type to achieve the desired provision effect To import information to the Permanent Differences screen complete the appropriate fields on the UPD Unit Perm Diffs sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note If you wish to adjust the same permanent difference more than once you must make a
463. orwards CP Parameters CPRU ParamsReportsUser CPD Permanent Differences CPYBK Payable Buckets CPYRL Payable Rollups CPYTP Payable Txn Types CRU Component Rollup Sets CS States CSAATD St AfterApp TempDiff CSATTD St AfterTax TempDiff CSC SubConsolidations CSTA St Tax Adjs CTA Tax Adjustments CTBL Trial Balance Lines CTBSL Trial Balance SubLines CTD Temporary Differences 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 129 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP CU Units CUC User Components CUSR Users ICOTXNT Inter Co Txn Types ICOTRTT Inter Co Trtmnt Types CUNC Unit Components and CUNCM Unit Component Multiple Note Do not modify the portion of the sheet names between the signs If you do so the sheet will be ignored upon import To use the templates you must keep the columns in the same order and begin entry on the third row Support documentation can be included in a file and does not interrupt the import process as long as sheet names do not have a defined template name If there are duplicate rows for the same item the later row overrides the earlier row Blank cells are ignored on import Even though you receive an error message if you leave a row blank all data in rows beneath the blank one will be imported The Import Categories template often requires that all columns be completed for items to add during import Do not change the order of the sheets in the
464. oss that should be considered when computing the NOL that should be reclassed for the specified unit The Base NOL Allowance e g 382 limitation limits the amount of NOL that is considered If there is no Base NOL Allowance the default value of zero should remain in the field The Base NOL Allowance sets the minimum amount to be considered and does not set a ceiling AMT Automation The automation computes the Alternative Minimum Tax and posts an amount for the additional amount of tax liability that should be added to the Regular Tax There are two approaches to the Alternative Minimum Tax Reporting Currency New and Local Currency Original e AMT Adjustments pre and or post tax as well as the AMT Tax rate that should be used in calculations should be entered for both approaches e When the Reporting Currency basis is selected there is the option to enter the AMT Net Operating Loss Carryover amount Taxes Per Book Taxes Per Book are entered in the Taxes Per Book section under Data Entry Federal Unit Details in a Provision dataset and under Data Entry Actual Federal Interim Unit Details in the Interim dataset The accounts can be used for Journal Entry reports by comparing the balances and the provision calculations to arrive at the appropriate journal entries required to be posted for the period To import taxes per book information complete the appropriate fields on the U Unit sheet in the Import Numbers t
465. osting 338 339 343 344 345 S Screen Manage Restricted Features 82 Screens 78 Administer Permissions 74 Administer Users 74 75 After Tax Temporary Differences 51 55 After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis 189 After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis 188 Amortized Permanent Differences 65 68 180 APIC Pool Amounts 178 Attachments and Comments 30 Calculate Flow Through Factor Results 365 Country Rates 139 Currency Rates 138 Datasets 37 40 45 404 Deferred Analysis 153 Estimated Payments 176 Flow Through Factors 365 366 Global Attachments 74 77 Intercompany Transaction Entry 194 Intercompany Transactions 56 InterCompanyTransactions 51 Interim Datasets 37 Interim Unit Details 176 Journal Entries 162 307 Journal Entry 304 Journal Entry Summary 74 129 Login History 74 77 anage Countries and Currencies 141 142 anage Countries Currencies 74 308 anage Datasets 240 anage Deferred Rollforwards 34 74 78 133 153 185 Manage Interim Datasets 46 anage Licenses 74 81 anage NOL Rollforwards 34 74 78 134 anage Payable Buckets 70 71 Manage Payable Rollups 7O 71 Manage Payable Transaction Types 70 Manage Payable Txn Types 70 Manage Restricted Features 74 81 82 anage Rollups 74 122 anage States 141 142 anage Tags 74 123 anage Units 315 361 Manange Countries Currencies 77 NOL Temporary Differences 55 NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis 191 250 Payable Entry 1
466. ough Factor Results menu item e Displays FX Fields e Allow Audit Trail for Flow Through Enhanced Integration e Transfer data to ONESOURCE Income Tax e Select Dataset to Transfer data to ONESOURCE Income Tax e Reverse Liability and Equity Sign e Transfer Reporting Currency Alternative Provision Calculations e Activate Unit Mapping Screen Dataset Relations e Allow Return to Provision Data Entry Temporary Differences Enable Default Data Types Use default types in Bridge Import Allow Read Write users to modify TD types Allow Read Write users to modify NOL types Allow Read Write users to modify ATTD types Allow Read Write users to modify SAATD types Allow Read Write users to modify SATTD types Lock beginning balances for Read Write users Lock Data Source e Lock Active Workpapers data source Global Access General Assign Datasets to Users Activate Questionnaire Display User Status Report Activate Manage Active Datasets Add Review Levels Set Forgot Password Email Set Request New Access Email Enable Filing Group Reports 12 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION OVERVIEW 8 0 RELEASE NOTES Assign non interim Datasets to Users Display Prior Year Information Hide RTP Columns Add Comments to RTPs Show Unit Details on Questionnaire Report Show New Questionnaire Layout Show Post RTP Button ADS Col Type e Display Dataset Types in Dropdown Switch e Switch Perms e Add Tag to Perm Dr
467. ovision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Return from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Transfer Spreadsheet Import 4 Import the following file 2008 Return RTP xls Step 3 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2009 Current Provision from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Transfer Spreadsheet Import 4 Import the following file 2009 Current Provision RTP xls To activate the RTP posting 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Return from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Post Ret to Prov Non Cash Tax Adjustment When the Post Ret to Prov menu option is selected the system automatically calculates the differences between the 2008 Provision and 2008 Return and generates them on the 2009 Current Provision as Non Cash Tax Adjustments to true up the Current Provision The true up is separated into two non cash tax adjustments NC RTP 2008 PERM which includes Pre Tax Book Permanent Differences and Tax Adjustments NC RTP 2008 TEMP which includes Temporary Difference Activity NOL Temporary Differences Activity and After Tax Temporary Differences Activity 2011 Thomson Reuters 339 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY E You need to manually add the tax adjustments or import them using Import Categories and label them NC RTP 2008 PERM and NC RTP 20
468. owing format with the appropriate year NO RTP YYYY PERM and NC RTP YYYY TEMP Note If Federal and State Tax Adjustment codes are not created the following error message displays Posting the True Up Adjustments requires the following Unit and State Tax Adjustment Codes be added NC RTP YYYY Temp NC RTP YYYY Perm 2011 Thomson Reuters 337 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Activation The RTP posting can only be activated through the appropriate Return dataset when you 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 n the Control Center select the corresponding return from the dataset drop down list 3 Select Data Entry Dataset Administration Post Ret to Prov 4 Choose the Units you want posted to the Related Current Provision RTP Target e Dataset all units will post the adjustments for all units in that dataset e Subconsolidation will post the adjustments for all units within the Subconsolidation Unit will post just the unit selected in the Control Center POST RETURN TO PROVISION 2008 RETURN Control Center Dataset x 2008 Retum M Choose which units to post Retum to Provision Adjustments Unit v D1000 ABC CORP m Dataset all units gt Navigator Subconsolidation Unit Data Entry A Provision Dataset H Administration A Post Ret to Prov gj Active Workpapers Hi Federal Add a new Jurisdiction Return to Provision Posting Are you sure you w
469. pes Yes ONo amp E System Allow Read Wirite users to modly ATYD types QQYes No LE Administer Permissions 2 Administer Users Allow Read Wiite users to modfy SAATD types O Ves No Global Attachments Logn History lips Manage Countries Lock beginning balances for Read wiite users Yes ONo gt Manage Currencies Manage Deferred Rolltorward Manage NOL Rollforwards Manage IFRS Roliforwards Manage Temp Diff Postings ty Manage Licenses Allow Read wiite users to modty SATTD types Yes 9 No In the Lock Data Source tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameter and description Lock Active Workpapers data source Select Yes to Lock Data Source Instance Level Locks the ability for Active Workpapers to SET SYN data for the instance Note Lock Data Source Dataset Level Locks the ability for the Active Workpapers at the Dataset Level to SET or SYN Dataset Parameters can be added to Lock the ability to add data via either the Bridge or 2011 Thomson Reuters 109 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Import Spreadsheets ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS amp Reporting P a Advanced Functionality a Data Entry Global Access amp Admin Lock Active Workpapers data source C Yes No
470. ple NC RTP 2008 PERM and NC RTP 2008 TEMP are created Note If you do not create non cash tax adjustments the posting will fail See the Handling Errors section for more information Parameters The following system parameters are used to create additional RTP true ups In Administration select the System folder Manage Configurations Advanced Functionality Dataset Relations e Balance Sheet Only RTP True Ups Posts enables the amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only to be considered when the RTP posting functionality is launched Deferred Only RTP True Ups Posting enables the amounts entered as Deferred Only to be considered when the RTP posting functionality is launched e State RTP True Ups Posting enables the amounts entered for the State to be considered when the RTP posting functionality is launched B Reporting P Advanced Functionality fa Admin Journal Entries Alternative Provsion Calculations Currency Translation Adjustment CTA Dataset Relations Balance Sheet Only RTP True Ups Posts Yes S No Deferred Only RTP True Ups Posting Yes No State RTP True Ups Posting Yes No In addition NC 2009 PERM and NC 2009 TEMP must be created for State Non Cash Adjustments to be posted 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration Manage Units State Tax Adjustments 2 Create a Non Cash Tax Adjustment for Permanent Differences and one for Temporary Differences using the foll
471. porary difference then select the box for Use Ending and the Balancing Amount Type to post between the beginning and ending adjustment to Activity Balance Sheet Only or Deferred Only ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCE POSTINGS Drag a column header here to group by that columr Code Description v Use Ending v Balancing Amount Type V T8000 Bad Debt R Activily k isl T4000 EnvironmentalReserve T500 Inventory Prepayment T5000 Revenue Recognition T6000 Pension T700 Tax dezxeciation T7000 Sale Leaseback T800 Book loss gain on sale of assets T8000 Bad Debt Reserve 80 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP You may set up an Equity type posting difference to flow to Balance Sheet Only for the Balancing Amount Type on a temporary by temporary difference ADMINISTRATION MANAGE TEMPORARY DIFFERENCE POSTINGS Drag a column header here to group by that columr Code Description v UseEnding Y Balancing Amount Type VW T8000 Bad Debt R v Activity rye T19000 FAS 11571 v P a Activity Deferred Only t Notes You also have the ability to add Temporary Differences that are not using Use Ending balance and those will be saved as well e When building the Use Ending balance for a difference you can enter an Activity Balance Sheet Only or Deferred Only to have a set amount Manage Licenses Some features of O
472. ports activate an additional state possibly AO All Other in the unit and enter the difference between the total units apportionment as Current Apportionment for that state No other apportionment or tax rates need to be entered for the state It is not recommended that you change the apportionment in the existing active states because they may obtain an incorrect accrual for the state tax time apportionment for discrete items To quantify the amount that the unit is over or under 100 an Administrator can run a query in the TS Database Analyzer Copy the following query statement select u code d name sum STATEAPPRATE from UNITSTATEDATASETS usd units u datasets d where usd datasetid cc dataset and u unitid usd unitid and d datasetid usd datasetid group by u code d name e Paste the query in the top section of the TS Database Analyzer screen and click Run Query A 4 column report is generated that lists all active units with the sum of the state 330 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY apportionment If the result is 85 create a state in that unit with a current apportionment of 15 or if the result is 1 12 then create a state in that unit with a current apportionment of 12 To print this report select the Export to Excel option from the File menu in the upper left corner STOCK BASED COMPENSATION Stock Options issuances and exercises under FAS 123R may imp
473. ports can work as a backup method to secure data as well as shorten the amount of time it takes to do a mass edit When Exporting categories you are asked two questions Do you want to export Unit Component and Do you want to export User Component information You can select Yes or No to either question Keep in mind that there are typically many lines of data on the CUC and CUNC sheets so selecting Yes for either of these options dramatically increases the size of the file and the time it takes to generate Tax Basis Return Mapping items can be exported to an Import Return Maps template In 130 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP M Administration gt Manage Tax Basis Return select Export Mappings This generates a file with two sheets MBAL Map Balance Sheet Mappings and MINC Map Income Statement Exporting before items have been entered generates a blank Import Return Maps template 2011 Thomson Reuters 131 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY All data is housed in the Navigator under Data Entry For the Provision and the Estimated Payments datasets Data Entry is broken into three areas Dataset Federal and Jurisdiction e For the Interim dataset Data Entry is broken into three areas Forecast Actual and Current Quarter e Under Forecast there is Federal and Jurisdiction e Under Actual there is D
474. pre loaded crucial parameter without understanding its purpose If a crucial parameter is edited or deleted it may corrupt the software and the system may not run properly or at all Parameters can only be deleted through the Manage Restricted Features screen Screen Entry Fields Parameter Name The parameter name is case specific and should be entered exactly as it is given Some of the available system parameters are contained in the reference section For more information regarding parameters and their functionality contact your Client Manager or Support Parameter Value The parameter value is the associated value for the specific Paramkey There can be more than one Paramvalue and each may have a different purpose Notes e The maximum number of characters for a system parameter value is 250 e You can also add system parameters by using an import spreadsheet under Import Categories in the Administration area To import a system parameter complete the appropriate fields on the CP Parameters sheet in the Import Categories template An existing system parameter s value can be modified by first exporting the Categories template adjusting the parameter on the CP Parameters sheet and then importing the sheet on the template e For more information on importing refer to the mporting Templates documentation Report Settings Report Settings can be added in the Report Settings tab of the Manage Restricted Features screen in the System
475. proach The Reporting Currency approach expands the Alternative Minimum Tax AMT calculation NOL Automation does not need to be activated to automate the AMT There is the ability to enter and consider the AMT Net Operating Loss Carryover Balance The AMT Estimator report displays in Reporting Currency under the Filing Group reports The AMT is computed using the unit s data in reporting currency The AMT is posted to the parent unit by converting from reporting currency to the parent unit s local currency 358 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY The AMT Liability or AMT Recapture is automatically posted to the After Tax Temporary Difference with the adjustment code AMT SYS Note The Reporting Currency approach can be overridden on each dataset with the dataset parameter name USE OLD AMTESTIMATOR and the parameter value 1 Alternative Minimum Tax Estimator Regular Tax Calculation Starts with Federal Tax Current from the Tax Provision report and then considers the impact of Foreign Tax Credits from either Cash Tax Adjustments or user designated After Tax Temporary Difference activity to arrive at an Adjusted Cash Provision Alternative Tax Calculation Starts with Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL from the Tax Provision Report and then adds back any entered AMT preference items The result is then offset up to 9096 with the AMT NOL to arrive at Alternative Minimum Taxable Income that is r
476. ption are established by an Administrator for the temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Override Unit Rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Override unit rates check box Tax Amount Enter data in the Tax Amount column based on how it should display in the Deferred Rollforward name listed Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis The Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets Provision dataset only n a Provision dataset there are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section e The system computes the Tax Book Difference using the book and tax amounts entered in the Detail section This information also displays in the Analysis section 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 185 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY E e For information on
477. r Dictates the tag letter used in the payment summary report for income payments IFEDBENEFITOFSTATE Alphanumeric FED STATE FED Federal Benefit of State impact in the Federal Rate or State Federal Benefit of State impact in the State Rate NOLAUTO DEFONLY E Alphanumeric Tag letter Used to exclude Deferred Only XCLUSIONXXX amounts from the Federal NOLAutomation balance XXX are numbers and Tag Letter is the tag that should be excluded Multiple tags can be excluded by setting up multiple Em PAYABLE CPROV FOR Alphanumeric Payable Bucket Code Determines which payable bucket the IBUCKET Foreign Unit s Federal National Return Basis Tax s z to 2011 Thomson Reuters 385 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION REFERENCE ITEMS PAYABLE CPROV FOR Alphanumeric Payable Bucket Code Determines which payable bucket the ISTATE BUCKET Foreign Unit s Current State Return Basis Tax Charge posts to PAYABLE RTP DOM BU Alphanumeric Payable Bucket Code Determines which payable bucket the ICKET Domestic Unit s Federal Tax Adj with codes NC RTP or NC ATR posts to IPPAYABLE RTP DOM ST Alphanumeric Payable Bucket Code Determines which payable bucket the ATE BUCKET Domestic Unit s State Tax Adj with codes NC RTP or NC ATR posts to IPAYRECTYPE Alphanumeric O lor2 Determines how the PAYRECUNIT parameter functions e O indicates there is no payable reclass e 1 indicates that the Payable Reclass on the Federal and State levels is
478. r quarters Pre Tax Book Income Activity should be reflected in either the Payable or the APIC Pool balances for the quarter You can populate the dataset either by entering amounts directly in the system or by using the Import Numbers template Applying the Annualized Forecasted Effective Tax Rate vs Unit Rates The Annualized Forecasted Effective Tax Rate is used to compute the current tax on the Pre Tax Book Income based on either a unit by unit basis or on an overall basis depending on the dataset s designation Unit Rates are used to compute the current deferred taxes and equity impact on the Extraordinary and Discrete Items for the quarter Reviewing the Interim Provision Results The Interim Provision report displays the Current Deferred and Equity provision calculations The Forecast rate is applied to the Pre Tax Book Income and is then added to the Extraordinary 328 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Discrete items at the unit rates to arrive at the provision for the quarter There is also a state level Interim Provision report The Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation report displays the components of the interim provision The report is similar to the report in the Provision dataset with the exception of an additional line that reconciles the Forecast vs Actual rate impact on Pre Tax Book Income The Deferred Balances Temporary Difference Summary Foreign Domestic Summar
479. r the Override Rate options is unselected When the Override Rate check box is selected the rate becomes the rate at the Unit level not for the entire dataset There are three views of the Override functionality in the Unit and State Details screens e Before parameters and rates are set units that are created are populated with Default rates No Override Rate functionality is available All rates set through the Unit and State Details screens work at the Unit level only 2011 Thomson Reuters 145 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY UNIT DATA ENTRY 2009 PROVISION DOMESTIC UNITED STATES USD United States of America Dollars PTBI Automation Taxes Per Book Misc Filing Unit CSC1_Domestic Domestic Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Enter Local FX Calc USD Pre Tax Book Income Local 0 Pre Tax Book Income USD o Wightd Avg FX Rate 1 000000 Unit Tax Rates h Current Tax Rate 0 0000 Beginning Deferred Rate 0 0000 Ending Deferred Rate 0 0000 Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning 1 000000 Ending 1 000000 Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj 0 146 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY c HEEEEUUEEUEE EEUU Bd e Units created after parameters are set but before States Countries and or Curre
480. ral values should be included for state calculations or not Include for State at Paying Receiving Entity Select the appropriate check box to designate whether the adjustment should be included at the paying or receiving entity Determine whether or not this InterCompany Transaction federal values should be included for state calculations or not 56 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION ADMINISTRATION MANAGE INTERCO TXN TYPES CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Drag a column header here to group by that column Code Y Name DST Distributions C Toggle LP Lease Payments C Toggle INT Interest Toggle ROY Royalties Toggle MF Management Fees v Toggle hye v Toggle X Click on any cell to add a New Entry Y State Paying Entity Y State Receiving Entity W L Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle 2011 Thomson Reuters 57 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP MANAGE TRIAL BALANCE Trial Balance Lines and Trial Balance SubLines are created and managed in the Manage Trial Balance area of the Administration area Trial Balance Lines You can add Trial Balance Lines in the Trial Balance Lines screen of the Manage Trial Balance area of the Administration area Trial Balance Lines are used to roll up the Trial Balance SubLines An existing Trial Balance Line name and classification can be modified Only a Trial Balance Line that has no record in any datase
481. rameters within the application These check box s were made available to make the set up of these parameters more efficient If you want the parameter set up for all datasets you will need to access the Admin area Manage Configurations You have the following options for posting payables e To configure specific Non Cash tax adjustment code s to be posted to the payable select the Post NC to payable with manual mapping to enable the mapping functionality 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 155 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Post NC_ to payable with system mapping TAX ADJUSTMENT PAYAH MA DATA R EW 2010 YE PROVISION Select Jurisdiction Tax Adjustment Designate the Fiscal Year Transaction Type Bucket and Tax Code and tag letter posting rag column header he oup by that column e To enable the system functionality of posting Non Cash tax adjustment codes NC RTP NC ATR NC OTHER to the payable select the Post NC to payable with system mapping to utilize the existing functionality Post NC_ to payable with manual mapping Warning If these tax adjustments are also mapped in the Tax Adjustment Payable Mapping screen they will post in the payable twice e Usea combination of the two enable system functionality and configure other Non Cash tax adjustment codes to post to the payable Note e A Tool Tip displays when you scroll over the options to enable the system functionality of posting select
482. rds in two ways e At the system level by using the Administration area and clicking Administration gt System gt Manage NOL Rollforwards e At the dataset level by using a Provision dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Manage NOL Pollforwards or a Interim dataset and clicking Data Entry gt Actual gt Dataset gt Administration When new datasets are created deferred rollforward information is populated from the system level To override data for a specific dataset click the Copy from Admin button Here are guidelines for managing deferred rollforwards at the dataset level 134 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e Select the number of columns You enter amounts according to defined Column Names Therefore for each column name you can only have one Type Activity Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only Be sure to click Save when you finish entering information The letters on the right side of the screen are the tag letters If a column name is associated with multiple tags amounts associated with that name become Read Only If more than one Type is defined for a column name the default is as follows If Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only are defined the Type posts as Deferred Only If Activity and Deferred Only are defined the Type posts as Deferred Only If Activity and Balance Sheet Only are defined the Type posts as Balance Sh
483. reas that should be populated with data 2b Select tag and units The tag designates the bridged data in the system Consider setting up a tag to specifically identify the data as coming from a bridge file e Select whether the data in the extract is for a single unit a group of units in a sub consolidation or the consolidated group To select a different unit or sub consolidation change the Control Center Changing the 212 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Control Center refreshes the screen and other selections are lost The ability of users to select units sub consolidations and consolidations can be limited with the system parameters BRIDGE ALLOW UNIT SELECT BRIDGE ALLOW SUBCON SELECT and BRIDGE ALLOW ALL UNITS You can add these system parameters in Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations gt Advanced Functionality gt Bridge 3 Select format s and file s of legacy data e The extract file needs to be defined to explain the underlying format There are two database types sql and oracle There are two file formats comma and tab delimited and two data formats 4 and 6 columns e The legacy data file is the extract file from the general ledger system 4 Clear Staging Area upload legacy The first step clears the staging area The staging area then displays a View pre load log and a preview of each area of data that was entered 5 Update the system
484. red as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Add back Deductible State Tax Deductible State Tax line from the Federal Tax Provision report Adjusted Federal Taxable Income Sum of Federal Taxable Income Backout Permanent Differences not includable for State Backout Temporary Differences includable for State and Add back Deductible State Tax Modifications Data Entry gt State gt State Permanent Differences 2011 Thomson Reuters 277 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Temporary Difference Adjustments Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Allocable Income Sum of Adjusted Federal Taxable Income Modifications and Temporary Difference Adjustments lines State Apportionment Percentage Data Entry State State Details Only displays at the Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit breakout Apportioned Income Pre NOL Allocable Income line times State Apportionment Percentage line NOLs Data Entry State gt State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis Apportioned Income Sum of Apportioned Income Pre NOL and NOLs lines State Tax Rate Data Entry gt State gt State Details Displays only at the Unit level To vi
485. rences Tax Basis times the appropriate rates plus Data Entry gt Unit gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis plus Data Entry gt State gt State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Ending Deferred Tax Per B S The Total Ending Balance column of the Deferred Balances report with the State view option CTA The Total CTA column of the Deferred Balances report with the State or State FBOS and Expanded income statement view options Deferred Provision Only Data Entry gt State gt State Details Deferred Tax Provision Begin Deferred Tax Per B S plus Bal Sheet Only Adjustment minus Ending Deferred Tax Per B S plus CTA and Deferred Provision Only lines Equity Adjustment Data Entry gt Unit gt Permanent Differences Reversal of the impact to the current provision for Equity Adjustment Permanent Differences Total State Provision Sum of the Total Current Provision Deferred Tax Provision and Equity Adjustment lines 2011 Thomson Reuters 271 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Deferred Balances Reporting Levels pnt __ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt _ Sub consolation Source Data Unit Details State Details State Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Dif
486. rent from statutory rate changes from period to period and any deferred only adjustments that may impact the overall taxable rate for each item Use Blended Rate The report displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the Group Rate selected for the dataset or the Unit s current tax rate The reconciliation starts either with PTBI at the Blended rate of the underlying units in the sub consolidation This view option only displays in versions 6 1 and higher Use Group Tax Rate The report displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the Group Rate selected for the dataset This view option only displays in versions 6 0 and higher State Breakdown Displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the Group Rate It displays specific state differences components as well as federal Breakout All This vew shows the breakdown of the components of all the units included in the sub consolidation Line by Line e Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI e FX Adjustment The Pre Tax Book Income local divided by Weighted average FX rate subtracted from Pre Tax Book Income reporting e State and Local Income Taxes Provision from State Summary Provision Summary plus the Federal Benefit of State impact e Effect of Rates Different from Statutory Accommodates differences in the current tax rates and the dataset s group tax rate as defined in Administration gt Manage Datasets The differe
487. report for Provision datasets displays temporary and NOL differences and separates ending deferred balances into current and non 242 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING current designations The report lists current assets and liabilities as well as non current assets and liabilities and sums them together to obtain the total value of current temporary differences and non current temporary differences by unit Totals for both current and non current differences appear at the bottom of the report Data can be viewed using Rollup codes Note It is recommended that you avoid using the default rollup Only view data in a rollup that is configured to display categories that are in use Provision Items Deferred Tax Asset Liability Report Views Defaults to By Deferred and Federal State views e Rollup Displays the balances sub totalled by rollup code with underlying detail for the user defined rollup established in the Manage Rollups by an Administrator By Unit Displays balances sub totalled by unit Can be segregated by federal federal and state or state balances By Deferred Displays balances sub totalled by temporary difference code Can be segregated by federal federal and state or state balances By Sub Totals Inserts two columns that sub total the asset and liability columns in their current or non current status Line by Line Temporary Differences Data Entry g
488. report views and other items available to the user The four types of parameters are System Dataset Unit Dataset and Unit State Dataset Parameters are set up in two sections Manage Restricted Features Manage Configurations Manage Restricted Features can be set up by exporting the categories in the administration area Then the parameters can be updated and imported back into the system Manage Configurations allows you to select the parameters to obtain additional functionality available in the system Note For more information on importing refer to the importing templates documentation Audit Trail All entries made in the software are displayed in the audit trail e Entries to categories are tracked separately from other data Administrators can view audit trail details The View Audit Trail and View Categories Audit Trail Screens can be found in the administration area in the system folder The filters at the top of the audit trail screens allow data to be filtered Because there can be a significant number of entries be sure the filter is narrow data so that it can be generated in a reasonable amount of time The audit trail can be printed by right clicking and selecting the Export to Excel option This generates a file that can be printed 32 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Reporting Levels Reporting levels allow data to be combined and displayed in differe
489. reporting features To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom of the screen The following are the parameters Enable Default Data Types Select Yes to enable default data types Use default types in Bridge Import Select Yes to use default types in Bridge Import 108 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Allow Read Write users to modify NOL types Select Yes to allow Read Write users to modify NOL types Allow Read Write users to modify ATTD Types Select Yes to allow Read Write users to modify ATTD Types Allow Read Write users to modify SAATD Types Select Yes to allow Read Write users to modify SAATD Types Allow Read Write users to modify SATTD Types Select Yes for Read Write users to modify SATTD Types Lock beginning balances for Read Write users Select Yes to lock beginning balances for Read Write users EonteliGenie 919 ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Navigator Administration he Administration H Manage Datasets Global Access Temporary Dilferences Lock Data Source s Enable Default Data Types S Yes ONo Manage Trial Balances Manage Tax Basis Return Use default types in Bridge Import S Yes ONo 4 Manage States 8 oj Manage Bridge Allow ReadAwrte users to modify TD types OYes No 2 eee Allow Read Write users to modify NOL y
490. reports Rollups can display on a summary or hybrid basis Payable activity can be mapped and rolled up to user defined grouping lines on the payable rollforward and payable detail reports The Payable rollup maps the payable transaction types Notes e For the hybrid view link to display unassigned details you need to click a rollup view link first e Administrators are responsible for creating and maintaining the Rollup mappings Components Component is the general term for an item in the system Typically components are found in drop down lists Some examples are Book to Tax Adjustments Permanent Difference Temporary Difference Tax Adjustments etc e Payable Items Transaction Codes Buckets etc e Unit Attributes State Jurisdiction Attachments Rollup Codes etc e System Items User Rights Audit Trail Transactions etc 34 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOU RC ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW Software Version The software version varies based on when the last upgrade was made to either your database or your user client Each new version contains functionality enhancements and bug fixes To check the current version that is running look for the status bar at the bottom of your screen LC_7RC8 admin Administrator 00 02 38 License OK v7 0 25264 0 7 0_rc6 6 33062 33062 1 English US I If the status bar is not displayed go to the menu bar and select View gt Toggle Status Bar
491. rmation about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Expanded FERC View Energy For Federal Energy Regulatory Commission companies TD for 410 x Column gt Controls the 410 behavior of activity on the FERC Deferred Rollforward report with a column that displays the temporary differences TD for 411 x Column gt Controls the 411 behavior of activity on the FERC Deferred Rollforward report with a column that displays the temporary differences TD for Debits Credits Column ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting P Advanced Functionality La Data Entry Global Access amp Admin Expanded FERC View C Yes No TD for 410 Column Add TD for 411 Column Add TD for Debits Credits Column Add In the Export to Returns tab you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Export to CCH 2011 Thomson Reuters 9 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Export to CorpTax Export to ONESOURCE Income Tax Export to Vertex ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS B Reporting amp Advanced Functionality A DataEnty GlobalAccess g A
492. rom the prior period and should represent the remaining Permanent Differences for book and tax that should be allocated Deferred To increase or decrease the balance Amounts entered do not have any impact on the provision Enter Activity Enter Ending Select the Enter Activity or the Enter Ending balance radio button e Enter Activity The system automatically calculates the Ending balance e Enter Ending The system automatically calculates the Activity Activity The appropriate amount of the activity based on the months entered In a dataset that was not rolled over you must populate this field Ending Balance The ending balance based on the months entered In a dataset that was not rolled over you must populate this field Note The following screen shots show where you will use the Use Ending balances These balances only impact Temp Diffs Book Tax Basis and only impact the Book fields 2011 Thomson Reuters 181 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Data Entry he Provision H og Dataset amp 3 Federal Administration a Active Workpapers Unit Details i Flow Through Factors APIC Pool Amounts S Perm Diffs Tax Basis LS Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis 3 Temp Diffs Tax Basis eg emp Ditfs Book Tax Basis AT Temp Diffs Tax Basis iis AT Temp Diffs Book Tax Bas LB Tax Adis 2 NOL Temp Ditts Tax Basis m Payable Entry 55 InterCo Txn Ertry Trial Balance Tax Ba
493. rough calculation Factor 6696 You also cannot move the data from Unit D backto B nor C nor can you move the data from Unit B or C back Factor 2596 to Unit A Unit D Factor 7596 166 60 16 50 150 Configuration To transfer a percentage of data from one unit to another follow these steps 1 Go to the Provision or Estimated Payments dataset and click Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow Through Factors The screen for the target unit in the Navigator displays 2 Click Create New 3 Select a unit from the Source Unit drop down list Notes e Any unit can be selected as a source except for the target unit e A unit cannot be selected if it or any of its parents are a child of the current unit 4 Select the type of data PTBI Permanent Differences etc to be copied from the source unit 5 Enter an Activity Factor for the selected type of data Note If a temporary difference was selected you need to enter a Beginning Balance Activity Factor Deferred Only Activity Factor and Balance Sheet Only Activity Factor 6 Select a tag from the Manual Adjustments Tag drop down list 7 Select Exclusion Tags for clearing and copying data For more information go to the Data Clearing Details section 8 Click Save New The following message displays Changes have been saved 9 Close the Flow Through screen 10 The configuration can be completed Manually by clicking Dataset gt Administration gt Calculate F
494. roup needs to be activated to use rollups Use the Manage Rollups screen to create rollup sets and groups Rollup groups add items to the Tax Calculation drop down list on the Journal Entries screen Tag Groups Deferred Provision Balance Sheet Only Adjustments Ending Deferred Balance and Payable calculations can be isolated and grouped based on tags Up to nine tag groups can be created Each tag group applies to both federal and the related state amounts The system parameters JE TAG GROUP NAME with a paramvalue of the tag group name and JE TAG GROUP 5s TAGS with a paramvalue of a group of tags separated by commas need to be activated to use tag groups Tag groups add items to the Tax Calculation drop down list on the 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 307 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Journal Entries screen GAAP to Stat Stat to Tax Deferred Provision Balance Sheet Only Adjustments and Ending Deferred Balance calculations can be isolated and grouped based on the GAAP to Stat and Stat to Tax breakout The GAAP to Stat and Stat to Tax breakout applies to both federal and the related state amounts State Groups You can group similar states together based on their common general ledger accounts Up to nine state groups can be created The system parameters JE STATE GROUP NAME with a para
495. roup Rate 0 0000 Save New Cancel Setup This section covers the general setup of dataset relations The major steps are 1 Creating datasets for the previous year Provision previous year Return and Current Provision 2 Selecting the Return Provision and Target datasets 3 Creating tax adjustments Creating Datasets To create datasets for the previous year Provision previous year Return and Current Provision Note The following Dataset information is used only as an example Previous Year Provision 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New 334 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY 2 Enter the following e Dataset Name 2008 Provision Type PROV Fiscal Year 2008 Fiscal Period FY Group Tax Rate 35 0096 3 Click OK Previous Year Return 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New 2 Enter the following Dataset Name 2008 Return Type PROV Fiscal Year 2008 Fiscal Period FY Group Tax Rate 35 00 3 Click OK Current Provision 1 Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New 2 Enter the following Dataset Name 2009 Current Provision Type PROV Fiscal Year 2009 Fiscal Period FY Group Tax Rate 35 00 Co Click O
496. rovision State Equity Adjustment Scenarios This section contains scenarios for each option Option 1 Scenario A 2011 Thomson Reuters a 000005 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 Unit Tax Rates are the Same If there are differences in the Weighted Average FX Rate Beginning FX Rate and Ending FX Rate a CTA adjustment must be made for all temporary differences Taxes per Book Unit Dataset Extensions LserNumS8 Tax Return Alternate Unit Entity ID Code Existing Unit f Custom f Default Unit The first option for CTA is an existing feature that does not require additional setup for it to function Note Only temporary differences are used for example However the CTA calculation takes all types of adjustments into consideration 317 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY The CTA is in the Tax Provision report It is used to calculate the Deferred Tax Provision Provision Report USD view summary unit breakout comparison 2009 Current Provision Developement and Testing License D1000 ABC CORP UPTBI Unit level Pre Tax Book Income 666 667 Pre Tax Book Income 666 667 Deductible State Tax 0 Permanent Differences 0 Financial Taxable Income 666 667 T1000 Accrued Bonus 13 333 CTA Calculation Temporary Differences 13 333 Beginning Balance Change in FX Rate Beginning Balance Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Spot FX Rate
497. rred Provision and the Ending Deferred Balance Starting Balance Balance Sheet Only Adjustments Deferred Provision Related activity deferred only expense rounding Balance Sheet Only Adjustments Deferred Tax Assets Liabilities GL Sources Allows you to map account balances from Trial Balance data that has been populated in the system typically via the bridge You can consider amounts previously booked in tax accounts for prior quarters when provision data is on a year to date basis Creates a journal entry for the incremental amount that needs to be booked Additional Configuration Options Filters Deferred Provision Balance Sheet Only Adjustments and Ending Deferred Balance calculations can be isolated and grouped based on filters Up to nine filters can be created Each filter applies to both federal and the related state amounts In addition to the use of filters you can configure journal entries by adding or subtracting components or by using rollups The system parameters JE_FILTER with a paramvalue of a Temporary Difference Code and JE FILTER NAMEZ with a paramvalue of the filter group name need to be activated to use filters Filters add items to the Tax Calculation drop down list on the Journal Entries screen The Base filter group contains the amount left over after all filters have been applied The system parameter JE COMPONENT ROLLUP SET CODE with a paramvalue of the component rollup set code of the rollup g
498. rrent Provision Developement and Testing License FederaOn State Only Year Unt Juredictoo Bucket Yegr Jur amp dicton Type Unt Jurisdichon Year Jurisdiction Tvpe Jurisdicton Year Year Bucket Boo aee fins ile Lugian tend Bratara Bemsce Aausirents Cant EMAZ Poatig Cen ssa 2009 D1000 ABC CORP FED Labity Posting 0 0 0 0 0 2009 D2000 DEF CORP FED Liabity Posting 0 0 0 0 0 580 000 2006 D1000 ABC CORP FED Lisbity Posting 0 0 0 0 0 0 Navigator 2008 D2000 DEFCORP FED Lisbity Posting 0 o 0 0 0 800 000 Total o 0 0 0 0 1 460 000 B f Provision j Tax Provision 15 Effective Tax Rate Deferred Balances Foreign Domestic Summ a Deferred Support S Trial Balance Ez Other Reports fi State Support a A i CE Parable Detail Journal Entry aE D Administration 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Outside of Dataset Years The default configuration when using the Payable module assumes that the user is a calendar year taxpayer and that payments and transactions are limited to the current year or period The current year and current period are designated by the settings assigned when creating the dataset For example if the dataset is created as a 2009 Full Year Dataset the system does not allow you to enter transactions with a date of 1 January 2010 or greater If the dataset is a 2010 First Quarter dataset you are only allowed to enter transactions
499. rted trial balance data file e The bridge posts an amount that is the net of the beginning and ending account balances Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis You can add Book Tax Basis Permanent Difference bridge mappings in the Perm Diffs Book Tax Basis screen in the Manage Bridge folder of the Administration area Bridge mappings can be modified and deleted To import mappings complete the appropriate fields on the ZMAPDZ Amortized Perm Diffs sheet in the mport Bridge template For more information on importing refer to the mporting Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields LE CC and UC The LE must be a valid Unit code e The CC and UC are optional user defined codes e Entering an asterisk in the field applies account rule across all units Ledger Account Code e The Ledger Account should be an account code in the exported trial balance data file Amortized Permanent Difference and Type e The Amortized Permanent Difference bridge mapping options are the established permanent difference codes e The Amortized Permanent Difference Type bridge mapping options are either E Equity Adjustment or P P amp L Adjustment This mapping posts to the Amortized Permanent Differences screen 68 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Begin and End Fctr e Beginning balance factor is typically zero because it is ignored when computing Permanent Differences e Ending balance fact
500. rts displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the Group Rate selected for the dataset or the Unit s current tax rate This view option only displays in versions 6 0 and higher when the EFFRATEBRKOUT system parameter is set to 1 Use Blended Rate On Sub Consolidated and Consolidated reports displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the Group Rate selected for the dataset or the Unit s current tax rate The reconciliation starts either with PTBI at the Group Tax rate or at the Blended rate of the underlying units in the sub consolidation consolidation This view option only displays in versions 6 1 and higher when the EFFRATEBRKOUT system parameter is set to 1 The Breakout All view shows the underlying units in the sub consolidation consolidation State Breakdown Displays the effective tax rate report reconciling to the Group Rate It displays specific state differences as well as federal Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry Federal Unit Details PTBI FX Adjustment The Pre Tax Book Income local divided by Weighted average FX rate subtracted from Pre Tax Book Income reporting State and Local Income Taxes Provision from State Summary Provision Summary plus the Federal Benefit of State impact Effect of Rates Different from Statutory Accommodates differences in the current tax rates and the dataset s group tax rate as defined in Administration gt Manage Datasets The difference of the uni
501. ry gt State Details in an Estimated Payments dataset Items entered in this section are added to the provision when calculating estimated payments To import information to the Estimated Payments section complete the appropriate fields on the S States sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields e Other Income Tax additive to Cash Provision Adds an additional amount to the provision liability in the state estimated payments calculation Calculated Income Tax Pymt Override Overrides the calculated state estimated payments Franchise Payments Additional amount of Franchise Tax that should be included with the provision liability in the state estimated payments calculation Include this State in Estimated Payments Calc Includes or excludes the state for the estimated payments calculation State Permanent Differences State permanent difference information is managed in the State Perm Diffs screen under Data Entry gt State gt Perm Diffs in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual State in an Interim dataset There are two types of permanent differences Equity Adjustments and P amp L Adjustments You can select the appropriate type to achieve the desired provision effect Enter permanent differences that are applicable for state but not for federal purposes To import information t
502. ry Difference 500 000 2 048 000 00 Federal Taxable Income 500 000 NOL TD gt 500 000 NOL TD 2 048 000 00 NOL Reclass If the NOL Reclass is added to the Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the Federal Taxable Income Post NOL is 0 2 048 000 TI Pre NOL gt 2 048 000 lt NOL reclass gt 0 TI Post NOL gt NOL Ending Balance Beginning Bal Deferred Only Balance Sheet Only NOL Reclass NOL End Bal 7 010 000 lt BBal gt 0 lt DO gt 0 lt Bal O gt 2 048 000 lt NOL Reclass gt 4 962 000 lt EB gt Note To access the report select the Reporting area Dataset and Report Level Then in the navigator select Tax Provision and click Run Report View Detail On the report select the View Detail hyperlink Pre Tax Book 100 000 00 Income 5000 00 P1000 10 000 00 P2000 Total Permanent 15 000 00 Difference 31 000 00 T1000 2 000 00 T2000 Total Temporary 33 00000 Difference T Taxable Income 2 048 000 00 Pre NOL 00 000 00 954800000 NOL SYS 04452 0000 i 10 000 501000 NOL 2001 2 051000000 1 T r1 Federal Taxable a Income 010 000 00 2 048 000 00 NOL Reclass 04 862 000 00 2011 Thomson Reuters 355 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Scenario 10 When there is a negative Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL the NOL Allowance Rate and th
503. ry Screens Available Views 2011 Thomson Reuters 261 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING The State Unit Summary report in the Provision and Interim datasets displays an overview of key state data for the units in the dataset filing group or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items e Total Tax Provision e State Effective Tax Rate Report Views Defaults to a unit by unit view Line by Line There is a line for each unit in the sub consolidation consolidation Column by Column e Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Unit Details gt PTBI e Total State Tax Provision Tax Provision Report State by State Tax Provision line e Effective Tax Rate Total State Tax Provision divided by Pre Tax Book Income 262 2011 Thomson Reuters Deferred Balances Reporting Levels Punt _ Subosonsoidaton Consolation State Details State Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Differences State NOL Temporary Differences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences PNEV Ele mas her Unit Detail State FBOS State FBOS All current non current Contracted expanded balance sheet cir expanded balance sheet expanded income statement The Deferred Balances State Summary report in the Provision and Interim datasets displays beginning and ending cumulative temporary difference balan
504. ry line must be identified with a description If you do not enter a description you will receive a Please check your entries for accuracy error message Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Intercompany Transaction Entry InterCompany Transaction information is managed in the InterCompany Transaction Entry screen under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry Forecast Actual Federal in an Interim dataset Transactions among units can be set up to account for the movement of tax amounts and the impact of the associated withholding tax treatment on transactions Entries can be input on either the paying or receiving unit and are posted as a permanent difference on the units To import information to the InterCompany Transaction Entry screen complete the appropriate fields on the ICOTXNS Inter Co Txns sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Paying Receiving Unit There can be intercompany transactions between any two units Txn Type The options that display are established by an Administrator for transaction types Txn Code The transaction code is user defined Txn Date The date of the transaction Txn Amount The transaction amount for the in
505. s The Local Currency approach has more limited functionality than the Reporting Currency approach e The AMT calculation is computed in Local Currency not Reporting Currency All units in a filing group must have the same currency for the calculation to be logical e Net Operating Losses for both regular tax and AMT are not considered separately in the calculation Consider using the AMT Reporting Currency approach because it considers both regular and AMT NOLs in the calculation 2011 Thomson Reuters 359 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY M M M MM MM AMT Automation posts the generated AMT liability as activity on an after tax temporary difference with the code AMT SYS It does not take into consideration the calculation going into a recapture position Note The Local Currency approach can be overridden on each dataset by adding the dataset parameter name USE OLD AMTESTIMATOR and the parameter value of 1 360 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY REPORT CONFIGURATION e Tiered Sub Consolidations can be viewed with Consolidated Sub Consolidation functionality e Report Headers and Footers can be user defined to display on printed reports Custom Sub Consolidation Reporting Overview of Custom Sub Consolidation CSC Functionality In Manage Configurations the default for the Custom Sub Consolidati
506. s ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP To view data for single or multiple Datasets Component Types and Users you could filter the data for that purpose ADMINISTRATION VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY Dataset lt A gt M Unt Ab Usec Ab y State lt Alb v Component Type Permanent Differences v From 6 1 2011 w To 6 1 2011 v Also you could select From and To for the calendar to get specific dates to capture data ADMINISTRATION VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY Dataset lt an Unt lt Alb M User Alb State Alb v Component Type Permanent Differences v From 6 1 2011 To 6 1 2011 w June 2011 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fi Sat 30 31 6 8 3 10 T1 13 14 15 16 17 18 Drag a column header here to 20 21 22 23 24 25 2 28 28 30 1 2 b Select Go and the data captured for all data that has been captured in View Audit Trail will display ADMINISTRATION VIEW DATA SOURCE HISTORY Dataset alb Unk Alb User Ab S State Alb v Component Type Permanent Differences w From 6 1 2011 To amp l 20 w Drag a column header here to group by that columr Component Type V Dataset v Unit vj DataSouce VW ChangeType VW User Y Date Y Code Y Tag v Adi Type Permanent Dilferenc 2010 Provision D1000 ABC Cor FI Workp Add admin 6 1 2011935522AM P0900 wW Pa
507. s CSC1_Worldwide Worldwide Domestic D DOMESTIC USD United St CSC1 X SUBCON TEST Domestic US UNITED USD United St D1000 ABC CORP Domestic US UNITED USD United St D2000 DEF CORP Domestic US UNITED USD United St D3000 GHI Corporation Domestic US UNITED USD United St D4000 JKL Corporation Domestic US UNITED USD United St D5000 TGIF Inc Domestic US UNITED USD United St D5000 Lease Inc Domestic C US UNITED USD United St D7000 LBT Corp Domestic US UNITED USD United St 150 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Filing Unit D1000 ABC CORP Pre Tax Book Income PTBI Data Entry Policy Pre Tax Book Income Local Pre Tax Book Income USD VWightd Avg FX Rate Unit Tax Rates Current Tax Rate Beginning Deferred Rate Ending Deferred Rate Deferred FX Rates 1 USD Beginning Ending Deferred Provision Only Adj Deferred Provision Only Adj 2011 Thomson Reuters Change Enter Local FX Calc USD 6j o Override rate Override rate Override rate Override rate Override rate Override rate 151 ONESOURCE 152 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY After parameters and rates are set units that are created are populated with the existing Mass Update Rate Override Rate functionality is available in Read Write m
508. s payable for the units in the dataset or sub consolidation selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Total Current Tax Provision Report Views Defaults to a Year Unit Jurisdiction Bucket view of Federal and State balances Line by Line e Depending on the view selected the lines can be Year Unit or Jurisdiction Type State Only displays payable entries in the State or user defined Jurisdiction section Year Unit Jurisdiction Bucket sorts payable data on Fiscal Year then Unit then Jurisdiction and then Payable Bucket Year Jurisdiction Type sorts payable data on Fiscal Year then Jurisdiction type Jurisdiction Type Jurisdiction Year sorts payable data on Jurisdiction type then Jurisdiction and then Fiscal Year Year Bucket sorts payable data on Fiscal Year then Payable Bucket Column by Column e Fiscal Year The Fiscal Year selected in the Payable Entry screen Unit Code Unit Name The Unit in which the Payable Entry was made e Jurisdiction The Jurisdiction Federal State or user defined jurisdiction in which the Payable Entry was made Bucket The Payable Bucket selected in the Payable Entry screen Jurisdiction Type Amounts are classified as Federal or State depending on the Unit in which the Payable Entry was made Beginning Balances Amounts in the Payable Entry screen for the years before the dataset year Transaction Amounts by Rollup Each pay
509. s Report Displays the Global Access user status report Activate Manage Active Datasets Activates the Manage Active Datasets screen Add Review Levels Makes Preparer 1st Reviewer and 2nd Reviewer viewable on the Administer Users administration page Set Forgot Password Email Enables the email address to populate in the To field of an email when a user clicks the Forgot Password link Example abc 2yahoo com xyz Q hotmail com Set Request New Access Email Enables the email address to populate in the To field of an email when a user clicks the Request New Access link Example abc 2yahoo com xyz hotmail com Enable Filing Group Reports Displays filing group reports in Global Access Assign non interim Datasets to Users Adds the ability to assign datasets to a user Display Prior Year Information The Analysis section of Temporary Difference pages shows data from the dataset that has been determined via the Datasets Relations section of the Datasets screen in Administration to be the Prior Period Hide RTP Columns Enables RTP adjustments to be entered directly into the Difference column on the Return to Provision page Column type retprov Add Comments to RTPs Enables comments to be added on the Return to Provision page Column type retprov Show Unit Details on Questionnaire Report 1 activates the Foreign Domestic classification Country and Currency for each unit on the Questionnaire Summary report Global
510. s beginning with NC designate the tax adjustment as a non cash tax adjustment Type Select E Equity Adjustment or P P amp L Adjustment from the drop down list Tag Select a value from the drop down list Adjustment Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated using the weighted average FX rate to reporting currency NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis The NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual gt Federal in an Interim dataset Note Tax Basis Temporary Difference screens allow you to enter amounts as purely tax balances with or without book or net of book 2011 Thomson Reuters 191 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Provision and Interim Actual section datasets only There are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section Data entered in the Detail section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and displays in the Analysis section For informa
511. s in sub consolidated or consolidated reports in the reporting currency view The local currency view of the report may not make sense unless all units have the same currency Currency Types and Options Currency Types e Functional Currency Primary Currency in which the books of record are maintained The currency in which an entity does business Local Currency Currency of the country where the business is physically located e Reporting Currency Currency in which the entity reports financial statements Reporting currency symbol options are US Dollar Euro and Japanese Yen The default is US Dollar It can be modified with a system parameter Hyper inflationary Environment When the cumulative rate of inflation exceeds 10096 over the three year period then FAS 52 requires USD to be the functional currency The unit s local currency should be set to USD Currency Options Currency Codes There are pre populated currency codes that can be expanded as necessary in the Manage Countries Currencies screen 308 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY e Thousands Separators The system defaults to a comma 1 000 00 for the thousands separator The comma can be changed to a period 1 000 00 with a system parameter Foreign Exchange Rates Entry Format When entering foreign exchange rates on the Unit Details screen the format should be the amount 1 unit of Reporting Currency would
512. s the BSO Adjustment from the Deferred Provision Ending Balance The ending balance based on the months entered In a dataset that was not rolled over you must populate this field Tax Adjustments Tax adjustment information is managed in the Tax Adjustments screen under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets under Data Entry Forecast Actual Federal in an Interim dataset Tax adjustments can be thought of as a post tax permanent difference There are two types of Tax Adjustments depending on the code Cash and Non Cash Non Cash Tax Adjustments have a code that begins with NC The cash provision is the amount of current tax liability that is expected to be represented on the tax return The non cash provision is any current taxes that should be accrued for prior years or for amounts that are not represented on the tax return The Cash and Non Cash are segregated on separate lines of the Tax Provision report To import information to the Tax Adjustments screen complete the appropriate fields on the UTA Unit Tax Adjs sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Note If you wish to adjust the same after tax adjustment more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields Code Description e The code and description are established by an Administrator for tax adjustments e Code
513. se types sql and oracle There are two file formats comma and tab delimited and two data formats 4 and 6 columns e The legacy data file is the extract file from the general ledger system 4 Clear Staging Area upload legacy The first step clears the staging area The staging area then displays a View pre load log and a preview of each area of data that was entered 5 Update the system e After the pre load log and the preview of data have been confirmed as correct select Update to update the provision data with the bridged data e Review the areas of bridged data PTBI local PTBI Reporting Tax Accounts Loaded raw balances Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and Tax Basis Temporary Differences BSO Not Mapped and Permanent Differences Amortized This data can be reviewed later in the Bridge Archives Note PTBI Permanent Differences Temporary Differences and Trial Balances will only populate Data Entry screens and reports via Bridge Import if they are mapped correctly in the Administration area For more information refer to the Unit Mapping section 216 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER Bridge Archives In the Bridge Archives located under Import in the Data Transfer area you can view data that was bridged into the system You can select an archive slot that is created by the tag letter designated when the Bridge Import occurred After
514. section for more information Dataset Parameters RTPTAG and DORTPTAG The tag used to designate RTP Deferred Only adjustments is configured using the RTPTAG and DORTPTAG dataset parameters when you 1 Select the Provision dataset 2 In the Control Center select 2008 Return from the dataset drop down list 3 In the Navigator click Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration gt Dataset Parameters ControlCenter vA ADMINISTRATION MANAGE DATASET PARAMETERS Control Center Dataset f 2008 Retum Unit D1000 ABC CORP Drag a column header here to group by that column Parameter Name T Parameter T VW Parameter Value v T p ADVLIABPOSTING Alphanumeric Y Navigator CASENUMBER Alphanumeric 2222 DORTPTAG Alphanumeric Q DetEndb all efault Alphanumeric FEDBENEFITOFSTATE Alphanumeric STATE RIPTAG Alphanumeric R Provision Dataset EE Administration e Dataset Parameters l 9 Manage Deferred Rollforw LD Manage NOL Rollforwards gy Tax Basis Mapping Deferred Analysis E Post Ret to Prov Active Workpapers 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY 2008 RETU WARNING CHANGES MAY IMPACT YOUR CALCULATIONS WARNING 341 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY 342 HOLDSRTP 2008 and HOLDSDORTP 2008 Dataset parameters HOLDSRTP 2008 and HOLDSDORTP 2008 wil
515. see underlying unit by unit data by selecting Brkout Expanded results either display on the screen or export to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Line by Line Temporary Differences v gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Reclass Data Entry NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Column by Column Beginning Balance Beginning balances are typically populated by rolling over balances from prior periods Amounts populate in the Beginning Balance field in Data Entry gt Unit gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and Data Entry gt State gt State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Rate Change When balances are rate effected the system automatically adjusts beginning balances to accommodate for any change in the deferred rate and any change to the foreign exchange rate The
516. selecting the appropriate slot select the data area to review Choices are PTBI local PTBI USD Tax Accounts Loaded raw balances Perms Temps Temps BSO Not Mapped Perms Amortized Temps Book Tax Basis and Tax Basis Displayed data shows account balances and where configured the bridge mapping rules that were applied to the account The data can be exported to a file with Export Current Report Bridge Extract File The file extracted from the General Ledger system can either have 4 columns of data or 6 columns of data The format of the file can be either tab delimited or comma separated Keep in mind the following about the file e Tab delimited file format is preferred to comma separated file format because a comma thousands separator could be misinterpreted as a field delimiter Files saved from Excel try to get around this problem by putting numbers in quotes assuming that any commas in the quotes are not treated as field delimiters SqlLdr honors the Excel convention but BCP does not The system does not accept parentheses as notation for negative values Ensure that the extract contains minus signs at the beginning of negative numbers Example 859 621 should be shown as 859621 in the extract file As with all other imports once the file reaches a blank line the system considers it a dead line and ends the import If there is more information found after the blank line it will not be imported A blank line at the
517. set be careful because it cannot be restored Reporting datasets can only be viewed To change data within a reporting dataset make the changes to the original dataset and create the reporting dataset again There are two types of reporting datasets Sequential and Additive To import a reporting dataset complete the appropriate fields on the CRD Reporting Datasets sheet in the Import Categories template Although the sheet is on the Import Categories template the sheet is not imported when you select the Import Category option in the Administration area To import the mappings use the Import Reporting Dataset functionality The mappings are added only if the dataset names match the names of the related datasets in Manage Datasets Datasets exactly Note For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation To create a Reporting Dataset Enter a name for the Reporting Datasets Select Sequential or Additive from the Type drop down box Click Add Select the reporting dataset you just added from the left column Select each appropriate dataset from the Datasets Represented in Reporting Datasets drop down list and click Add You can view the Reporting Dataset by selecting the Reporting area then Dataset The Reporting Dataset appears in the drop down box in the Control Center c1 conm Sequential Datasets Sequential datasets are used to combine datasets from continuous periods to create
518. sis Add a new Jurisdiction og Blended State Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Book Fields TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES BOOK TAX BASIS 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Drag a column header here to group by that columr Begin Bal W Book Activity Y Book Defened W Book Bal Sheet Y Book End Bal v The Tax entries will not be effected by the Use Ending balance TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES BOOK TAX BASIS 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Un ed States of America Dollers Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis v Tax Activity Y Tax Defered Y Tax Bal Sheet Y TaxEndBal Y N Temporary Differences Tax Basis The Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Forecast Actual gt Federal in an Interim dataset Note Tax Basis Temporary Difference screens allow you to enter amounts as purely tax balances with or without book or net of book Provision and Interim Actual section datasets only 182 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY n the Provision dataset there are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT
519. splayed in Reporting Currency All reports can also be viewed in Local Currency at the unit level To access the reports go to the Reporting area then select a Dataset and Report Level The Report Level drop down displays the Name and Type of the report available for reviewing Upon making your selection the navigator screen refreshes accordingly You have the ability to filter the items in order to group by name and type Note If there is no data available for a report then the Name and Type will not display in the grid Currency can be selected to reflect Local or Reporting When you select the report to review click on the Run Report button Also you can open a report by double clicking on the name of the report Control Centre w Dataset JF 2009 Provision SubConsolidated Provision Report USD Report Level CSC1 Consol Domestic v 2009 Provision CLIENT NAME C8C1 Consol Domestic Currency Local Earnings Before Income Tax Deductible Local Tax Permanent Differences Reporting EA Provision l Unit Summary Tax Provision Tax Provision GAAP STAT Effective Tax Rate Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout Future Balances Foreign Domestic Summary Financial Taxable Income a Temporary Differences Federal Taxable Income Pre Tax Loss You can translate the report to another language by selecting a language in the globalization drop down found on the status bar at the bottom of the scree
520. sted after the adoption of FAS 123R or disqualifying distributions of ISOs that are exercised generate a Current Tax Expense The offset to the current tax expense may be to Equity or may have an impact on P amp L The option expense should be entered as activity for the temporary difference that was created during the vesting period The Excess Benefit Detriment treatment needs to be determined Excess Benefit or Windfall tax expense is greater than the book expense should be entered as a Balance Sheet Only adjustment to the temporary difference to clear the remaining deferred tax liability created when the tax expense was taken The same amount should also be an addition to the APIC pool Excess Detriment or Shortfall tax expense is less than the book expense requires measurement against the APIC pool to determine if there is available APIC to offset the detriment If there is capacity in the APIC pool enter the detriment as a Balance Sheet Only adjustment to the temporary difference to clear the remaining deferred tax asset If there is no APIC pool or not enough to absorb the entire detriment enter the excess amount as a Deferred Only adjustment to the temporary difference The excess detriment should reduce the APIC 2011 Thomson Reuters 331 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY pool Be sure that the APIC pool does not go below zero APIC Pool APIC Pool Parameter e The APIC Pool functionality and reports do
521. sting data should not be pulled You can designate one or more exclusion pulling tags Component Type A type of data that can be copied from source unit to target unit Examples PTBI permanent differences temporary differences A component type rolls all detail into a Target Rollup Component Then the detail is either copied or summarized by tag Note The data for a component type that is not selected is not changed it is not be deleted zeroed out or copied factored Activity Factor A percentage applied to source unit numbers before they are written to a target unit Factors can be positive or negative For example if the Temporary Differences factor is set to 5095 the activity of each temporary difference is multiplied by 5096 and the result is added to the target unit Include In Copy Designated component types for which data from the source unit is copied and factored into the target unit The level of detail in the target unit is determined by the Detail Copy Action option selected or if a Target Rollup Component is selected Activity Factor Example Here are some ways in which Activity Factors can be applied to units Note This example depicts three levels You can have as many levels as desired 364 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY Note The relationship depicted by the dotted line is not allowed because it would create a circular reference in the flow th
522. stration gt System gt Manage NOL Rollforwards e At the dataset level by using the Data Entry Area and clicking Dataset gt Administration gt 78 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Manage NOL Rollforwards The Copy From Admin button copies the settings from the Administration area This will overwrite the data for the current dataset Here are guidelines for managing deferred rollforwards at the system level An existing NOL rollforward column name can be modified or deleted To delete a column decrease the number of columns The NOL rollforward column assignments to tag letters can be modified Ensure that every column is referenced at least once in the assignments and that columns that were deleted are not being referenced in the assignments To import the NOL Rollforward mappings complete the appropriate fields on the CNRF NOL Rollforwards sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Number of Columns Select the number of columns These columns are reflected in the expanded view of the NOL Balances report Column Name The column name is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The column name can be edited after it is created Assignments Activity Def Only BS Only Each tag letter B Z needs to h
523. t Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Def Only Factor Temporary Differences Only Bal Sheet Only Factor Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors gt Bal Sheet Only Factor Temporary Differences Only Rollup Type Code Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors Rollup Category Type Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors Rollup Component Code Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors Rollup Target Tag Data Entry gt Federal gt Flow through Factors TRIAL BALANCE Tax Basis Balance Sheet Reporting Levels punt Sub consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset umt Sub consolidation Trial Balance Tax Basis 2011 Thomson Reuters 253 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Available Views default Roll Ups detail summary expand contract The Tax Basis Balance Sheet report for Provision datasets displays Balance Sheet accounts in the trial balance The trial balance ending book basis and related adjustments are populated in the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen Report Views e Defaults to the Summary view of trial balance lines e Select the Detail view to display trial balance lines with sub line detail Select the Contract view to display total amounts per activity Select the Expand view to display temporary difference activity Rollups are user defined groupings that allow trial balance sub line data to be consolidated an
524. t Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset 256 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Trial Balance Income Statement Reporting Levels un _ Suosonoiiaton Consolation peas unt Subconsoiaon Cureny Trial Balance Tax Basis Available Views default Roll Ups detail summary expand contract The Trial Balance Income Statement report for Interim datasets displays Income Statement accounts in the trial balance The trial balance ending book basis and related adjustments are populated in the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen Report Views e Defaults to a Summary view of trial balance lines e Select the Detail view to display trial balance lines with sub line detail e Rollups are user defined groupings that allow trial balance sub line data to be consolidated and rolled up to a higher level Creating and managing rollups for the report occurs in the Administration area Line by Line Income Statement Displays trial balance lines designated as income statement in Manage Trial Balance mappings Column by Column Book Balance Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Book Adjustments Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Tax Reclass Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal gt Trial Balance Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Adjusted Reclassified Book Data Entry
525. t Federal State gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset NOL Reclass Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset Column by Column Temporary differences are netted by item to arrive at the asset or liability determination For this report all units in the filing group s temporary differences are considered when netting Current Assets Temporary differences identified as C current that after tax rate have an asset balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Current Liabilities Temporary differences identified as C current that after tax rate have a liability balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Non Current Assets Temporary differences identified as NC non current that after tax rate have an asset balance when summed with all activity for the same temporary difference category item Non Current Liabilities Temporary differences identified as NC non current that after tax rate have a liab
526. t Unit gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in a Provision dataset and Data Entry Actual Federal NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis in an Interim dataset Column by Column Expiration Year Data Entry Federal NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Year Expired Code Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis gt Code Name Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis gt Description Pre Tax Data Entry gt Federal gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis gt End Balance DTA DTL Pre tax amount multiplied by Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt Ending Deferred Rate 250 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOU RCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Deferred Workpaper Reporting Levels Umt __ Sub consolidation Consolidation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt __ Subconsolidation Source Data Unit Details Temporary Differences After Tax Temporary Differences NOL Temporary Differences State After Tax Temporary Differences State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Available Views The Deferred Support report for Provision and Interim datasets complements the Deferred Balances report It displays a snapshot of temporary difference beginning and ending balances These balances are shown pretax tax effected and with the effective rate as well as the number of overrides Provision ltems
527. t Difference 53 State 60 State After Apportionment Temporary Difference 63 State After Tax Temporary Difference 63 State Tax Adjustment 64 Sub Consolidation 52 System Parameter 82 Tax Adjustment 56 Temporary Difference 54 Trial Balance Line 58 Trial Balance SubLine 58 Unit 51 Unit Dataset Parameters 161 395 ONESOURCE Delete Unit State Dataset Parameters 196 E Effective Tax Rate 310 368 Ending Balance 44 Ending Balances 42 Ending Deferred Tax Asset account 315 Ending Payable account 315 Equity 331 Equity account 315 Equity Adjustment 66 68 331 Error Messages 390 EST Cash 7l Estimated Payments 176 199 Excel 40 158 162 197 219 Excess Benefit 331 Excess Detriment 331 Exclusion Clearing Tag 364 Exclusion Pulling Tag 364 Export 219 Export Categories 130 Export Mappings 60 70 Export Multiple Datasets 219 Export Selected Dataset 24 Export to Microsoft Excel 130 Exporting data 208 Exporting Reports to Excel 20 Exporting to Return 293 Extension payments 28 Extraordinary Discrete items 328 F Factors 364 FAS 123R 331 FBOS 225 FBOS Parameters FEDBENEFITOFSTATE 225 226 Federal Benefit of State 225 Federal Provision 31 Federal Taxable Income 351 Federal Taxable Income Post NOL 347 348 349 350 352 353 354 355 356 Federal Taxable Income Pre NOL 347 348 349 350 352 353 354 355 356 Federal National Reports 396 ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Index AMT
528. t a user to merging appropriate period datasets Use care when selecting datasets to ensure that correct time frames are selected For example a dataset designated as Q1 2004 can be combined with a dataset designated as the 11th Month 2008 Due to the limitation of this functionality please be sure to review the resulting dataset thoroughly for accuracy To combine datasets Select the Administration area and click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets Click Create the Dataset Relations tab Enter the Dataset Name Select New Select the Type of dataset Fiscal Year and Fiscal Period Enter the Group Tax Rate Click Save New Select the Combine existing datasets radio button The following message displays The Weighted Average FX Federal amp State Current rates and State Current Apportionment rates will be populated from the first dataset in the combination Only entries in the first dataset for Payable Intercompany Transactions Trial Balance APIC Pool Amortized Permanent Differences Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis will be included in the combined dataset Click OK 9 Select a dataset from the Starting with drop down list 10 for the dataset for the dataset s to be combined with the dataset selected in Step 8 11 Select a dataset from the With Ending Rates from drop down list 12 Click OK ONOAR Wh gt 2011 Thomson Reuters 39 ONESOURCE
529. t can be deleted To import a new Trial Balance Line complete the appropriate fields on the CTBL Trial Balance Lines sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name e The Trial Balance Lines code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The Trial Balance Lines name can be edited after it is created e The Trial Balance Lines code and name display in reports Classification e Each Trial Balance Line must be designated as Income Stmt Bal Sheet Asset Bal Sheet Liability or Bal Sheet Equity Trial Balance Sublines Trial Balance SubLines are equivalent to General Ledger accounts You can add Trial Balance SubLines in the Trial Balance SubLines screen of the Manage Trial Balance area of the Administration area Trial Balance SubLines roll up to the Trial Balance Lines An existing Trial Balance SubLines name and rollup can be modified Only a Trial Balance Subline that has no record in any dataset can be deleted To import a new Trial Balance Subline complete the appropriate fields on the 2CTBSL4 Trial Balance SubLines sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name The Trial Balance Subline code is user defined and can be any combinatio
530. t current tax rate and the group rate is multiplied by Pre Tax Book Income and Permanent Differences to arrive at an adjustment to account for unit rates different from statutory Permanent Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only or when there was a change in the deferred tax rate NOLs Data Entry gt NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only or when there was a change in the deferred tax rate Cash Tax Adjustments Data Entry gt Federal gt Tax Adjustments After Tax Temporary Differences Data Entry gt Federal gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Deferred Only Deferred Provision Only Adjustments Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI 234 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Column By Column e Effect of Rates Different from Statutory Accommodates for differences in current tax rates in the unit s Unit Details screen and the group tax rate defined by the dataset in Administration gt Datasets If a unit s current tax rate is different from the group rate the difference of the unit s current tax rate and the group rate is mul
531. tal and unit by unit variance report It displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Line by Line Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry Federal gt Unit Details gt PTBI e Permanent Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Federal gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry where includable status is Yes Modifications Data Entry State State Permanent Differences Temporary Differences includable for State Data Entry Federal Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis where includable status is Yes Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Temporary Difference Adjustments Data Entry State State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Only amounts entered as Activity Deferred Only and Balance Sheet Only entries do not impact the current tax provision calculation Allocable Income Sum of Pre Tax Book Income Permanent Differences includable for State 268 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Modifications Temporary Differences includable for State and Temporary Difference Adjustments lines State Apportionment Percentage Data Entry gt State gt State Details Only displays at the Unit level To view this line in the consolidated or sub consolidated level select Unit bre
532. tate Temporary Differences Tax Basis The State Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen is accessed under Data Entry State in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry Forecast Actual State in an Interim dataset Note Tax Basis Temporary Difference screens allow you to enter amounts as purely tax balances with or without book or net of book Provision and Interim Actual section datasets only There are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section Data entered in the Detail section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and displays in the Analysis section For information on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page All datasets The Activity Deferred and Balance Sheet Only column amounts impact the tax provision differently Each state temporary difference line defaults to being tax effected using the unit rate The beginning and ending state and unit rates can be overridden on a line by line basis If only the beginning or ending rate is overridden you must populate the fields for both rates If one is not populated it defaults to a zero rate By default ea
533. te adjustment on the beginning temporary difference balances Support for the calculated adjustment displays in the deferred balances report as a separate column If the Current Tax rate and the Ending Deferred Tax rate differ for the unit the system automatically calculates the necessary impact of the rate difference for activity entered for temporary differences The impact of the rate difference can be viewed in the Effective Tax Rate report Deferred FX Rates Enter the specific Beginning and Ending Spot rate for the unit for the period covered by the dataset in the Beginning and Ending entry fields The rate should be entered using the ratio of what 1 unit of the reporting currency would equal in the local currency The Beginning and Ending Spot rate is used to convert entries for the unit that have a Balance Sheet provision impact You can enter 1 if the local and reporting currency are the same Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Also you have the ability to lock the Beg End Beg Deferred FX Rates and Payable as well Deferred Provision Only Adjustment e The adjustment to the deferred tax provision expense is presented on the tax provision report as a separate line item and impacts the Effective Tax rate The deferred expense amount does not have a related deferred tax asset or liability associated wi
534. ted with payable transaction types An existing payable transaction name and rollup can be modified A payable transaction type that has a record in any dataset cannot be deleted To import a new payable transaction type complete the appropriate fields on the CPYTP Payable Txn Types sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name 70 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The transaction type code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The transaction type name can be edited after it is created The transaction type code and name display in reports Rollup e Select the appropriate code from the drop down list Note Do not delete the BBAL and PRV codes Manage Payable Rollups You can add Payable Rollups in the Manage Payable Rollups screen in the Manage Payable folder of the Administration area The system is pre populated with five codes BBAL Beginning Balance EST Cash PRV Provision RCL Inter Year Reclass and ADJ Adjustments An existing payable rollup name can be modified To import a new payable rollup complete the appropriate fields on the CPYRL Payable Rollups sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates docum
535. tegories sad mimi Capital gt Import Reporting Datasets TBF Feed From Trial Balance View Last import Log Ed In Data Entry Event Types may be selected for an adjustment to increase the usability of tracking the event PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Drag a column header here to group by that columr Altronts vi DataSou W Code Descrpti w Tag v Adj Type v Amount v Even Type vi Sub Event Type Y g IE E P1300 Disallowe B Bridge P P L Adjustment 1 284 752 wv g E E POSOD Other Per W Woddw P PEL Adjustment 60 000 Capital Capital g l E dh P1000 Meals an Import P P amp L Adjustment 464 503 Discrete Discrete E P1000 Meals an B Bridge P P amp L Adjustment 10 587 NOL NOL td t E a Overseas Branch Overseas Branch Payable Payable Portfolio Portfolio ZI Sub Event Types You have the ability to select a Sub Event Type for an adjustment however this is not a required field You may have a Sub Event Type for an Event Type You have the ability to assign Sub Event Types to a line of data for permanent temporary and payable items This field allows you to add more detail around a line of data to increase its usability Attmnts Y f Data Source W Code Description v Tag Y Adj Type Y Amount Ww Event Type Y Sub Event P03 Meals Ent
536. temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters 202 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Note To use default unit rates enter U in the rate columns when importing For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the state after apportionment temporary difference Type There are two types of temporary differences balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered on the originating source Beginning Balance The cumulative temporary difference balance rolls forward from the prior dataset The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Activity Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated to reporting currency using the unit s weighted average FX rate Deferred Deferred
537. tercompany transaction FX Rate Paying Unit to Receiving Unit The weighted average rate that the paying unit uses to pay the receiving unit Percentage Withholding Tax Receiving Unit Percentage of the transaction amount that is withheld for the receiving unit Taxable at Receiving Unit Designate if the transaction amount is taxable by the receiving unit It is posted as a permanent difference Deductible at Paying Unit Designate if the transaction amount is deductible by the paying unit It is posted as an offset permanent difference 194 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY e Withholding Tax Treatment Designate if the withholding is D for Deductible C for Creditable or N for Neither Trial Balance Tax Basis Trial balance ending balances are managed in the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen under Data Entry gt Federal in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal in an Interim dataset This area populates the ending trial balance amounts and allows you to make book adjustments tax reclasses and other adjustments This can ultimately be used as the starting point for the tax basis balance sheet Typically the trial balance data is bridged into the system from an extract of the general ledger To import information to the Trial Balance Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the UTBBS Unit Tax Basis BalSheet sheet in the I
538. th it This field can be configured as Read Only or removed with the system parameter To activate the Deferred Provision Only Adjustment functionality an Administrator needs to add the following system parameter in Manage Configurations In the Admin section select Other then for the Deferred Provision Only Adjustment choose 1 to display the Deferred Provision Only field as Read Only Choose 2 to remove the Deferred Provision Only field Be sure that you use this field appropriately because it may require additional support to justify the expense on the provision Automation Automation policies are managed in the Automation section under Data Entry gt Federal gt Unit Details in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry Actual Federal Interim Unit Details in an Interim dataset e Valuation Allowance automation policies are managed in the Provision and Interim datasets NOL automation polices are Provision Estimated Payments and Interim datasets AMT automation policies are managed in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets Based on these automation policies the system calculates and automatically posts items that directly impact provision calculations Keep in mind that there are limitations to each of the automation policies being offered If a unit has a different unit as its filing unit it is assigned that filing unit s automation policies 174 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE
539. th or without book or net of book Provision and Interim Actual section datasets only e There are two sections Detail and Analysis By default the Detail section displays first All users can enter and modify data in both sections also by default Administrators can use the DEFAULT TD TAB and RESTRICT TD TABS dataset parameters to change the section that displays by default and determine whether or not Read Write users can enter data in the Details section Data entered in the Detail section is translated using the Deferred Analysis default rules and displays in the Analysis section For information on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page All datasets e The Activity Deferred and Balance Sheet Only column amounts impact the tax provision differently Each state after apportionment temporary difference line defaults to being tax effected using the unit rate The beginning and ending state and unit rates can be overridden on a line by line basis If only the beginning or ending rate is overridden you must populate the fields for both rates If a field is not populated it defaults to a zero rate Enter temporary differences that are applicable for state but not for federal purposes To import information to the State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the SAATD St AfterApp TD Tax Bas sheet in the Import Numbers template If you wish to adjust the same state after apportionment
540. the Analysis section go to the Analysis page Provision and Estimated Payments datasets The Activity and Deferred column amounts impact the tax provision differently e Each temporary difference line defaults to being tax effected using the unit rate e To import information to the Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the UTDAM U Temp Diff Bk Tx Basis sheet in the Import Numbers template If you wish to adjust the same temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Note To use default unit rates enter U in the rate columns when importing For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code Name The code and description are established by an Administrator for the temporary difference Sub Type There are two types of temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Override unit rates You can override the unit rates designated under Unit Details for a specific temporary difference line by clicking the Override unit rates check box Months The months entered for both book and tax are used to compute the ratable amount applicable to the period Beginning Balance The b
541. the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets e Estimated Payments in the Estimated Payments dataset only Rates Apportionment The Jurisdiction Tax Rate and Apportionment information is managed in the Rates Apportionments section under Data Entry gt State gt Details in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets and under Data Entry Forecast Actual State Details in the Interim datasets e f the Beginning and Ending Deferred Tax rates differ for a unit the system automatically calculates any necessary change in rate adjustment on the beginning temporary difference balances Support for the calculated adjustment displays in the Deferred Balances report as a separate column If the Current Tax rate and the Ending Deferred Tax rate differ for the unit the system automatically calculates the necessary impact of the rate difference for activity entered for temporary differences The impact of the rate difference can be viewed in the Effective Tax Rate report To import information to the Rates Apportionments section complete the appropriate fields on the S States sheet in the Import Numbers template To update the Current and Deferred Tax rates as well as the Apportionment rates for a single state across either a single unit or multiple units in a Sub consolidation complete the appropriate fields on the SRATES State Rates sheet in the Import Update Rates template If the SRATES sheet is not functional sort the S States sheet i
542. the SCRUNCH TAG parameter To add this parameter Select the Data Entry area Click Dataset Administration Dataset Parameters To add a new parameter click on the new row at the bottom of the grid In the Parameter Name column enter SCRUNCH TAG for Parameter select Alphanumeric and for the Parameter Value type any letter from B through Z 5 Click Save ROD 40 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP To use a rollover dataset to scrunch 1 Go to the Administration area 2 Click Administration gt Manage Datasets gt Datasets gt Create New 3 A list of options for creating a dataset displays Enter a Dataset Name Type Fiscal Year Fiscal Period and a Group Tax Rate 4 Click Save New ADMINISTRATION MANAGE DATASETS Name R O Fisc Date Range Group Rate Type ID Case 2010 Current Year Provis N 2010 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2148 2010 Provision N 2010 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2142 2010 Provision Scrunched N 2010 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 4065 2009 N 2009 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2477 2009 Current Provision C N 2009 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2513 3333 2009 Provision N 2008 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2144 4444 2009 Return N 2008 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2146 5555 3 2009 True up N 2008 FY full year 35 000096 PROV 2515 6666 A Estimates N 2009 FY Extension 35 0000 COMP 2479 Interim Provisi
543. the State Payable Entry screen under Data Entry gt State in the Provision dataset and Data Entry gt Actual gt State in the Interim dataset To maximize the payable functionality ensure that the payable set up is done to reflect the activity in the taxes payable account e The payable functionality is activated with a system parameter in Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations gt Advanced Functionality with the Payable Functionality Recommended and select Yes e Automatic posting from the calculated provision to the payable can be activated with a dataset parameter To import information to the State Payable Entry screen complete the appropriate fields on the SL State Liability Txns sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Fiscal Year The fiscal year is the year that the payable entry relates to Jurisdiction The jurisdiction defaults to the state selected in the Control Center Txn Type The options displayed are established by an Administrator for the transaction types Txn Bucket The options displayed are established by an Administrator for the transaction buckets Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered to the originating source Amount Negative amounts increase and positive amounts reduce the taxable payable account The amounts should be entered in local currency e Date Options in the drop down
544. the next dataset Allow Multiple Local Currencies on Reports Allows consolidated and sub consolidated reports with multiple currencies to display in local currency You can view Local Currency reports when units do not have the same currency Add Define BS Offset Summary Report Allows the BSOS XXXX system parameter with paramvalue of Tag Letter Tag Letter example parameter of BSOS Goodwill with a paramvalue of G_G activates the Balance Sheet Offset Summary report Balance Sheet Only e Amounts entered with the tags established in the system parameter are included Amounts are rate effected and display in the appropriate column based on the tag Note The report explains the other side of the JE for Equity Add Year to Date YTD Reports Enable Advanced Plug In Reports UK Proof and P L Reports Enable VA Contra Accounts for the Net Deferred Report Select Yes for All codes with VA_ to disregard the Net Deferred by country logic and present asan asset Select No for the VA_items to present in line with other items in that country ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Advanced Functionality Reporting Remove Sequential RDS Cortiaints Yes CONO Allow Multiple Local Currencies on Reports S Yes ONo Add Define BS Offset Summary Repot BSOSRepot Add Year to Date YTD Repats CO Yes No Enable Advanced Plugin Repats Yes ONo UK Proof and P L Repats Yes ONo Enable VA Contra Accounts for the Net D
545. tion e 1 Reclasses both Federal and State auto posted payables to the unit identified by the unit level parameter PAYRECUNIT or performs no reclassification if that unit level parameter is missing 2 Reclasses Federal auto posted payables to the unit identified by the unit level parameter PAYRECUNIT and State payables to the equivalent state in the unit specified by the state 298 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 6 FUNCTIONALITY level parameter PAYRECUNIT or performs no reclassification if that unit level parameter is missing Notes e The paramvalue of 2 is only available in versions 6 1 0 and higher e f the dataset parameter PAYRECTYPE is missing or contains an invalid value the system automatically inputs a value of 1 Unit Dataset Parameter When a unit s auto generated payable transactions need to be reclassed to a parent unit a unit dataset parameter needs to be created This parameter must be created for every child unit for which the payable is to be reclassed To create the unit dataset parameter 1 Select the desired child unit in the Control Center 2 Click Data Entry gt Federal gt Administration gt Unit Dataset Parameters 3 Enter the parameter name of PAYRECUNIT the parameter type as alphanumeric and the parameter value of the parent unit code It is possible to reclassify many units to a single target For example units A B and C may be reclassified to u
546. tion on the Analysis section go to the Analysis page All datasets e The Activity Deferred and Balance Sheet Only column amounts impact the tax provision differently Each NOL temporary difference line defaults to being tax effected using the unit rate The beginning and ending unit rate can be overridden on a line by line basis If only the beginning or ending rate is overridden you must populate the fields If a field is not populated it defaults to a zero rate e The NOL temporary difference can be automated to take the generated or utilized net operating loss impact To import information to the NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the UNOLTD Unit NOL TDs Tax Basis sheet in the Import Numbers template If you wish to adjust the same NOL temporary difference more than once you must make additional entries using different tag letters Note To use default unit rates enter U in the rate columns when importing For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code Description The code and description are established by an Administrator for the NOL temporary difference e Automated NOL amounts are posted to a code that begins with NOL SYS Type There are two types of NOL temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liabili
547. tionality is explained in 224 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING release notes e Each pre defined parameter is designed for a specific level of reporting Current System Params Dataset Params Unit Dataset Params and Unit State Dataset Params are available Currency Reports display in the currency selected in the Control Center e Reporting Currency reports display data taking foreign exchange rates into consideration Local Currency reports display data as it was entered in the system allowing reports to agree with the source information Most reports can be viewed in either Local or Reporting Currency for a single unit However other reporting levels may not combine if the underlying units currency designations differ To display the local currency report with multiple currencies add the ALLOWMULTICURRENCY REPORT system parameter with a paramvalue of Yes To add this parameter go to Administration gt System gt Manage Configurations gt Reporting gt Other Select Yes for Allow Multiple Local Currencies on Reports The Currency option in the Control Center allows you to toggle between reporting currency and local currency Currency Translation Adjustments and other advanced currency concepts are discussed in Foreign Currency Issues Federal Benefit of State e The impact of the Federal Benefit of the State tax deduction can be represented as either a component of the F
548. tiplied by the unit s Pre Tax Book Income and Permanent Differences to accommodate for rates different from statutory Effect Deferred Rate Changes Provides for the impact of restating beginning deferred balances if the beginning and ending deferred tax rates found in the unit s Unit Details screen differ Effect Rate Differences between Current and Deferred Provides for activity in deferred balances that is rate effected at a current tax rate that differs from the ending deferred tax rate found in the unit s Unit Details screen Deferred Provision Only Adjustments Displays overrides to the deferred tax provision made in the Unit Details deferred only adjustment or any Deferred Only Adjustments entered in the Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis or After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis screens Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout Available only at the sub consolidated level for Provision datasets the Effective Tax Rate CSC Breakout report displays a detail and summarized view of all the components at the group rate selected for the dataset and the effective tax rate calculated in the provision calculation Provision Items e Total Tax Provision e Effective Tax Rate Report Views Default to summary and contracted views Detail Displays underlying detail by component types tax effect rate effect calculations Expanded Displays additional columns for the pre tax amount the effect of rates diffe
549. ts in the Effective Tax Rate and Foreign Domestic reports to be out of sync by a minimal amount Provision Items Current Federal Tax Expense Deferred Federal Tax Expense State Tax Expense Equity Offset to Current Expense Total Tax Provision Effective Tax Rate Report Views Defaults to a summarized view of report details with GAAP to STAT and STAT to TAX adjustments View detail Displays available underlying detail of GAAP to STAT and STAT to TAX adjustments Unit breakout On sub consolidated and consolidated reports details the unit by unit breakout Displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Note Unit code columns are sorted alphabetically Unit breakout comparison Allows you to create a side by side comparison of two datasets The result is a total and unit by unit variance report It displays on the screen or exports to an Excel file depending on the version and parameter settings Note The view detail link no longer displays in the exported file 9 2011 Thomson Reuters 229 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING Line by Line e Pre Tax Book Income Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAAP STAT gt Unit Details gt PTBI e Deductible State Tax Current state tax provision from State Summary Provision Summary after apply each unit state s Current Federal Deductibility rates e Permanent Differences Data Entry gt Tax Provision GAA
550. ty should be represented Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Generated Tracks the year the NOL was generated Expires Tracks the year the NOL is expected to expire Note The expiration year is a place holder The system does not automatically delete NOLs from reports in the expiration year You need to manually remove the NOL from the system 192 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY Beginning Balance The cumulative temporary difference balance rolls forward from the prior dataset The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the Beginning Bal column does not allow data entry for Read Write Users with v 8 0 of the application Activity e Activity impacts the current and deferred provision as well as deferred balances e Positive amounts increase and negative amounts reduce the taxable income Amounts should be entered in local currency They are translated using the unit s weighted average FX rate to the reporting currency Deferred e Deferred impacts the deferred provision as well as deferred balances Typically this entry type is used for the impact of valuation allowances or adjustments to prior year balances Balance Sheet e Balance only impacts deferred balances e Typically this entry type is used for the impact of equity or other compr
551. uity Adjustment State Tax Provision Total Tax Provision 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW USER INTERFACE The user interface is made up of a Menu Bar a Control Center the Navigator Areas and the Workarea Menu Bar Options for printing exiting the system and maintaining passwords as well as information about the software version Control Center Options for the Dataset and Unit The selections made in the Control Center determine which data displays in the navigator and workarea Navigator Hierarchical list of menu items for selecting different options for changing the display in the workarea Expanded menus are often referred to as menu trees There are three options Dataset Federal and Add a new Jurisdiction Once a jurisdiction is added it is automatically available Areas Areas separate the different parts of the system Depending on your access level and license different areas may display The areas available are Data Entry Data Transfer Reporting Administration and Help Workarea Displays data entry as well as reports depending on the selections made in the navigator For some screens and reports there is a default view of the workarea that can be configured by the user Some data entry screens have the ability to filter sort and export data to excel such as permanent and temporary differences Status Bar In the event that you request assistance from
552. uld not be used as a Tag Letter It is reserved for system automation e Read write users can edit the entry the adjustment can be changed and delete it the Delete button is active For the tag marked Tag Restricted all buttons are inactive In addition once a tag is restricted the Source field only displays a single letter code M for example It no longer displays the Source code s description However Administrators can still view the entire entry M Manual for example in the Source field Using the RestrictTA Parameter The Restrict TA parameter controls which tax adjustment codes Read Write users can modify and limits the entries they can create The Parameter Value can be the first character a combination of the first few characters or the entire code Note Read write users can edit the entry the adjustment can be changed and delete it the Delete button is active The tax adjustment code is marked Restricted and all buttons are inactive Calculate Flow Through Factor Results Flow Through is used to transfer a percentage of data from one unit to another It is useful for partnerships To enable Flow Through an appropriate License Code and License Key are required The system parameter FLOWTHROUGHFACTORS MANUALCALC with a paramvalue of 1 displays the Calculate Flow Through Factor Results menu item in the Provision and Estimated Payments datasets For more information refer to the Flow Through section Currency Rates
553. umn By Column Effect of Rates Different from Statutory Accommodates for differences in the current tax rates in that unit s Unit Details screen and the group tax rate defined by the dataset in Administration gt Manage Datasets If a unit s current tax rate is different from the group rate the difference of the unit s current tax rate and the group rate is multiplied by the unit s Pre Tax Book Income and Permanent Differences to accommodate for rates different from statutory Effect Deferred Rate Changes Provides for the impact of restating beginning deferred balances if the beginning and ending deferred tax rates found in the unit s Unit Details screen differ Effect Rate Differences between Current and Deferred Provides for activity in deferred balances that is rate effected at a current tax rate that differs from the ending deferred tax rate found in the unit s Unit Details screen Def Only Adj Displays overrides to deferred tax provision made in the Unit Details deferred only adjustment or any Deferred Only Adjustments entered in the Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis or After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis Screens 2011 Thomson Reuters 237 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 5 REPORTING DEFERRED BALANCES Reporting Levels Filing Group Sub consoldation Control Center Configurable Options Dataset unt _ Sub consolidation 238 Source Data
554. unctionality a DataEnty GlobalAccess g Admin Payable Alternative Minimum T ax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Joumal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations t Alternative Provision Calculations Yes C No 1st Scenario Calculation Posts NC_CR Other Credits 2nd Scenario Calculation Posts BBC Calculation Posts In the Bridge you have the ability to activate system parameters To find additional information about a parameter click on the parameter name and the description will display at the bottom left of the screen The following are the parameters and descriptions Tag Letter Used for Bridge To choose the Tax Adjustment code where the BBC calculation results should be posted Bridge into Single Unit Level The ability to let the bridge run for a single unit Bridge into Sub Consolidation Level 104 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP The ability to let the bridge run for a Sub Consolidation of Units Bridge into Consolidation Level The ability to let the bridge run for all active Units Activate Unit Mapping Screen ADMINISTRATION MANAGE CONFIGURATIONS Reload System Cor amp Reporting Advanced Functionality fa Data Entry Global Access B Admin Payable Alternative Minimum Tax Flow Through Enhanced Integration Joumal Entries Alternative Provision Calculations i Tag Letter Used for Bridge Bridge into Sing
555. urable Options Das Unit __ Sub consolidation All Data Review Screens PNEUEN Unit Breakout The Legacy Tax Provision State report in the Estimated Payments dataset displays state tax provision calculations for the state selected in the Control Center Supporting detail for calculations can be viewed on separate reports Provision Items Current State Tax Expense Deferred State Tax Expense State Equity Offset to Current Expense Total State Tax Provision Report Views Defaults to a detail view Selecting Unit breakout generates an Excel spreadsheet that details unit by unit underlying calculations for the state s provision expenses Line by Line Federal Taxable Income Federal Taxable Income Post NOL line from the federal Tax Provision report In the consolidated and sub consolidated views each unit must have the state record activated in order to include its Federal Taxable Income in the state level report If the record has not been activated there is a difference in the two reports The state does not have to have a tax rate or apportionment Backout Permanent Differences not includable for State Data Entry gt Unit gt Permanent Differences and InterCompany Transaction Entry where includable status is No Backout Temporary Differences includable for State Data Entry gt Unit gt Temporary Differences Tax Basis and Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis where includable status is No Only amounts ente
556. ut Sr Euer SY Suh itte AAE C a4 pO I drca Rea 303 oie C 304 Customized JE REPON oe nette metere RO aU R do tee Tubero vorm p t ae OU RUE 308 FOREIGN CURRENCY ISSUES essentia 308 Currency Types and OPON Sorensen An S SED t desee ee utem IBDU NE EEE 308 Foreign de Mao ieccs 309 PTOI POI S rr 310 Change in Rate and Currency Translation esse 310 Combining Units with Different CUrreNCieS eee ceeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeteteteteeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee es 315 Currency Translation Adjustment eere 315 INTERIM REPORTING PP O TT 326 terim Functional eses a E EE E AATE ARE 326 c T 328 ia rH AE 328 MNCS NAIM i GOSS TERT OE EET 329 PtSi ra Multi S EBLOS setae itane E fees gua peus vidloandadanacisduabanies tab acacduentsaanndeasaxiebosaacnnnssaes 330 STOCK BASED COMPENSATION sse tette 331 Pre FAS 123R and Incentive Stock Options sssssssssssse ee 331 2011 Thomson Reuters 7 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION Contents CONTENTS Stock Based Compensatoren anar iraia E OSER ARTE ARETE EARE in 331 PPG IUS orenera a a E R EE E E E O E EE 332 TRUE UP TO RETURN RIP cesset ette deett etnia eren nere 332 Single Dataset ApprOoaEh siesta rere eret reset Eee etr ra ore Rau E PR Ree E i 332 Multiple Dataset Approach sssssssssee e me Immer 333 P
557. uters Tax Provision 7 0 0 Templates MANAGE STATES The following screens are located in the Manage States folder of the Administration area States State Types e State After Tax Temporary Differences e State After Apportionment Temporary Differences State Tax Adjustments States You can create a custom state or jurisdiction in the States screen of the Manage States folder of the Administration area The system has pre populated states that cannot be modified An existing custom state s or jurisdiction s code can not be modified however the name can be Only a custom state or jurisdiction that has no record in any dataset can be deleted To import a new state or jurisdiction complete the appropriate fields on the CS States sheet in the Import Categories template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation Screen Entry Fields Code and Name e The State code is user defined and can be any combination of alpha and numeric characters including spaces up to 60 characters The State Code can not be modified however the Name can be edited after it is created e The State Name will display in the Navigator for the Data Entry once you add it using the Add 60 9 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 2 CATEGORIES SET UP Jurisdiction icon Add a new Jurisdiction e The State Code and Name display in the header of reports e You may assign the State Type
558. uters VTax Provision 7 0 System Look for the file named import_rolling_pin vos The Rolling Pin macro is a flexible general purpose macro which e Handles a wide range of spreadsheet formats e Generates import categories spreadsheets e Generates import_numbers spreadsheets 2011 Thomson Reuters 209 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 4 DATA TRANSFER s easily configurable Rolling Pin Input e Spreadsheet based Inc Perm 1 Ww o provision processes often represent the current provision as follows ptm o s 5 Fines oa o9 o a oo 260 325 460 1045 N A Rolling Pin Challenge e The challenge is to teach the Rolling Pin what the rows and columns of the source spreadsheet mean From the input example e Some rows contain perms while others contain temps tax rates etc e Some columns contain unit information while others contain totals comments etc At the intersection of a row with perms and a column with unit information is a useful value Rolling Pin Output e Most information can be imported via categories and numbers spreadsheets These spreadsheets must be arranged in specific ways Different sheets for perms temps etc Columns in each sheet have specific meanings e The Rolling Pin must produce spreadsheets that can be imported directly into the system Rolling Pin Annotations and Markers The Rolling Pin looks for special values in the spreads
559. uz D Ivoire Jamaica j Vanuatu vu Japan j Vatican City State va Jordan j Venezuela ve Kazakhstan Vietnam vn Kenya Virgin Islands British vg Kiribati i Virgin Islands USA vi Kuwait Wallis and Futuna wf Islands Kyrgyzstan Western Sahara eh Laos Yemen ye Latvia Yugoslavia yu Lebanon Zaire zr Lesotho Zambia zm Liberia Zimbabwe ZW Libya 2011 Thomson Reuters 375 ONESOURCE Code Afghanistan Afghanis AFN Albania Leke ALL Algeria Algeria Dinars DZD Angola Kwanza AOA Argentina Pesos ARS Armenia Drams AMD Aruba Guilders also called AWG Florins Australia Dollars AUD Azerbaijan New Manats AZN Bahamas Dollars BSD Bahrain Dinars BHD Bangladesh Taka BDT Barbados Dollars BBD Belarus Rubles BYR Belize Dollars BZD Bermuda Dollars BMD Bhutan Ngultrum BTN Bolivia Bolivianos BOB Bosnia and Herzegovina BAM Convertible Marka Botswana Pulas BWP Brazil Brazil Real BRL Brunei Darussalam Dollars BND Bulgaria Leva BGN Burundi Francs BIF Cambodia Riels KHR Canada Dollars CAD Cape Verde Escudos GVE Cayman Islands Dollars KYD Chile Pesos CUP China Yuan Renminbi CNY Colombia Pesos COPR Communaut Financi re XOF Africaine BCEAO Francs Communaut Financi re XAF Africaine BEAC Francs Comoros Francs KMF Comptoirs Fran ais du XPE Pacifique Francs Congo Kinshasa Congolese CDF Francs Costa Rica Colones GRE Croatia Kuna HRK Cuba Pesos EUER Cyprus Pounds expires CYP 376 ONESOURCE
560. vent PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Unted States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Drag a column header here to group by that columr Almnis Y DataSour W Code Descrpi Y Tag Y AdiType VO Amount Y Evert Type Y SubtvenType Y Mig 130 Dialowe B Bndge P P amp L Adjustment 32952 EA ew y c a E POS00 Other Per W Woddw P P amp L Adjustment 50 000 N g amp P P1000 Meals an Import P P amp L Adjustment 464 503 J E E P1000 Meals an B Bridge P P amp L Adjustment 10 587 j NOTES The Note pre populates with the Data Source name that has a secondary source For certain types of Notes Data Dimension will populate a Note for you You can add data to the note and or change the note Notes Y Mp nem hme retener nne een nne TAG The Tag is still used for identifying which items flow to different columns on the Deferred Balance report The configuration identifying which items are displayed on a column is still derived by the 2011 Thomson Reuters ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY tags set up PERMANENT DIFFERENCES DATA REVIEW 2010 PROVISION ABC CORP UNITED STATES USD Un ed States of America Dollars Permanent Differences Tax Basis Drag a column header here to group by that columr Amnis v Da vl Code Descripti VW Tag Y Adj Type Y Amount vl Event Type VY Sub Event Type vo D Itf
561. x Return process to start with Provision data that can be adjusted as necessary e Each compliance system has specifications for the type of file and the data it requires The system has an export feature for major compliance system file formats There are some additional mappings and configurations that must be established in the system to mesh the provision and return presentation e For more information about export to your specific compliance system contact your Client Manager or the support group FLOW THROUGH Flow Through is used to transfer a percentage of data from one unit to another It is useful for partnerships Important Visual Basic Power Pack must be installed for Flow Through to work Licensing To enable Flow Through an appropriate License Code and License Key are required Administrators can enter this information by selecting the Administration area and clicking Administration gt System Manage Licenses Licenses are in the format below Example Drag a column header here to group by that column Valid v Feature Code v Feature Key v o ActiveWorkpapers CICT DE5F 2205 7D45 l FlowThrough CB61 0464 1BEB 4981 ri outputjemodule D8C9 023F 7EC1 3D3 kd Setup You need to enable the following parameters for Flow Through calculations to work FLOW THROUGHFACTORS_AUTOCALC A paramvalue of 1 automatically calculates flow through factors in reports you can add the system parameter by exporting the Categ
562. x Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis screen complete the appropriate fields on the UATTDAM U AfterTxTD Bk Tx Bas sheet in the Import Numbers template For more information on importing refer to the Importing Templates documentation e f you wish to adjust the same after tax temporary difference more than once you must make 2011 Thomson Reuters 189 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY c RBMBMBUMUM MR E E NN L LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLOLCIOLLLLLLLLILZLALZLLLLIAILLLLLLLUIU M 9S additional entries using different tag letters Screen Entry Fields Code Name The code and description are established by an Administrator for the after tax temporary difference Sub Type There are two types of temporary difference balances Current and Non Current Select the type that best relates to the balance sheet account where the deferred tax asset or liability should be represented Tag The tag letter identifies each line entered in the originating source Months The months entered for both book and tax are used to compute the ratable amount applicable to the period Beginning Balance The beginning balance rolls over from the prior period and should represent the remaining temporary differences for book and tax that should be allocated The beginning balance can be overridden manually or with an import Note The administrator has the ability to lock beginning balances and the
563. y Differences Tax Basis in the Provision section Data Entry gt Actual gt Federal State gt After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis in the Interim section Column By Column Beginning Balance Beginning balances are typically populated by rolling over balances from prior periods Amounts are populated in the beginning balance field in Data Entry Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis and After Tax Temporary Differences Book Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis for the Provision section and Data Entry Actual Federal State Temporary Differences Tax Basis NOL Temporary Differences Tax Basis After Tax Temporary Differences Tax Basis State Temporary Differences Tax Basis and State After Apportionment Temporary Differences Tax Basis for the Interim section Rate Change When balances are rate effected the system automatically adjusts beginning balances to accommodate for any change in the deferred rate and any change to the foreign exchange rate The difference needed to adjust the beginning balance that was rated using the beginning deferred rate and the ending deferred rate impacts deferred tax expense
564. y Payable and Journal Entry reports are identical to the reports in the Provision dataset They display the data for the interim period Interim Process The Interim Dataset creates data entry areas for the forecast and actual data for the three quarters You must move sequentially through the interim dataset Prior Full Year to Quarter 1 e A Provision dataset designated as full year FY 4th quarter Q4 or month 12 M12 in the Provision dataset can be used as the basis for Quarter 1 The option to roll over from existing dataset is available when creating an Interim dataset The drop down menu lists all available Provision datasets Available dataset must be 4th quarter 12th month or full year for the year prior to the interim dataset year that is being created Ending rates in the prior provision roll over and become the beginning rates in the forecast and actual sections and the ending balances in the prior provision roll over and become beginning balances in the actual section Advance to Next Quarter e The active Current Quarter is noted in the section under Data Review in an Interim dataset s navigator bar When expanded it can have several options for determining the active Current Quarter When a new Interim dataset is created the active Current Quarter is always Q1 Home Data Review Forecast 01 Actual amp Q1 Current Quarter 21 Advance to 02 re e The first quarter must be advanc
565. y difference Net Operating Losses If the true up is to a year in which the provision was in a Net Operating Loss position the NOL should be offset instead of the taxes payable account Multiple Dataset Approach In the multiple dataset approach the Return to Provision true up adjustments for prior periods are entered in a separate dataset The true up dataset is layered with the current year s activity in another dataset in a reporting dataset to show the total current provision There are pros and cons to this approach Pros e The system automatically calculates the current expense The amount is recalculated if items change e Permanent adjustments flow from federal to state Therefore the state current expense is automatically calculated e Information is isolated from the current year provision e Adjustments to temporary differences do not display in the effective rate report Cons There are multiple datasets that need to be managed including appropriate tax rates Deferred tax assets liabilities balances need to be migrated from the true up dataset If not balances will be in two different datasets Balances can be merged using the dataset combine feature when creating a new dataset To view reports for the current year provision be sure you are looking at the appropriate dataset s The dataset view needs to be adjusted to view the separate true up dataset the current year s provision dataset and the reporting datas
566. y for a specific dataset This screen is only available when the CountryRates dataset parameter is added with a Parameter Value of Y Screen Entry Fields Code Select a Country Code from the drop down list Rates Enter the Beginning Deferred Ending Deferred and Current Tax rates Notes e This screen in used in the Mass Update Rates feature with which you can apply Tax and Currency Rates on a universal basis to datasets e For information on overriding rates see the Override Option page 2011 Thomson Reuters 139 ONESOURCE ONESOURCE TAX PROVISION CHAPTER 3 DATA ENTRY ADMINISTRATION MANAGE COUNTRY RATES 2009 PROVISION Copy From Admin Populate All Drag a column header here to group by that column Country Y Beg Deferred Rate Y End Defered Rate Y Curent Tax Rate Y BA 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 F FOREIGN D DOMESTIC U UNDETERMINED AF AFGHANISTAN AX LAND ISLANDS AL ALBANIA DZ ALGERIA State Rates The State Rates screen is located a the Provision dataset under Data Entry gt Dataset gt Administration Dataset Parameters This screen is used to populate state rates for a specific dataset This screen is only available when the StateRates dataset parameter is added with a Parameter Value of Y Screen Entry Fields Code Select a State Code from the drop down list Rates Enter the Beginning Deferred Ending Deferred and State Tax rates Notes e This screen in used in the

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

取扱説明書  Instrucciones de uso PCE-WL 2  YAESU FT 8800-R operating manual  Tecumseh AE4440U-AA1AGK Performance Data Sheet  Weider D620 User's Manual  NATIONAL CENTRE FOR RISK ANALYSIS AND OPTIONS  HP tx2-1305au External Media Cards User Guide  StarTech.com 78ft. VGA m/m  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file